UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-8

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


 

Adient plc

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Ireland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

25-28 North Wall Quay, IFSC
Dublin 1, Ireland

(Address of principal executive
offices including zip code)

 

None
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
No.)

 


 

Adient plc 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Adient plc 2016 Director Share Plan

Adient US LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

Bridgewater Interiors, LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

(Full title of the plan)

 


 

Cathleen A. Ebacher
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
833 East Michigan Street, Suite 1100
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

(Name and address of agent for service)

 

(414) 220-8900

(Telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer o

Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer x

(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company o

 


 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title of each class of securities
to be registered(1)

 

Amount to be
Registered (1)(2)

 

Proposed maximum
offering price per
share(3)

 

Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price(3)

 

Amount of
registration fee

 

Ordinary Shares, par value $0.001 per share

 

8,900,000

 

$

45.22

 

$

402,458,000.00

 

$

46,644.88

 

(1)                                  Represents (i) 6,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), of Adient plc, an Irish public limited company (“Adient” or the “Registrant”), issuable in connection with the settlement of equity awards granted under the Adient plc 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”); (ii) 150,000 Ordinary Shares issuable under the Adient plc 2016 Director Share Plan (the “Director Plan”), (iii) 2,500,000 Ordinary Shares that may be offered or sold pursuant to the Adient US LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan (the “Adient 401(k) Plan”); (iv) 50,000 Ordinary Shares that may be offered or sold pursuant to the Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan (formerly known as the Johnson Controls Automotive Experience Production Employees Savings and Investment 401(k) Plan) (the “Adient Production Employees 401(k) Plan”); (v) 150,000 Ordinary Shares that may be offered or sold pursuant to the Bridgewater Interiors, LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan (the “Bridgewater 401(k) Plan”); and (vi) 50,000 Ordinary Shares that may be offered or sold pursuant to the Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan (the “Avanzar 401(k) Plan” and, together with the Omnibus Plan, the Director Plan, the Adient 401(k) Plan, the Adient Production Employees 401(k) Plan, and the Bridgewater 401(k) Plan, collectively, the “Plans”).

 

(2)                                  This Registration Statement on Form S-8 (this “Registration Statement”) also covers an indeterminable number of Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to the antidilution provisions of the Plans, as permitted by Rules 416(a) and 416(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).  In addition, pursuant to Rule 416(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, this Registration Statement also covers an indeterminate amount of plan interests to be offered or sold pursuant to the Adient 401(k) Plan, the Adient Production Employees 401(k) Plan, the Bridgewater 401(k) Plan, and the Avanzar 401(k) Plan.

 

(3)                                  Computed pursuant to Rules 457(c) and 457(h) promulgated under the Securities Act, solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee, based upon an assumed price of $45.22 per share, which is the average of the high and low prices of the Ordinary Shares in the “when-issued” trading market as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on October 25, 2016.

 

 

 



 

INTRODUCTION

 

This Registration Statement relates to up to (i) 6,000,000 Ordinary Shares issuable in connection with the settlement of equity awards granted under the Omnibus Plan; (ii) 150,000 Ordinary Shares issuable under the Director Plan; (iii) 2,500,000 Ordinary Shares that may be offered or sold pursuant to the Adient 401(k) Plan; (iv) 50,000 Ordinary Shares that may be offered or sold pursuant to the Adient Production Employees 401(k) Plan; (v) 150,000 Ordinary Shares that may be offered or sold pursuant to the Bridgewater 401(k) Plan; and (vi) 50,000 Ordinary Shares that may be offered or sold pursuant to the Avanzar 401(k) Plan.

 

PART I
INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE SECTION 10(A) PROSPECTUS

 

The document(s) containing the information concerning the Plans required by Item 1 of Form S-8 and the statement of availability of registrant information, plan information, and other information required by Item 2 of Form S-8 will be sent or given to employees as specified by Rule 428 promulgated under the Securities Act.  In accordance with Rule 428 and the requirements of Part I of Form S-8, such documents are not being filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” or the “SEC”) either as part of this Registration Statement or as prospectuses or prospectus supplements pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act.  The Registrant will maintain a file of such documents in accordance with the provisions of Rule 428.  Upon request, the Registrant will furnish to the Commission or its staff a copy of any or all of the documents included in such file.

 

PART II
INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

Item 3.          Incorporation of Documents by Reference.

 

The following documents previously filed by Adient with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are hereby incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement:

 

1.                                       Adient’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-37757) filed with the Commission on April 27, 2016, as amended by Amendment No. 1 filed on June 27, 2016, Amendment No. 2 filed on July 28, 2016, Amendment No. 3 filed on August 16, 2016, Amendment No. 4 filed on September 20, 2016, and Amendment No. 5 filed on September 26, 2016, and declared effective by the Commission on September 29, 2016 (the “Form 10”);

 

2.                                       The description of Adient’s share capital contained in the Information Statement filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Form 10, including any amendment or Current Report on Form 8-K filed for the purpose of updating such description;

 

3.                                       The Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan’s Annual Report on Form 11-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, filed by Johnson Controls, Inc. (“Johnson Controls”) with the Commission on June 23, 2016, which includes certified financial statements for such Plan as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015;

 

4.                                       The Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan’s Annual Report on Form 11-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, filed by Johnson Controls with the Commission on June 23, 2016, which includes certified financial statements for such Plan as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015;

 

5.                                       The Bridgewater, LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan’s Annual Report on Form 11-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, filed by Johnson Controls with the Commission on June 23, 2016, which includes certified financial statements for such Plan as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015; and

 

2



 

6.                                       Adient’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 3, 2016.

 

All documents filed by Adient or any of the Plans with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Registration Statement (other than any such documents or portions thereof that are furnished under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of a Current Report on Form 8-K, unless otherwise indicated therein, including any exhibits included with such Items), and prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement that indicates that all securities offered have been sold or that deregisters all securities then remaining unsold, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement and to be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents.

 

Any statement contained in this Registration Statement, in an amendment hereto or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein, shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Registration Statement to the extent that a statement contained or incorporated by reference herein or in any subsequently filed amendment hereto or document that is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Registration Statement.

 

Item 4.          Description of Securities.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 5.          Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 6.          Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Under Irish law, a company may not exempt its directors from liability for negligence or a breach of duty. However, where a breach of duty has been established, directors may be statutorily exempted by an Irish court from personal liability for negligence or breach of duty if, among other things, the court determines that they have acted honestly and reasonably, and that they may fairly be excused as a result.

 

The Irish Companies Act only permits a company to pay the costs or discharge the liability of a director or the Secretary where judgment is given in his/her favor in any civil or criminal action in respect of such costs or liability, or where an Irish court grants relief because the director or Secretary acted honestly and reasonably and ought fairly to be excused. This restriction does not apply to executives who are not directors or the Secretary of Adient. Any obligation of an Irish company which purports to indemnify a director or secretary of an Irish company over and above this will be void under Irish law, whether contained in its articles of association or any contract between the director and the company.

 

The directors of Adient may on a case-by-case basis decide at their discretion that it is in the best interests of Adient to indemnify an individual director from any liability arising from his or her position as a director of Adient. However, this discretion must be exercised bona fide in the best interests of Adient as a whole.

 

Irish companies may take out directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, as well as other types of insurance, for their directors and officers.

 

In connection with the distribution of the Ordinary Shares to the shareholders of Johnson Controls International plc, an Irish public limited company, Adient and one of its subsidiaries has entered or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and its officers that provide for indemnification and expense advancement (except in cases where Adient or any of its subsidiaries is proceeding against the indemnitee) and include related provisions meant to facilitate the indemnitee’s receipt of such benefits.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions described above may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the

 

3



 

effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against Adient’s directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit Adient and its shareholders. However, these provisions will not limit or eliminate Adient’s rights, or those of any shareholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. The provisions will not alter the liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, your investment may be materially adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, Adient pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding against any Adient director, officer or employee for which indemnification is being sought.

 

Item 7.          Exemption from Registration Claimed.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 8.          Exhibits.

 

The list of exhibits is set forth under “Exhibit Index” at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 9.          Undertakings.

 

(a)                                  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)                                  to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

 

(i)                                      to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii)                                   to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective Registration Statement;

 

(iii)                                to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

 

provided, however , that paragraphs (1)(a)(i) and (1)(a)(ii) do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement;

 

(2)                                  that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

 

(3)                                  to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered that remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

4



 

(b)                                  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(c)                                   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

5



 

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, State of Wisconsin, on this 28th day of October, 2016.

 

 

ADIENT PLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cathleen A. Ebacher

 

 

Name:

Cathleen A. Ebacher

 

 

Title:

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Cathleen A. Ebacher and David P. Knaff, and each of them acting alone, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC and any applicable securities exchange or securities self-regulatory body, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or either of them individually, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. Bruce McDonald

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

October 28, 2016

R. Bruce McDonald

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey M. Stafeil

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

October 28, 2016

Jeffrey M. Stafeil

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark A. Skonieczny Jr.

 

Vice President and Corporate Controller

 

October 28, 2016

Mark A. Skonieczny Jr.

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John M. Barth

 

Director

 

October 28, 2016

John M. Barth

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Cathleen A. Ebacher

 

Director

 

October 28, 2016

Cathleen A. Ebacher

 

 

 

 

 

6



 

The Adient 401(k) Plan . Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the administrator of the Adient 401(k) Plan has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on behalf of the Adient 401(k) Plan by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, State of Wisconsin, on this 28th day of October, 2016.

 

 

Adient US LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Simon Davis

 

 

Name: Simon Davis

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian J. Stief

 

 

Name: Brian J. Stief

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Judith A. Reinsdorf

 

 

Name: Judith A. Reinsdorf

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The foregoing persons are all members of the Johnson Controls Employee Benefits Policy Committee, which is the administrator of the Adient US LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

The Adient Production Employees 401(k) Plan . Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the administrator of the Adient Production Employees 401(k) Plan has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on behalf of the Adient Production Employees 401(k) Plan by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, State of Wisconsin, on this 28th day of October, 2016.

 

 

Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Simon Davis

 

 

Name: Simon Davis

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian J. Stief

 

 

Name: Brian J. Stief

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Judith A. Reinsdorf

 

 

Name: Judith A. Reinsdorf

 

 

 

 

The foregoing persons are all members of the Johnson Controls Employee Benefits Policy Committee, which is the administrator of the Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

The Bridgewater 401(k) Plan . Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the administrator of the Bridgewater 401(k) Plan has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on behalf of the Bridgewater 401(k) Plan by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, State of Wisconsin, on this 28th day of October, 2016.

 

7



 

 

Bridgewater Interiors, LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Simon Davis

 

 

Name: Simon Davis

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian J. Stief

 

 

Name: Brian J. Stief

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Judith A. Reinsdorf

 

 

Name: Judith A. Reinsdorf

 

 

 

 

The foregoing persons are all members of the Johnson Controls Employee Benefits Policy Committee, which is the administrator of the Bridgewater Interiors, LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

The Avanzar 401(k) Plan . Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the administrator of the Avanzar 401(k) Plan has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on behalf of the Avanzar 401(k) Plan by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, State of Wisconsin, on this 28th day of October, 2016.

 

 

Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Simon Davis

 

 

Name: Simon Davis

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian J. Stief

 

 

Name: Brian J. Stief

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Judith A. Reinsdorf

 

 

Name: Judith A. Reinsdorf

 

 

 

 

The foregoing persons are all members of the Johnson Controls Employee Benefits Policy Committee, which is the administrator of the Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

8


 


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

3.1

 

Form of Memorandum of Association and Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Adient plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 of Adient Limited (File No. 001-37757), filed with the Commission on September 26, 2016).

 

 

 

4.1*

 

Adient plc 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

4.2*

 

Adient plc 2016 Director Share Plan.

 

 

 

4.3*

 

Adient US LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

 

 

4.4*

 

Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

 

 

4.5*

 

Bridgewater Interiors, LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

 

 

4.6*

 

Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

 

 

5.1*

 

Opinion of A&L Goodbody.

 

 

 

5.2*

 

IRS determination letter / Opinion for Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan (formerly known as the Johnson Controls Automotive Experience Production Employees Savings and Investment 401(k) Plan).

 

 

 

5.3*

 

IRS determination letter / Opinion for Bridgewater Interiors, LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

 

 

5.4*

 

IRS determination letter / Opinion for Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

 

 

23.1*

 

Consent of A&L Goodbody (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement).

 

 

 

23.2*

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

 

 

23.3*

 

Consent of Coleman & Williams, Ltd.

 

 

 

24.1*

 

Powers of Attorney (included in signature page).

 


* Filed herewith

 

9


 

Exhibit 4.1

 

ADIENT PLC
2016 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.                                       Purpose and Effective Date.

 

(a)                                  Purpose .  The Adient plc 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan has two complementary purposes:  (i) to attract and retain outstanding individuals to serve as officers and employees and (ii) to increase shareholder value. This Plan will provide participants incentives to increase shareholder value by offering the opportunity to acquire shares of the Company, or receive monetary payments, on the potentially favorable terms that this Plan provides.  In addition, this Plan permits the issuance of awards in partial substitution for awards relating to ordinary shares of Johnson Controls International plc (“JCI”) immediately prior to the spin-off of the Company by JCI (the “Spinoff”), in accordance with the terms of an Employee Matters Agreement into which JCI and the Company intend to enter in connection with the Spinoff (the “Employee Matters Agreement”).

 

(b)                                  Effective Date .  This Plan will become effective on October 31, 2016 (the “Effective Date”).

 

2.                                       Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Plan have the meanings given below.  Additional defined terms are set forth in other sections of this Plan.

 

(a)                                  “10% Shareholder” means an Eligible Employee who, as of the date an ISO is granted to such individual, owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares then issued by the Company or a Subsidiary corporation.

 

(b)                                  “Administrator” means the Committee.  In addition, subject to any limitations imposed by law and any restrictions imposed by the Committee, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may act as the Administrator with respect to Awards granted (or to be granted) to employees who are not Section 16 Participants or subject to Code Section 162(m) at the time such authority or responsibility is exercised.

 

(c)                                   “Affiliate” means any entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b) or (c), provided that, in applying such provisions, the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used in place of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears therein.

 

(d)                                  “Affiliated Company” or “Affiliated Companies” shall include any company or companies controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company; provided that when determining when a Participant has experienced a separation from service for purposes of this Plan, control shall be determined pursuant to Code Sections 414(b) or (c), except that the phrase “at least 50 percent” shall be used in place of the phrase “at least 80 percent” in each place it appears in the regulations thereunder.

 

(e)                                   “Award” means a grant of Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Deferred Share Rights, Dividend Equivalent Units, an Annual Incentive Award, a Long-Term Incentive Award, or any other type of award permitted under this Plan.

 

(f)                                    “Beneficial Ownership” (or derivatives thereof) shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

 



 

(g)                                   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(h)                                  “Cause” means (1) if the Participant is subject to an employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate that contains a definition of “cause”, such definition, or (2) otherwise, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and set forth in an Award agreement, any of the following as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion:  (A) any act or omission that is inimical to the best interests of the Company or any Affiliate; (B) violation of any employment, non-compete, confidentiality or other agreement in effect with the Company or any Affiliate, or the Company’s or an Affiliate’s code of ethics, as then in effect, (C) conduct rising to the level of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of employment with the Company or an Affiliate, (D) commission of an act of dishonesty or disloyalty involving the Company or an Affiliate, or taking any action which damages or negatively reflects on the reputation of the Company or an Affiliate, (E) failure to comply with applicable laws relating to trade secrets, confidential information or unfair competition or a violation of any other federal, state or local law in connection with the Participant’s employment or service, or (F) breach of any fiduciary duty to the Company or an Affiliate.

 

(i)                                      “Change of Control” means the first to occur of the following events:

 

(i)                                      The acquisition by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding Shares (the “Outstanding Company Ordinary Shares”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Company or (4) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 2(i)(iii)(A) — 2(i)(iii)(C);

 

(ii)                                   Any time at which individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;

 

(iii)                                Consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar corporate transaction, whether by way of scheme of arrangement or otherwise, involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or shares of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Ordinary Shares and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially

 

2



 

own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding common or ordinary shares and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Ordinary Shares and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or an Affiliated Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common or ordinary shares of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(iv)                               Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of an Award (1) that provides for the payment of deferred compensation that is subject to Code Section 409A or (2) with respect to which the Company permits a deferral election, the definition of Change of Control herein shall be deemed amended to conform to the requirements of Code Section 409A to the extent necessary for the Award and deferral election to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

(j)                                     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes any successor provision and the regulations promulgated under such provision.

 

(k)                                  “Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

 

(l)                                      “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board (or a successor committee with the same or similar authority), or such other committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer this Plan and composed of no fewer than two directors, each of whom is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and an “outside director” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m)(4)(C); provided that if no such committee shall be in existence at any time, the functions of the Committee shall be carried out by the Board.

 

(m)                              “Company” means Adient plc or any successor thereto.

 

(n)                                  “Deferred Share Right” means the right to receive Shares or Restricted Shares at some future time.

 

3



 

(o)                                  “Director” means a member of the Board, and “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is not also an officer or an employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

(p)                                  “Disability” means, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and set forth in an Award agreement: (i) with respect to an ISO, the meaning given in Code Section 22(e)(3), and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least twelve (12) months, as determined by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall make the determination of Disability and may request such evidence of disability as it reasonably determines.

 

(q)                                  “Distribution Time” means the effective time of the distribution, in connection with the Spinoff, of Shares to the holders of ordinary shares of JCI.

 

(r)                                     “Dividend Equivalent Unit” means the right to receive a payment, in cash or property, equal to the cash dividends or other distributions paid with respect to a Share.

 

(s)                                    “Eligible Employee” means any officer or other employee of the Company or of any Affiliate, or any individual that the Company or an Affiliate has engaged to become an officer or employee.

 

(t)                                     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act includes any successor provision and the regulations and rules promulgated under such provision.

 

(u)                                  “Excluded Items” means any gains or losses from the sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business; any gains or losses from discontinued operations; any extraordinary gains or losses; the effects of accounting changes; any unusual, nonrecurring, transition, one-time or similar items or charges; the diluted impact of goodwill on acquisitions; and any other items specified by the Administrator; provided that, for Awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m) and not subject to the transition period under Treasury Reg. Section 1.162-27(f)(4)(iii), the Administrator shall specify the Excluded Items in writing at the time the Award is made unless, after application of the Excluded Items, the amount payable under the Award is reduced.

 

(v)                                  “Fair Market Value” means, per Share on a particular date: (i) the closing price on such date on the New York Stock Exchange or, if no sales of Shares occur on the date in question, on the last preceding date on which there was a sale on such market; (ii) if the Shares are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, but are traded on another national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market, the last sales price (or, if there is no last sales price reported, the average of the last bid and asked prices) for the Shares on the particular date, or on the last preceding date on which there was a sale of Shares on that exchange or market; or (iii) if the Shares are neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in an over-the-counter market, the price determined by the Administrator.  The Administrator also shall establish the Fair Market Value of any other property.  If an actual sale of a Share occurs on the market, then the Company may consider the sale price to be the Fair Market Value of such Share.

 

4



 

(w)                                “Incentive Award” means the right to receive a cash payment to the extent Performance Goals are achieved, and shall include “Annual Incentive Awards” as described in Section 10 and “Long-Term Incentive Awards” as described in Section 11.

 

(x)                                  “Incentive Share Option” or “ISO” mean an Option that meets the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

(y)                                  “JCI Plan” means the Johnson Controls International Public Limited Company 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any similar or predecessor plan sponsored by JCI or any of its subsidiaries under which any awards remain outstanding as of immediately prior to the Distribution Time.

 

(z)                                   “Option” means the right to purchase Shares at a stated price for a specified period of time.

 

(aa)                           “Participant” means an individual selected by the Administrator to receive an Award.

 

(bb)                           “Performance Awards” means a Performance Share and Performance Unit, and any Award of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Deferred Share Rights the payment or vesting of which is contingent on the attainment of one or more Performance Goals.

 

(cc)                             “Performance Goals” means the following categories (in all cases after taking into account any Excluded Items, as applicable), including in each case any measure based on such category:

 

(i)                                      Basic earnings per share for the Company on a consolidated basis.

 

(ii)                                   Diluted earnings per share for the Company on a consolidated basis.

 

(iii)                                Total shareholder return.

 

(iv)                               Fair Market Value of Shares.

 

(v)                                  Net sales.

 

(vi)                               Increase in percentage of total revenues represented by consolidated or unconsolidated revenues.

 

(vii)                            Cost of sales.

 

(viii)                         Gross profit.

 

(ix)                               Selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

(x)                                  Operating income.

 

(xi)                               Segment income.

 

(xii)                            Earnings before interest and the provision for income taxes (EBIT).

 

(xiii)                         Earnings before interest, the provision for income taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA).

 

(xiv)                        Net income.

 

5



 

(xv)                           Accounts receivable.

 

(xvi)                        Inventories.

 

(xvii)                     Trade working capital.

 

(xviii)                  Return on equity.

 

(xix)                        Return on assets.

 

(xx)                           Return on invested capital.

 

(xxi)                        Return on sales.

 

(xxii)                     Economic value added, or other measure of profitability that considers the cost of capital employed.

 

(xxiii)                  Free cash flow.

 

(xxiv)                 Net cash provided by operating activities.

 

(xxv)                    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.

 

(xxvi)                 Increase (decrease) in debt or net debt.

 

(xxvii)              Customer satisfaction, which may include customer backlog and/or relationships.

 

(xxviii)           Market share.

 

(xxix)                 Quality.

 

(xxx)                    Safety.

 

(xxxi)                 Realization or creation of innovation projects or products.

 

(xxxii)              Achievement of cost reduction targets or restructuring initiatives.

 

(xxxiii)           Employee engagement.

 

(xxxiv)          Employee and/or supplier diversity improvement.

 

(xxxv)             Completion of integration of acquired businesses and/or strategic activities.

 

(xxxvi)          Development, completion and implementation of succession planning.

 

The Performance Goals described in items (v) through (xxxvi) may be measured (A) for the Company on a consolidated basis, (B) for any one or more Affiliates or divisions of the Company and/or (C) for any other business unit or units of the Company or an Affiliate as defined by the Administrator at the time of selection.

 

In addition, the Administrator may designate other categories, including categories involving individual performance and subjective targets, not listed above (A) with respect to Awards that

 

6



 

are not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) or that are subject to the transition period under Treasury Reg. Section 1.162-27(f)(4)(iii) or (B) to the extent that the application of such categories results in a reduction of the maximum amount otherwise payable under the Award.

 

Where applicable, the Performance Goals may be expressed, without limitation, in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criterion or the attainment of an increase or decrease (expressed as absolute numbers, averages and/or percentages) in the particular criterion or achievement in relation to a peer group or other index. The Performance Goals may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment will be made (or no vesting will occur), levels of performance at which specified payments will be paid (or specified vesting will occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment will be made (or at which full vesting will occur).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a Replacement Award, “Performance Goal” shall mean any performance objective defined in the applicable agreement or other document evidencing the Replacement Award.

 

(dd)                           “Performance Shares” means the right to receive Shares (including Restricted Shares) to the extent Performance Goals are achieved.

 

(ee)                             “Performance Unit” means the right to receive a payment valued in relation to a unit that has a designated dollar value or the value of which is equal to the Fair Market Value of one or more Shares, to the extent Performance Goals are achieved.

 

(ff)                               “Person” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

 

(gg)                             “Plan” means this Adient plc 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

 

(hh)                           “Replacement Award” means an Award that is issued under this Plan in accordance with the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement in substitution of, or in accordance with, an award that was granted under a JCI Plan.

 

(ii)                                   “Restriction Period” means the length of time established relative to an Award during which the Participant cannot sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber the Shares or Share Units subject to such Award and at the end of which the Participant obtains an unrestricted right to such Shares or Share Units.

 

(jj)                                 “Restricted Shares” means Shares that are subject to a risk of forfeiture or a Restriction Period, or both a risk of forfeiture and a Restriction Period.

 

(kk)                           “Restricted Share Unit” means the right to receive a payment equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share that is subject to a risk of forfeiture or restriction period or other restrictions on transfer, or both a risk of forfeiture and a restriction period or other restrictions on transfer.

 

(ll)                                   “Retirement” means, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and set forth in an Award agreement, the end of a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates (for other than Cause) on or after the Participant’s attainment of (A) age fifty-five (55) and completion of ten (10) years of continuous service with the Company and its Affiliates, or (B) age sixty-five (65) and completion of five (5) years of continuous service with the

 

7



 

Company and its Affiliates.  For purposes of this paragraph, the phrase “continuous service” means the most recent period of continuous, uninterrupted service with the Company and its Affiliates, as well as any such continuous service with JCI or its affiliates prior to the Spinoff.

 

(mm)                   “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto.

 

(nn)                           “Section 16 Participants” means Participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(oo)                           “Share” means an ordinary share of the Company.

 

(pp)                           “Share Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means the right to receive a payment equal to the appreciation of the Fair Market Value of a Share during a specified period of time.

 

(qq)                           “Share Unit” means a right to receive a payment equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share.

 

(rr)                                 “Subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company or other limited liability entity in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities (other than the last entity in the chain) owns the stock or equity interests possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other entities in the chain.

 

(ss)                               “Unrestricted Shares” means Shares issued under this Plan that are not subject to either a risk of forfeiture or a Restriction Period.

 

3.                                       Administration.

 

(a)                                  Administration .  The Administrator shall administer this Plan. In addition to the authority specifically granted to the Administrator in this Plan, the Administrator has full discretionary authority to administer this Plan and all Awards, including but not limited to the authority to: (i) interpret the provisions of this Plan and any Award agreement; (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan; (iii) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award or agreement covering an Award in the manner and to the extent it deems desirable to carry this Plan or such Award into effect; and (iv) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.  All Administrator determinations shall be made in the sole discretion of the Administrator and are final and binding on all interested parties.

 

Notwithstanding the above statement or any other provision of this Plan, the Committee shall have no discretion to increase the amount, once established, of compensation payable under an Award that is intended to be performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m) and that is not subject to the transition period under Treasury Reg. Section 1.162-27(f)(4)(iii), although the Committee may decrease the amount of compensation a Participant may earn under such an Award.

 

(b)                                  Delegation to Other Committees or Officers .  To the extent applicable law permits, the Board may delegate to another committee of the Board or to one or more officers of the Company, or the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company, any or all of their respective authority and responsibility as an Administrator of this Plan; provided that

 

8



 

no such delegation is permitted with respect to Share-based Awards made to Section 16 Participants or Awards made to Participants subject to Code Section 162(m) at the time any such delegated authority or responsibility is exercised unless the delegation is to another committee of the Board consisting entirely of directors who are “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 and “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m)(4)(C).  If the Board or the Committee has made such a delegation, then all references to the Administrator in this Plan include such other committee or one or more officers to the extent of such delegation.

 

(c)                                   Indemnification . The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Board and the Committee, and each officer or member of any other committee to whom a delegation under Section 3(b) has been made, as to any acts or omissions with respect to this Plan or any Award to the maximum extent that applicable law and the Company’s governing documents permit.

 

4.                                       Eligibility .  The Administrator (to the extent of its authority) may designate any of the following as a Participant from time to time: any officer or other employee of the Company or its Affiliates or any individual that the Company or an Affiliate has engaged to become an officer or employee. The Administrator’s designation of a Participant in any year will not require the Administrator to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year. No individual shall have any right to be granted an Award, even if an Award was granted to such individual at any prior time, or if a similarly-situated individual is or was granted an Award under similar circumstances.

 

5.                                       Types of Awards.  Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Administrator may grant any type of Award to any Participant it selects, but only employees of the Company or a Subsidiary may receive grants of Incentive Share Options.  Awards may be granted alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or (subject to the prohibition on repricing set forth in Section 16(e)) in substitution for any other Award (or any other award granted under another plan of the Company or any Affiliate).

 

6.                                       Shares Reserved under this Plan.

 

(a)                                  Plan Reserve .  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 18(a), an aggregate of 6,000,000 Shares are reserved for issuance under this Plan.  The Shares reserved for issuance may be either authorized and unissued Shares or Shares reacquired at any time and now or hereafter held as treasury shares, subject to compliance with applicable law.  In addition to the number of Shares set forth in the first sentence of this Section 6(a), such number of Shares as are subject to the Replacement Awards are also reserved for issuance under this Plan but the Shares subject to the Replacement Awards shall neither deplete the reserve set forth in the first sentence of this Section 6(a) nor be eligible to be recredited to this Plan’s reserve pursuant to Section 6(c).

 

(b)                                  Incentive Share Option Award Limits .  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 18(a), the Company may issue an aggregate of 4,000,000 Shares upon the exercise of Incentive Share Options.

 

9



 

(c)                                   Replenishment of Shares Under this Plan .  If (i) an Award lapses, expires, terminates or is cancelled without the issuance of Shares under the Award (whether due currently or on a deferred basis), (ii) it is determined during or at the conclusion of the term of an Award that all or some portion of the Shares with respect to which the Award was granted will not be issuable on the basis that the conditions for such issuance will not be satisfied, (iii) Shares are forfeited under an Award or (iv) Shares are issued under any Award and the Company subsequently (subject to compliance with applicable law) reacquires them pursuant to rights reserved upon the issuance of the Shares, then such Shares shall be recredited to this Plan’s reserve (in the same number as they depleted the reserve) and may again be used for new Awards under this Plan, but Shares recredited to this Plan’s reserve pursuant to clause (iv) may not be issued pursuant to Incentive Share Options.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the following Shares be recredited to this Plan’s reserve: Shares tendered in payment of or withheld to satisfy the exercise price of an Option (subject to compliance with applicable law); Shares withheld to satisfy federal, state or local tax withholding obligations; and Shares purchased by the Company (subject to compliance with applicable law) using proceeds from Option exercises.

 

(d)                                  Participant Limitations .  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 18(a), during any time when the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and the transition period under Treasury Reg. Section 1.162-27(f)(4)(iii) has lapsed or does not apply, no Participant may be granted Awards that could result in such Participant:

 

(i)                                      receiving Options for, and/or Share Appreciation Rights with respect to, more than 2,000,000 Shares during any fiscal year of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   receiving Awards of Restricted Shares (including any dividends paid thereon) and/or Restricted Share Units (including any associated Dividend Equivalent Units) and/or Deferred Share Rights (including any associated Dividend Equivalent Units) relating to more than 800,000 Shares during any fiscal year of the Company;

 

(iii)                                receiving Awards of Performance Shares, and/or Awards of Performance Units the value of which is based on the Fair Market Value of Shares, for more than 1,600,000 Shares during any fiscal year of the Company;

 

(iv)                               receiving Awards of Performance Units the value of which is not based on the Fair Market Value of Shares that would pay more than USD $15,000,000 during any fiscal year of the Company;

 

(v)                                  receiving other Share-based Awards pursuant to Section 13 relating to more than 800,000 Shares during any fiscal year of the Company;

 

(vi)                               receiving an Annual Incentive Award in any fiscal year of the Company that would pay more than USD $10,000,000; or

 

(vii)                            receiving a Long-Term Incentive Award in any fiscal year of the Company that would pay more than USD $15,000,000.

 

In all cases, determinations under this Section 6(d) should be made in a manner that is consistent with the exemption for performance-based compensation that Code Section 162(m) provides and, to the extent applicable, the transition rules thereunder.  Notwithstanding the

 

10



 

foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, Replacement Awards shall not be subject to, or counted against, the limits in this Section 6(d).

 

7.                                       Options.  Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Administrator will determine all terms and conditions of each Option, including but not limited to:

 

(a)                                  Whether the Option is an Incentive Share Option or a “nonqualified share option” which does not meet the requirements of Code Section 422;

 

(b)                                  The number of Shares subject to the Option;

 

(c)                                   The date of grant, which may not be prior to the date of the Administrator’s approval of the grant;

 

(d)                                  The exercise price, which may not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option as determined on the date of grant (except with respect to Replacement Awards or pursuant to Section 18); provided that an Incentive Share Option granted to a 10% Shareholder must have an exercise price at least equal to 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Option as determined on the date of grant;

 

(e)                                   The terms and conditions of exercise, including the manner and form of payment of the exercise price; provided that if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to all ISOs granted to a Participant (as determined on the date of grant of each such Option) that become exercisable during a calendar year exceeds the dollar limitation set forth in Code Section 422(d), then such ISOs shall be treated as nonqualified share options to the extent such limitation is exceeded; and

 

(f)                                    The term; provided that each Option must terminate no later than ten (10) years after the date of grant and each Incentive Share Option granted to a 10% Shareholder must terminate no later than five (5) years after the date of grant.

 

In all other respects, the terms of any Incentive Share Option should comply with the provisions of Code Section 422 except to the extent the Administrator determines otherwise.  If an Option that is intended to be an Incentive Share Option fails to meet the requirements thereof, the Option shall automatically be treated as a nonqualified share option to the extent of such failure.

 

8.                                       Share Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Administrator will determine all terms and conditions of each SAR, including but not limited to:

 

(a)                                  Whether the SAR is granted independently of an Option or relates to an Option;

 

(b)                                  The number of Shares to which the SAR relates;

 

(c)                                   The date of grant, which may not be prior to the date of the Administrator’s approval of the grant;

 

(d)                                  The grant price, provided that the grant price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the SAR as determined on the date of grant (except with respect to Replacement Awards or pursuant to Section 18);

 

11



 

(e)                                   The terms and conditions of exercise or maturity;

 

(f)                                    The term, provided that each SAR must terminate no later than ten (10) years after the date of grant; and

 

(g)                                   Whether the SAR will be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof.

 

If an SAR is granted in relation to an Option, then, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the SAR shall be exercisable or shall mature at the same time or times, on the same conditions and to the extent and in the proportion, that the related Option is exercisable and may be exercised or mature for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option. Upon exercise of any number of SARs, the number of Shares subject to the related Option shall be reduced accordingly and such Option may not be exercised with respect to that number of Shares.  The exercise of any number of Options that relate to an SAR shall likewise result in an equivalent reduction in the number of Shares covered by the related SAR.

 

9.                                       Performance and Share Awards.   Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Administrator will determine all terms and conditions of each award of Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Deferred Share Rights, Performance Shares or Performance Units, including but not limited to:

 

(a)                                  The number of Shares and/or units to which such Award relates;

 

(b)                                  Whether, as a condition for the Participant to realize all or a portion of the benefit provided under the Award, one or more Performance Goals must be achieved during such period as the Administrator specifies;

 

(c)                                   The Restriction Period with respect to Restricted Shares or Restricted Share Units and the period of deferral for Deferred Share Rights;

 

(d)                                  The performance period for Performance Awards;

 

(e)                                   With respect to Performance Units, whether to measure the value of each unit in relation to a designated dollar value or the Fair Market Value of one or more Shares; and

 

(f)                                    With respect to Restricted Share Units and Performance Units, whether to settle such Awards in cash, in Shares, or a combination thereof.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, at such time as all restrictions applicable to an Award of Restricted Shares, Deferred Share Rights or Restricted Share Units are met and the Restriction Period expires, ownership of the Shares subject to such restrictions shall be transferred to the Participant free of all restrictions except those that may be imposed by applicable law; provided that if Restricted Share Units are paid in cash, then the payment shall be made to the Participant after all applicable restrictions lapse and the Restriction Period expires.

 

10.                                Annual Incentive Awards .  Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Administrator will determine all terms and conditions of an Annual Incentive Award, including but not limited to the Performance Goals, performance period, the potential amount payable, and the timing of payment, subject to the following: (a) the Administrator must require that payment of all or any portion of the amount subject to the Annual Incentive Award is contingent on the achievement of

 

12



 

one or more Performance Goals during the period the Administrator specifies, although the Administrator may specify that all or a portion of the Performance Goals subject to an Award are deemed achieved upon a Participant’s death, Disability or (for Awards not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) or subject to the transition period under Treasury Reg. Section 1.162-27(f)(4)(iii)) Retirement, or such other circumstances as the Administrator may specify; and (b) the performance period must relate to a period of one fiscal year of the Company except that, if the Award is made in the year this Plan becomes effective, at the time of commencement of employment with the Company or on the occasion of a promotion, then the Award may relate to a period shorter than one fiscal year.

 

11.                                Long-Term Incentive Awards.  Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Administrator will determine all terms and conditions of a Long-Term Incentive Award, including but not limited to the Performance Goals, performance period, the potential amount payable, and the timing of payment, subject to the following: (a) the Administrator must require that payment of all or any portion of the amount subject to the Long-Term Incentive Award is contingent on the achievement of one or more Performance Goals during the period the Administrator specifies, although the Administrator may specify that all or a portion of the Performance Goals subject to an Award are deemed achieved upon a Participant’s death, Disability or (for Awards not intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) or subject to the transition period under Treasury Reg. Section 1.162-27(f)(4)(iii)) Retirement, or such other circumstances as the Administrator may specify; and (b) the performance period must relate to a period of more than one fiscal year of the Company.

 

12.                                Dividend Equivalent Units.  Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Administrator will determine all terms and conditions of each award of Dividend Equivalent Units, including but not limited to whether: (a) such Award will be granted in tandem with another Award; (b) payment of the Award be made currently or credited to an account for the Participant that provides for the deferral of such amounts until a stated time; provided that Dividend Equivalent Units that relate to Performance Awards that are contingent on the achievement of a Performance Goal at the time the cash dividend or other distribution is paid with respect to a Share shall also be contingent on the achievement of such Performance Goal and shall not be paid until such Performance Goal is achieved; and (c) the Award will be settled in cash or Shares; provided that Dividend Equivalent Units may be granted only in connection with a “full-value Award.”  For this purpose, a “full-value Award” includes Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units (valued in relation to a Share), Deferred Share Rights and any other similar Award under which the value of the Award is measured as the full value of a Share, rather than the increase in the value of a Share.

 

13.                                Other Share-Based Awards.  Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Administrator may grant to Participants other types of Awards, which shall be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Shares, either alone or in addition to or in conjunction with other Awards, and payable in Shares or cash.  Without limitation, such Award may include the issuance of Unrestricted Shares (which may be awarded in lieu of cash compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled, in exchange for cancellation of a compensation right, as a bonus, upon the attainment of Performance Goals or otherwise) or rights to acquire Shares from the Company.  The Administrator shall determine all terms and conditions of the Award, including but not limited to, the time or times at which such Awards shall be made, and the number of Shares to be granted pursuant to such Awards or to which such Award shall relate; provided that any Award that provides for purchase rights shall be priced at 100% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant of the Award; and provided

 

13



 

further that the date of grant cannot be prior to the date the Administrator takes action to approve the Award.

 

14.                                Effect of Termination on Awards.   The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine, at the time an Award is made to a Participant or any time thereafter, the effect of the termination of the Participant’s employment or service with the Company and its Affiliates on the Award.

 

15.                                Transferability .

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Transfer . No Award (other than Unrestricted Shares), and no right under any such Award, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable, or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless and to the extent the Administrator allows a Participant to: (i) designate in writing a beneficiary to exercise the Award after the Participant’s death; or (ii) transfer an Award.

 

(b)                                  Restrictions on Exercisability .  Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by such individual or, if permissible under applicable law, by such individual’s guardian or legal representative.

 

16.                                Termination and Amendment of Plan; Amendment, Modification or Cancellation of Awards.

 

(a)                                  Term of Plan .  Unless the Board or Committee earlier terminates this Plan pursuant to Section 16(b), this Plan will terminate on the date all Shares reserved for issuance have been issued.  If the term of this Plan extends beyond ten (10) years from the Effective Date, no Incentive Share Options may be granted after such time unless the shareholders of the Company have approved an extension of this Plan for such purpose.

 

(b)                                  Termination and Amendment .  The Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan at any time, subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)                                      the Board must approve any amendment of this Plan to the extent the Company determines such approval is required by: (A) prior action of the Board, (B) applicable corporate law, or (C) any other applicable law;

 

(ii)                                   shareholders must approve any amendment of this Plan to the extent the Company determines such approval is required by: (A) Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (B) the Code, (C) the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded, or (D) any other applicable law; and

 

(iii)                                shareholders must approve any of the following Plan amendments: (A) an amendment to materially increase any number of Shares specified in Section 6(a) or 6(b) or the limits set forth in Section 6(e) (except as permitted by Section 18), (B) an amendment to materially expand the group of individuals that may become Participants, or (C) an amendment that would diminish the protections afforded by Section 16(e).

 

(c)                                   Amendment, Modification, Cancellation and Disgorgement of Awards .

 

(i)                                      Subject to the requirements of this Plan, including the limitations of Section 16(e), the Administrator may modify, amend or cancel any Award or waive any

 

14



 

restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or the exercise of the Award, provided that any modification or amendment that materially diminishes the rights of the Participant, or the cancellation of the Award, shall be effective only if agreed to by the Participant or any other person(s) as may then have an interest in the Award, but the Administrator need not obtain Participant (or other interested party) consent for the modification, amendment or cancellation of an Award pursuant to the provisions of Section 18 or as follows:  (A) to the extent the Administrator deems such action necessary to comply with any applicable law or the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded; (B) to the extent the Administrator deems necessary to preserve favorable accounting or tax treatment of any Award for the Company; or (C) to the extent the Administrator determines that such action does not materially and adversely affect the value of an Award or that such action is in the best interest of the affected Participant or any other person(s) as may then have an interest in the Award.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, any such amendment shall be made in a manner that will enable an Award intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A to continue to be so exempt, or to enable an Award intended to comply with Code Section 409A to continue to so comply.

 

(ii)                                   Any Awards granted pursuant to this Plan, and any Shares issued or cash paid pursuant to an Award, shall be subject to (A) any recoupment, clawback, equity holding, share ownership or similar policies adopted by the Company from time to time and (B) any recoupment, clawback, equity holding, share ownership or similar requirements made applicable by law, regulation or listing standards to the Company from time to time.

 

(iii)                                Unless the Award agreement specifies otherwise, the Administrator may cancel any Award at any time if the Participant is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Award agreement and this Plan.

 

(d)                                  Survival of Authority and Awards .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the authority of the Board and the Administrator under this Section 16 and to otherwise administer this Plan will extend beyond the date of this Plan’s termination. In addition, termination of this Plan will not affect the rights of Participants with respect to Awards previously granted to them, and all unexpired Awards will continue in force and effect after termination of this Plan except as they may lapse or be terminated by their own terms and conditions.

 

(e)                                   Repricing and Backdating Prohibited .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, and except for the adjustments provided in Section 18, neither the Administrator nor any other person may (i) amend the terms of outstanding Options or SARs to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding Options or SARs; (ii) cancel outstanding Options or SARs in exchange for Options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or SARs; or (iii) cancel outstanding Options or SARs with an exercise price above the current Share price in exchange for cash or other securities.  In addition, the Administrator may not make a grant of an Option or SAR with a grant date that is effective prior to the date the Administrator takes action to approve such Award.

 

(f)                                    Foreign Participation .  To assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed or residing in foreign countries, the Administrator may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Moreover, the Administrator may approve such supplements to, or amendments,

 

15



 

restatements or alternative versions of, this Plan as it determines is necessary or appropriate for such purposes. Any such amendment, restatement or alternative versions that the Administrator approves for purposes of using this Plan in a foreign country will not affect the terms of this Plan for any other country. In addition, all such supplements, amendments, restatements or alternative versions must comply with the provisions of Section 16(b).

 

In addition, if an Award is held by a Participant who is employed or residing in a foreign country and the amount payable or Shares issuable under such Award would be taxable to the Participant under Code Section 457A in the year such Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, then the amount payable or Shares issuable under such Award shall be paid or issued to the Participant as soon as practicable after such substantial risk of forfeiture lapses (or, for Awards that are not considered nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, no later than the end of the short-term deferral period permitted by Code Section 457A) notwithstanding anything in this Plan or the Award agreement to contrary.

 

(g)                                   Code Section 409A .  The provisions of Code Section 409A are incorporated herein by reference to the extent necessary for any Award that is subject to Code Section 409A to comply therewith.

 

17.                                Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Withholding .  In the event the Company or an Affiliate of the Company is required to withhold any Federal, state or local taxes or other amounts in respect of any income recognized by a Participant as a result of the grant, vesting, payment or settlement of an Award or disposition of any Shares acquired under an Award, the Company will, unless it otherwise determines, satisfy such tax obligations by withholding from cash or Shares otherwise payable or issuable under the Award in the amount needed to satisfy any withholding obligations; provided that, in the case of Shares, the amount withheld may not exceed the Participant’s minimum statutory tax withholding obligations associated with the transaction to the extent needed for the Company and its Affiliates to avoid an accounting charge until Accounting Standards Update 2016-09 applies to the Company, after which time the amount withheld may not exceed the total maximum statutory tax rates associated with the transaction.  Alternatively, the Company may require such Participant to pay to the Company, in cash, promptly on demand, amounts sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment to the Company or an Affiliate of the aggregate amount of any such tax obligations, or the Company may withhold from cash or other property payable or issuable to the Participant or from Shares no longer subject to restrictions in the amount needed to satisfy any withholding obligations.  If an election is provided, the election must be made on or before the date as of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined and otherwise as the Committee requires.  In any case, the Company may defer making payment or delivery under any Award if any such tax may be pending unless and until indemnified to its satisfaction.

 

(b)                                  No Guarantee of Tax Treatment .  Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan, the Company does not guarantee to any Participant or any other Person with an interest in an Award that (i) any Award intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A shall be so exempt, (ii) any Award intended to comply with Code Section 409A or Code Section 422 shall so comply, (iii) any Award shall otherwise receive a specific tax treatment under any other applicable tax law, nor in any such case will the Company or any Affiliate indemnify, defend or hold harmless any individual with respect to the tax consequences of any Award.

 

16



 

(c)                                   Participant Responsibilities .  If a Participant shall dispose of Shares acquired through exercise of an ISO within either (i) two (2) years after the date the Option is granted or (ii) one (1) year after the date the Option is exercised (i.e., in a disqualifying disposition), such Participant shall notify the Company within seven (7) days of the date of such disqualifying disposition.  In addition, if a Participant elects, under Code Section 83, to be taxed at the time an Award of Restricted Shares (or other property subject to such Code section) is made, rather than at the time the Award vests, such Participant shall notify the Company within seven (7) days of the date the Participant makes such an election.

 

18.                                Adjustment Provisions; Change of Control.

 

(a)                                  Adjustment of Shares .  If:  (i) the Company shall at any time be involved in a merger or other transaction in which the Shares are changed or exchanged; (ii) the Company shall subdivide or combine the Shares or the Company shall declare a dividend payable in Shares, other securities or other property; (iii) the Company shall effect a cash dividend the amount of which, on a per Share basis, exceeds ten percent (10%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share at the time the dividend is declared, or the Company shall effect any other dividend or other distribution on the Shares in the form of cash, or a repurchase of Shares (subject to compliance with applicable law), that the Board determines by resolution is special or extraordinary in nature or that is in connection with a transaction that the Company characterizes publicly as a recapitalization or reorganization involving the Shares; or (iv) any other event shall occur, which, in the case of this clause (iv), in the judgment of the Board or Committee necessitates an adjustment to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan, then the Administrator shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan, adjust as applicable: (A) the number and type of Shares subject to this Plan (including the number and type of Shares described in Section 6) and which may after the event be made the subject of Awards; (B) the number and type of Shares subject to outstanding Awards; (C) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award; and (D) to the extent such discretion does not cause an Award that is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m) to lose its status as such, the Performance Goals of an Award.  In any such case, the Administrator may also (or in lieu of the foregoing) make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in exchange for the cancellation of all or a portion of the Award (without the consent of the holder of an Award) in an amount determined by the Administrator effective at such time as the Administrator specifies (which may be the time such transaction or event is effective). However, in each case, with respect to Awards of Incentive Share Options, no such adjustment may be authorized to the extent that such authority would cause this Plan to violate Code Section 422(b).  Further, the number of Shares subject to any Award payable or denominated in Shares must always be a whole number. In any event, previously granted Options or SARs are subject only to such adjustments as are necessary to maintain the relative proportionate interest the Options and SARs represented immediately prior to any such event and to preserve, without exceeding, the value of such Options or SARs.

 

Without limitation, in the event of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar corporate transaction or event, including by way of scheme or arrangement or otherwise, whether or not constituting a Change of Control (other than any such transaction in which the Company is the continuing corporation and in which the outstanding Shares are not being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof), the Administrator may substitute, on an equitable basis as the Administrator determines, for each Share then subject to an Award and the Shares

 

17



 

subject to this Plan (if this Plan will continue in effect), the number and kind of shares, other securities, cash or other property to which holders of Shares are or will be entitled in respect of each Share pursuant to the transaction.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a share dividend (other than a share dividend declared in lieu of an ordinary cash dividend) or subdivision or combination of the Shares (including a reverse share split), if no action is taken by the Administrator, adjustments contemplated by this subsection that are proportionate shall nevertheless automatically be made as of the date of such share dividend or subdivision or combination of the Shares.

 

(b)                                  Issuance or Assumption .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, and without affecting the number of Shares otherwise reserved or available under this Plan, in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, or reorganization, the Administrator may authorize the issuance or assumption of awards under this Plan upon such terms and conditions as it may deem appropriate, subject to the listing requirements of any principal securities exchange or market on which the Shares are then traded.

 

(c)                                   Change of Control .  If the Participant has in effect an employment, retention, change of control, severance or similar agreement with the Company or any Affiliate that determines the effect of a Change of Control on the Participant’s Awards, then such agreement shall take precedence over the terms of this Plan.  In all other cases, unless provided otherwise in an Award agreement or by the Administrator prior to the date of the Change of Control, in the event of a Change of Control:

 

(i)                                      If the purchaser, successor or surviving corporation (or parent thereof) (the “Survivor”) so agrees, some or all outstanding Awards shall be assumed, or replaced with the same type of award with similar terms and conditions, by the Survivor in the Change of Control transaction.  If applicable, each Award which is assumed by the Survivor shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change of Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Participant upon the consummation of such Change of Control had the Award been exercised, vested or earned immediately prior to such Change of Control, and other appropriate adjustments in the terms and conditions of the Award shall be made.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent the Survivor in the Change of Control transaction does not agree to assume the Awards or issue replacement awards as provided in clause (i), then immediately prior to the date of the Change of Control:

 

(A)                                Each Option or SAR that is then held by a Participant who is employed by or in the service of the Company or an Affiliate shall become immediately and fully vested, and, unless otherwise determined by the Board or Committee, all Options and SARs shall be cancelled on the date of the Change of Control in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess of the Change of Control price of the Shares covered by the Option or SAR that is so cancelled over the purchase or grant price of such Shares under the Award.

 

(B)                                Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units and Deferred Share Rights (that are not Performance Awards) that are not then vested shall vest.

 

18



 

(C)                                All Performance Awards and Annual and Long-Term Incentive Awards that are earned but not yet paid shall be paid upon the Change of Control, and all Performance Awards and Annual and Long-Term Incentive Awards for which the performance period has not expired shall be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment equal to the product of (1) the target value payable to the Participant under his or her Award and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days after the first day of the performance period on which the Change of Control occurs and the denominator of which is the number of days in the performance period.

 

(D)                            All Dividend Equivalent Units that are not vested shall vest and be paid in cash, and all other Awards that are not vested shall vest and if an amount is payable under such vested Award, such amount shall be paid in cash based on the value of the Award.

 

All payments of cash and issuance of Shares required hereunder shall be made as soon as practicable after, but in no event more than thirty (30) days following, the date of the Change of Control.

 

(iii)                                In the event that (1) the Survivor terminates the Participant’s employment or service without cause (as defined in the agreement relating to the Award or, if not defined therein, as defined by the Administrator) or (2) if the Participant has in effect an employment, retention, change of control, severance or similar agreement with the Company or any Affiliate that contemplates the termination of his or her employment or service for good reason, and the Participant terminates his or her employment or service for good reason (as defined in such agreement), in the case of either (1) or (2) within twenty-four (24) months following a Change of Control, then the following provisions shall apply to any assumed Awards or replacement awards described in paragraph (i) and any Awards not cancelled in connection with the Change of Control pursuant to paragraph (ii):

 

(A)                                Effective upon the date of the termination of the Participant’s employment or service, all outstanding Awards or replacement awards automatically shall vest (assuming for any Award the vesting of which is subject to Performance Goals, that such goals had been met at the target level); and

 

(B)                                All Options or Share Appreciation Rights (or replacement awards) held by the Participant shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment in cash and/or Shares (which may include shares or other securities of the Survivor) equal to the excess of the fair market value of the Shares over the exercise or grant price of such Shares under the Award; and

 

(C)                                All Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Deferred Share Rights (or replacement awards) held by the Participant shall be cancelled as of the termination of the Participant’s employment or service in exchange for a payment in cash and/or Shares (which may include shares or other securities of the Survivor) equal to the fair market value of a Share; and

 

(D)                                All Performance Awards and Annual and Long-Term Incentive Awards held by the Participant that are earned but not yet paid shall be paid promptly following the termination of employment or service, and all Performance Awards and Annual and Long-Term Incentive Awards held by the Participant for which the performance period has not expired shall be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment equal to the product of (1) the target value payable to the Participant under his or her Award and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is

 

19



 

the number of days after the first day of the performance period on which the termination of employment or service occurs and the denominator of which is the number of days in the performance period; and

 

(E)                                 All other Awards (or replacement awards) held by the Participant shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment in cash in an amount equal to the value of the Award.

 

All payments of cash and issuance of Shares required hereunder shall be made as soon as practicable after, but in no event more than thirty (30) days following, the date of the termination of employment or service of the Participant.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, if the Participant has a deferral election in effect with respect to any amount payable under this Section 18(c) or if the applicable Award is otherwise subject to Code Section 409A, such amount shall be deferred pursuant to such election and the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

If the value of an Award for purposes of this subsection is based on the fair market value of a Share, such fair market value shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(d)                                  Application of Limits on Payments .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in any agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if the receipt of any payment by a Participant under the circumstances described above would result in the payment by the Participant of any excise tax provided for in Section 280G and Section 4999 of the Code, then the amount of such payment shall be reduced to the extent required to prevent the imposition of such excise tax.

 

19.                                Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Other Terms and Conditions .  The grant of any Award may also be subject to other provisions (whether or not applicable to the Award granted to any other Participant) as the Administrator determines appropriate, including, without limitation, provisions for:

 

(i)                                      the payment of the purchase price of Options by delivery of cash or other Shares or other securities of the Company (including by attestation) having a then Fair Market Value equal to the purchase price of such Shares, or by delivery (including by fax) to the Company or its designated agent of an executed irrevocable option exercise form together with irrevocable instructions to a broker-dealer to sell or margin a sufficient portion of the Shares and deliver the sale or margin loan proceeds directly to the Company to pay for the exercise price;

 

(ii)                                   one or more means to enable Participants to defer the delivery of Shares or recognition of taxable income relating to Awards or cash payments derived from the Awards on such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, including, by way of example, the form and manner of the deferral election, the treatment of dividends paid on the Shares during the deferral period or a means for providing a return to a Participant on amounts deferred, and the permitted distribution dates or events (provided that no such deferral means may result in an increase in the number of Shares issuable under this Plan);

 

(iii)                                restrictions on resale or other disposition of Shares; and

 

(iv)                               compliance with federal or state securities laws and stock exchange requirements.

 

20



 

(b)                                  Employment and Service .  The issuance of an Award shall not confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continued employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.  Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, for purposes of this Plan and all Awards, the following rules shall apply:

 

(i)                                      a Participant who transfers employment between the Company and its Affiliates, or between Affiliates, will not be considered to have ended employment; and

 

(ii)                                   a Participant employed by an Affiliate will be considered to have ended employment when such entity ceases to be an Affiliate.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of an Award that is subject to Code Section 409A, if a Participant’s termination of employment or service triggers the payment of compensation under such Award, then the Participant will be deemed to have terminated employment or service upon his or her “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan or an Award to the contrary, if any Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A as of the date of his or her “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, then, to the extent required by Code Section 409A, any payment made to the Participant on account of such separation from service shall not be made before a date that is six months after the date of the separation from service.

 

(c)                                   Whole Shares Only .  Only whole Shares or other securities may be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan, and if any calculation of a number of Shares pursuant to any provision of this Plan would otherwise result in a number of Shares that is not a whole number, the calculation shall be rounded down to the next whole number of Shares.

 

(d)                                  Offset . Subject to compliance with applicable law, the Company shall have the right to offset, from any amount payable or shares deliverable hereunder, any amount that the Participant owes to the Company or any Affiliate without the consent of the Participant or any individual with a right to the Participant’s Award.

 

(e)                                   Unfunded Plan .  This Plan is unfunded and does not create, and should not be construed to create, a trust or separate fund with respect to this Plan’s benefits. This Plan does not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant or other person. To the extent any person holds any rights by virtue of an Award granted under this Plan, such rights are no greater than the rights of the Company’s general unsecured creditors. Income recognized by a Participant pursuant to an Award shall not be included in the determination of benefits under any employee pension benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or group insurance or other benefit plans applicable to the Participant which are maintained by the Company or any Affiliate, except as may be provided under the terms of such plans or determined by resolution of the Board.

 

(f)                                    Requirements of Law and Securities Exchange .  The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares in connection with an Award are subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or any Award agreement, the Company has no liability to deliver any Shares under this Plan or make any payment unless such delivery or payment would comply with all applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity, and unless and until the

 

21



 

Participant has taken all actions required by the Company in connection therewith.  The Company may impose such restrictions on any Shares issued under this Plan as the Company determines necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations or the requirements of any national securities exchange.

 

(g)                                   Restrictive Legends; Representations . All Shares delivered (whether in certificated or book entry form) pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall bear such legends or be subject to such stop transfer orders as the Administrator may deem advisable under this Plan or under applicable laws, rules or regulations or the requirements of any national securities exchange.  The Administrator may require each Participant or other Person who acquires Shares under this Plan by means of an Award to represent to the Company in writing that such Participant or other Person is acquiring the Shares without a view to the distribution thereof.

 

(h)                                  Governing Law .  This Plan, and all Awards hereunder, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant to this Plan, shall be governed by, except to the extent preempted by other applicable laws (1) with respect to the corporate law requirements applicable to the Company, the validity and authorization of the issuance of Shares under this Plan and similar matters, the internal laws of Ireland (without reference to conflict of law principles thereof) and (2) with respect to all other matters relating to this Plan and Awards, the internal laws of the State of New York (without reference to conflict of law principles thereof), and this Plan and all Awards hereunder shall be construed in accordance with such applicable law.

 

(i)                                      Arbitration .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any individual (other than the Company) brings a claim involving the Company or an Affiliate, regardless of the basis of the claim (including but not limited to claims relating to wrongful discharge, Title VII discrimination, the Participant’s employment or service with the Company or its Affiliates or the termination thereof, benefits under this Plan or other matters), such claim shall be settled by final binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) and the following provisions, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that the requirement for arbitration under this subsection shall not apply to the extent such requirement is not enforceable under, or otherwise violates, applicable law.

 

(i)                                      Initiation of Action . Arbitration must be initiated by serving or mailing a written notice of the complaint to the other party. Normally, such written notice should be provided to the other party within one year (365 days) after the day the complaining party first knew or should have known of the events giving rise to the complaint. However, this time frame may be extended if the applicable statute of limitation provides for a longer period of time. If the complaint is not properly submitted within the appropriate time frame, all rights and claims that the complaining party has or may have against the other party shall be waived and void. Any notice sent to the Company shall be delivered to:

 

Office of General Counsel

Adient plc

833 East Michigan Street, Suite 1100

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

22



 

The notice must identify and describe the nature of all complaints asserted and the facts upon which such complaints are based. Notice will be deemed given according to the date of any postmark or the date of time of any personal delivery.

 

(ii)                                   Compliance with Personnel Policies . Before proceeding to arbitration on a complaint, the claimant must initiate and participate in any complaint resolution procedure identified in the personnel policies of the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable. If the claimant has not initiated the complaint resolution procedure before initiating arbitration on a complaint, the initiation of the arbitration shall be deemed to begin the complaint resolution procedure. No arbitration hearing shall be held on a complaint until any complaint resolution procedure of the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, has been completed.

 

(iii)                                Rules of Arbitration . All arbitration will be conducted by a single arbitrator according to the Employment Dispute Arbitration Rules of the AAA. The arbitrator will have authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of competent jurisdiction could order or grant including, without limitation, specific performance of any obligation created under the award or policy, the awarding of punitive damages, the issuance of any injunction, costs and attorney’s fees to the extent permitted by law, or the imposition of sanctions for abuse of the arbitration process. The arbitrator’s award must be rendered in a writing that sets forth the essential findings and conclusions on which the arbitrator’s award is based.

 

(iv)                               Representation and Costs . Each party may be represented in the arbitration by an attorney or other representative selected by the party. The Company or Affiliate shall be responsible for its own costs, the AAA filing fee and all other fees, costs and expenses of the arbitrator and AAA for administering the arbitration. The claimant shall be responsible for his or her attorney’s or representative’s fees, if any. However, if any party prevails on a statutory claim which allows the prevailing party costs and/or attorneys’ fees, the arbitrator may award costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees as provided by such statute.

 

(v)                                  Discovery; Location; Rules of Evidence . Discovery will be allowed to the same extent afforded under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Arbitration will be held at a location selected by the Company. AAA rules notwithstanding, the admissibility of evidence offered at the arbitration shall be determined by the arbitrator who shall be the judge of its materiality and relevance. Legal rules of evidence will not be controlling, and the standard for admissibility of evidence will generally be whether it is the type of information that responsible people rely upon in making important decisions.

 

(vi)                               Confidentiality . The existence, content or results of any arbitration may not be disclosed by a party or arbitrator without the prior written consent of both parties.  Witnesses who are not a party to the arbitration shall be excluded from the hearing except to testify.

 

(j)                                     Construction .  Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used in the singular or plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.  Titles of sections are for general information only, and this Plan is not to be construed with reference to such titles.

 

23



 

(k)                                  Severability .  If any provision of this Plan or any Award agreement or any Award (a) is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or (b) would disqualify this Plan, any Award agreement or any Award under any law the Administrator deems applicable, then such provision should be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Administrator, materially altering the intent of this Plan, Award agreement or Award, then such provision should be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of this Plan, such Award agreement and such Award will remain in full force and effect.

 

24


Exhibit 4.2

 

ADIENT PLC

2016 DIRECTOR SHARE PLAN

 

1.                                       Establishment .  Adient plc (the “Company”) hereby establishes a plan for the members of its Board of Directors (the “Board”) who are not officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (“Non-Employee Directors”), as described herein (the “Plan”).

 

2.                                       Purpose .  The purpose of the Plan is to advance the Company’s growth and success and to advance its interests by attracting and retaining well-qualified Non-Employee Directors upon whose judgment the Company is largely dependent for the successful conduct of its operations and by providing such individuals with incentives to put forth maximum efforts for the long-term success of the Company’s business.

 

3.                                       Effective Date of the Plan .  The effective date of the Plan is October 31, 2016.  The Plan was approved by the sole shareholder of the Company prior to such date.

 

4.                                       Shares Subject to the Plan .  Subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 8, the total number of ordinary shares of the Company (“Ordinary Shares”), available for awards under this Plan shall not exceed 150,000 shares.  Ordinary Shares to be delivered under the Plan by the Company shall be made available from presently authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares or authorized and issued Ordinary Shares reacquired and held as treasury shares (subject to compliance with applicable law), or a combination thereof.

 

5.                                       Administration .

 

(a)                                  The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to interpret the Plan, to the extent provided by law.

 

(c)                                   The members of the Committee shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including attorney’s fees) arising from any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with the Plan to the full extent permitted by law, which shall be in addition to any directors and officers liability insurance that may be in effect from time to time and any other indemnification agreement or arrangement between the Company and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any member of the Committee, on the other hand.

 

6.                                       Grants of Ordinary Shares .  If all or any portion of any Non-Employee Director fees (including but not limited to, the annual retainer, committee chair fees, and lead director fees) are to be paid in the form of Ordinary Shares under this Plan, as approved by the Board or the Committee, then the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued shall be such number, rounded down to the nearest whole share, whose value (determined on the date payment is due to be made) shall equal the amount to be paid. The value of an Ordinary

 



 

Share on any given date means (a) the closing sales price on that date, or on the immediately preceding trading day if such date is not a trading day, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, (b) if the Ordinary Shares are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, but are traded on another national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market, the last sales price (or, if there is no last sales price reported, the average of the last bid and asked prices) for the Ordinary Shares on the particular date, or on the last preceding date on which there was a sale of Ordinary Shares on that exchange or market, or (c) if the Ordinary Shares are neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in an over-the-counter market, the price determined by the Committee.  The number of Ordinary Shares that may be awarded hereunder to any individual Non-Employee Director during any fiscal year of the Company shall not exceed the number of Ordinary Shares having a grant date fair value of USD $750,000.

 

7.                                       Termination of Service as Non-Employee Director .  If a Non-Employee Director ceases to serve on the Board, then all rights to receive Ordinary Shares hereunder shall terminate immediately.

 

8.                                       Adjustment Provisions .  In the event of any change in the Ordinary Shares by reason of a declaration of a share dividend (other than a share dividend declared in lieu of an ordinary cash dividend), spin-off, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, scheme of arrangement or split-up, combination or exchange of shares or otherwise, the aggregate number of shares available under this Plan shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, using the same standards and/or formulas as it uses in making adjustments under the Adient plc 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (or any successor plan thereto).

 

9.                                       Termination and Amendment of Plan .  The Board (acting through the Committee to the extent permitted by law) may at any time terminate the Plan and may amend the Plan as it shall deem advisable including (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) any amendments deemed by the Board to be necessary or advisable to assure conformity of the Plan with any requirements of state, federal and foreign laws or regulations now or hereafter in effect; provided, however, that the Board may not, without further approval by the shareholders of the Company make any modifications which, under Rule 16b-3 or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (or such other national securities exchange that is the primary exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are listed), require such approval.

 

10.                                Rights as a Shareholder .  A Non-Employee Director shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to Ordinary Shares granted under this Plan until the date of issuance of the share certificate to him or her, or the date an appropriate book-entry issuing shares to him or her is made.  No adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Ordinary Shares are issued.

 

11.                                Governing Law .  The Plan, all awards hereunder, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, except to the extent preempted by other applicable laws (1) with respect to the corporate law requirements applicable to the Company, the validity and authorization of the issuance of Ordinary Shares under the Plan and similar matters, the internal laws of Ireland (without reference to conflict of law

 

2



 

principles thereof) and (2) with respect to all other matters relating to the Plan and awards hereunder, the internal laws of the State of New York (without reference to conflict of law principles thereof).  The Plan, and all awards hereunder, shall also be interpreted in a manner consistent with, and shall be subject to compliance with, the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or such other national securities exchange that is the primary exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are listed).

 

12.                                Unfunded Plan .  This Plan is unfunded and does not create, and should not be construed to create, a trust or separate fund with respect to this Plan’s benefits.

 

13.                                Tax Withholding . In the event the Company is required to withhold any taxes or other amounts as a result of the issuance of Ordinary Shares hereunder, the Company will, unless it otherwise determines, satisfy such tax obligations by withholding a number of Ordinary Shares otherwise issuable in the amount needed to satisfy any withholding obligations; provided that, the amount withheld may not exceed the Non-Employee Director’s minimum statutory tax withholding obligations associated with the transaction to the extent needed for the Company and its affiliates to avoid an accounting charge until Accounting Standards Update 2016-09 applies to the Company or its affiliates, after which time the amount withheld may not exceed the total maximum statutory tax rates associated with the transaction.  Alternatively, the Company may require the Non-Employee Director to pay to the Company, in cash, promptly on demand, amounts sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment to the Company of the aggregate amount of any such tax obligations, or the Company may withhold from cash payable to the Non-Employee Director the amount needed to satisfy any withholding obligations.  In any case, the Company may defer issuing Ordinary Shares if any such tax may be pending unless and until indemnified to its satisfaction.

 

14.                                Requirements of Law and Securities Exchange .  The issuance of Ordinary Shares hereunder is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Company has no liability to deliver any Ordinary Shares under this Plan unless such delivery would comply with all applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity, and unless and until the Non-Employee Director has taken all actions required by the Company in connection therewith.  The Company may impose such restrictions on any Ordinary Shares issued under the Plan as the Company determines necessary or desirable to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations or the requirements of any national securities exchange.

 

15.                                Restrictive Legends; Representations . All Ordinary Shares issued (whether in certificated or book entry form) pursuant to this Plan shall bear such legends or be subject to such stop transfer orders as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or under applicable laws, rules or regulations or the requirements of any national securities exchange.  The Committee may require each Non-Employee Director who acquires Ordinary Shares under the Plan to represent to the Company in writing that such individual is acquiring the Ordinary Shares without a view to the distribution thereof.

 

3



 

16.                                Construction .  Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used in the singular or plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.  Titles of sections are for general information only, and this Plan is not to be construed with reference to such titles.

 

17.                                Severability .  If any provision of this Plan (a) is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person, or (b) would disqualify this Plan under any law the Administrator deems applicable, then such provision should be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Plan, then such provision should be stricken as to such jurisdiction or person, and the remainder of this Plan will remain in full force and effect.

 

4


Exhibit 4.3

 

ADIENT US LLC

SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

Effective July 1, 2016

 



 

Introduction

 

The Plan is a stock bonus plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to qualified plans.  The Plan includes a “qualified cash or deferred arrangement” that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(k) and an employee stock ownership plan under ERISA Section 407(d)(6) and Code Section 4975(e)(7).

 

The purpose of the Plan is to stimulate Participant savings for financial security and to help insure the employers’ growth and success by giving Participants an incentive for better performance and by promoting a broader more economical ownership of the Company’s stock among Participants.  The primary purpose of the employee stock ownership plan portion of the Plan is to enable Participants to acquire stock ownership interests in Johnson Controls, Inc. (and subsequently, Johnson Controls International plc) through the Spin Date and then, from and after the Spin Date, in Adient plc.

 

The Plan assumed the assets and liabilities (i.e., took a spin-off of accounts) from the Johnson Controls, Inc. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan with respect to (i) those individuals who are employees of Adient US LLC on July 1, 2016, (ii) former employees who terminated employment prior to July 1, 2016 from the automotive business of Johnson Controls, Inc. , and (iii) individuals that the Plan Administrator identified as alternate payees and beneficiaries thereof.  Solely for purposes of the Form S-8 registration statement which registers common stock of Johnson Controls, Inc. (and subsequently, ordinary shares of Johnson Controls International plc) as an investment under this Plan, this Plan is considered a sub-plan of the Johnson Controls, Inc. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan through the Spin Date.

 

The Company has assigned plan number 001 to this Plan.

 



 

ADIENT US LLC
 SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

1

Section 1.1. Definitions

1

Section 1.2. Construction and Applicable Law

8

 

 

ARTICLE 2 PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

9

Section 2.1. Participation

9

Section 2.2. Vesting Service

9

Section 2.3. Waiver of Participation

10

 

 

ARTICLE 3 CONTRIBUTIONS

11

Section 3.1. Employee Contributions

11

Section 3.2. Employer Contributions

14

Section 3.3. Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave

16

Section 3.4. Exclusive Benefit of Participants

16

Section 3.5. Rollover Contributions

17

Section 3.6. Payment to the Trustee

18

 

 

ARTICLE 4 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

19

Section 4.1. Excess Deferrals (Code Section 402(g))

19

Section 4.2. Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test)

20

Section 4.3. Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test)

22

Section 4.4. Annual Addition Limitation (Code Section 415)

24

 

 

ARTICLE 5 INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

25

Section 5.1. Establishment of Participant’s Accounts

25

Section 5.2. Adjustments to Account Balances

25

Section 5.3. Investment Election

26

Section 5.4. ESOP Dividend Election

27

Section 5.5. JCI Common Stock Post-Spin Date

28

 

 

ARTICLE 6 VESTING

29

Section 6.1. Before-Tax, After-Tax and Rollover Accounts

29

Section 6.2. Matching Contributions Account

29

Section 6.3. Retirement Income Contributions Account

29

Section 6.4. Termination of Employment

30

Section 6.5. Total and Permanent Disability

31

 

 

ARTICLE 7 INSERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

32

Section 7.1. General Rules

32

Section 7.2. Inservice Withdrawal from After-Tax Account

32

Section 7.3. Inservice Withdrawal After Age 59½

32

 

i



 

Section 7.4. Inservice Withdrawal After Disability

32

Section 7.5. Inservice Withdrawal from Rollover Account

33

Section 7.6. Required Inservice Withdrawal For 5-Percent Owners

33

Section 7.7. Hardship Withdrawals

33

Section 7.8. Loans

35

Section 7.9. Special Distribution Rules

37

 

 

ARTICLE 8 POST-EMPLOYMENT DISTRIBUTIONS

38

Section 8.1. Payment Events

38

Section 8.2. Amount of Payment

38

Section 8.3. Form and Timing of Payment

38

Section 8.4. Designation of Beneficiaries; Payment After Death

40

Section 8.5. Required Distributions

42

Section 8.6. Direct Rollover

42

Section 8.7. Required Minimum Distribution Rules

43

 

 

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

48

Section 9.1. Amendments and Termination

48

 

 

ARTICLE 10 PLAN ADMINISTRATION

49

Section 10.1. Employee Benefits Policy Committee

49

Section 10.2. Employee Benefits Investment Committee

50

Section 10.3. Organization and Procedure

50

Section 10.4. Delegation of Authority and Responsibility

50

Section 10.5. Use of Professional Services

51

Section 10.6. Fees and Expenses

51

Section 10.7. Claims Procedure

51

Section 10.8. Communications

53

Section 10.9. Plan Records

53

 

 

ARTICLE 11 TRUSTEE AND TRUST AGREEMENT

54

Section 11.1. Appointment and Removal

54

Section 11.2. Fees and Expenses

54

Section 11.3. Exclusive Benefit

54

Section 11.4. Acquisition of Stock by Trustee

54

 

 

ARTICLE 12 COMMON STOCK AND THE COMMON STOCK FUND

55

Section 12.1. Stock Rights, Stock Splits and Stock Dividends

55

Section 12.2. Voting of Common Stock

55

Section 12.3. Tender Offers for Common Stock

56

 

 

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS

58

Section 13.1. Non-Guarantee of Employment

58

Section 13.2. Rights to Trust Assets

58

Section 13.3. Non-Recommendation of Investment

58

Section 13.4. Indemnification

58

Section 13.5. Selection of Investments

59

 

ii



 

Section 13.6. Non-Alienation

59

Section 13.7. Facilitation of Payment

59

Section 13.8. Board Action

60

Section 13.9. Transfers from Other Qualified Plans

60

Section 13.10. Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers of Plan Assets

60

Section 13.11. Fiduciaries

60

Section 13.12. Top-Heavy Restrictions

61

Section 13.13. USERRA

63

Section 13.14. Multiple Employer Plan

63

Section 13.15. HEART Act

63

 

 

APPENDIX A

66

 

 

APPENDIX B EMPLOYEE AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

67

 

 

APPENDIX C SPECIAL RULES FOR PRIOR PLANS/ACQUISITIONS

68

 

iii



 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 1.1.  Definitions .  As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases and any derivatives thereof will have the meanings set forth below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  Definitions of other words and phrases are set forth throughout the Plan.  Section references indicate sections of the Plan unless otherwise stated.

 

(a)                                  Accounts means the accounting records which the Trustee maintains to record the contributions and attributable gains, losses and expenses allocated to each Participant, for accounting purposes only, without segregating Plan assets among Accounts, and may include some or all of the following sub-accounts or other accounts as the Policy Committee may determine:  (1) Matching Contribution Account; (2) Before-Tax Account; (3) After-Tax Account (to which is credited after-tax contributions made under the Predecessor Plan, if any, prior to the Effective Date); (4) Rollover Account; (5) Retirement Income Contribution Account; and (6) Dividend Account.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate means each corporation, trade or business which is a member, with a Participating Employer, of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), or a member with a Participating Employer of a group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury under regulations adopted under Code Section 414(c), or a member with a Participating Employer of an affiliated service group as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury under regulations adopted under Code Section 414(m).  Solely for purposes of Sections 2.2 and 12.10(b) the term “Affiliate” shall include any corporation at least 30% of the voting power or value of the outstanding capital stock is owned by the Company or an Affiliate (within the meaning of the preceding sentence) of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Before-Tax Contributions means the sum of: (1) Before-Tax Matched Contributions, which  are contributions made at the direction of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1 and with respect to which the Participant may be eligible to receive a Matching Contribution, and (2) Before-Tax Unmatched Contributions, which are contributions made at the direction of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1 and with respect to which a Participating Employer does not make a Matching Contribution.  Before-Tax Contributions are deducted from a Participant’s Plan Compensation prior to having certain taxes withheld on such amounts.

 

(d)                                  Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and in effect from time to time, and regulations and rulings issued promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code shall be deemed to include reference to any successor provision thereto.

 

(f)                                    Common Stock means:

 

1



 

(i)                                      prior to the Merger Date, the common stock, par value $0.16 2/3 per share, of Johnson Controls, Inc.;

 

(ii)                                   effective on the Merger Date, the ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share, of Johnson Controls International plc; and

 

(iii)                                effective on the Spin Date, the ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, of Adient plc.

 

(g)                                   Common Stock Fund means an Investment Fund invested primarily in Common Stock, a portion of which may also be invested in short-term securities or cash.

 

(h)                                  Company means Adient US LLC or any successor thereto.

 

(i)                                      Compensation will have the following meanings for the following purposes:

 

(1)                                  Contributions (“Plan Compensation”) .  For purposes of determining the amount of contributions to be made by or allocated to a Participant, Plan Compensation is an Employee’s total salary or wages including vacation and holiday pay, overtime pay, and shift premium paid by a Participating Employer for the Plan Year and reported as taxable income on his or her Form W-2, plus employee before-tax contributions to this Plan and salary reduction amounts contributed to any other plan maintained by a Participating Employer under Code Sections 125 or 401(k), but excluding Participating Employer contributions (other than Before-Tax Contributions) made to, or benefits received under, this Plan and any other benefit plan, all expense reimbursements and allowances, severance pay, imputed income, income from the exercise of stock options or restricted stock, cost of living allowances, special awards, signing bonuses, special foreign service premiums and awards and similar forms of Compensation determined by the Policy Committee as not considered regular salary or wages for services performed.  Compensation for the Participant who becomes a Participant after the beginning of a Plan Year will include only amounts earned after his or her effective date of participation; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to Participants who become covered hereunder on July 1, 2016.

 

(2)                                  Nondiscrimination Testing (“Test Compensation”) .  For purposes of (a) calculating the ADP Test and the ACP Test, (b)  determining Highly Compensated Employee status under Section 1.1(p), (c) calculating the Code Section 415 limits under Section 4.4 and (d)  determining Key Employee status under Section 13.12, Test Compensation includes wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) paid by a Participating Employer and its Affiliates for a Plan Year, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the service performed, plus any

 

2



 

elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is contributed or deferred at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the Employee’s gross income by reason of Code Section 125 or 132(f)(4), to any plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates.

 

(3)                                  Statutory Limit .  Each Participant’s Compensation taken into account for all purposes under the Plan for a Plan Year will be limited to $265,000 as indexed under Code Section 401(a)(17).  The Plan will not prorate the statutory cap on Compensation for any Participant who participates in the Plan for less than a full Plan Year.

 

(4)                                  Compliance with Code Section 415 .  To be taken into account, compensation must be paid or treated as paid to the Participant prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Company and its affiliates, or paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the date of severance from employment but only if such post-severance payments are regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses or other similar payments and such payments would have been paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Company and its affiliates.  No other amounts paid after a Participant’s severance from employment, such as severance, shall be included in Compensation hereunder.

 

(5)                                  Predecessor Compensation .  For the 2016 Plan Year, Compensation paid through June 30, 2016 that would be considered as Compensation under the terms of the Predecessor Plan shall be treated as Compensation for all purposes hereunder.

 

A Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions may only be made from compensation that would be included in compensation for purposes of Code Section 415.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for purposes of all contributions, Compensation paid to a terminated Participant after the Participant’s last regular paycheck will not be considered.

 

(j)                                     Current Market Value means the value on any day determined by the Trustee which shall be:  (1) with respect to any securities traded on a National or Regional Stock Exchange, the closing composite quotations price on that day, or if the securities were not traded on such day, the closing price on the next preceding trading day on which the securities were traded, and (2) except as provided in (1) above, determined in accordance with generally accepted valuation principles on a consistent basis acceptable to the Policy Committee.

 

3



 

(k)                                  Dividend Account means a sub-account maintained under the Plan to which is credited amounts attributable to cash dividends paid with respect to the Common Stock held in Common Stock Fund and with respect to which the Participant was offered but did not elect a current cash distribution of the dividend in accordance with Section 5.4.

 

(l)                                      Eligible Employee means an Employee of a Participating Employer who (i) resides in the United States, (ii) is legally authorized to work in the United States in accordance with United Stated Department of Homeland Security regulations, (iii) is paid by a Participating Employer on a United States payroll, and (iv) is employed in an eligible group set forth on Appendix A .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Employees shall be excluded:  (1) any member of a bargaining unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an employee representative and a Participating Employer, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining, unless the agreement provides for participation herein (in whole or part); (2) any person who is classified by the Participating Employer as a “leased employee” or as an “independent contractor;” or (3) a foreign citizen on temporary assignment in the United States. The term shall not include persons employed by a Participating Employer at an acquired business unless and until the Policy Committee designates the person so employed as Eligible Employees hereunder.  An individual who is not reported by a Participating Employer on its United States payroll as a common law employee, including but not limited to independent contractors, is not eligible to participate in the Plan even if such individual is later determined to be a common law employee.

 

(m)                              Employee means an individual who is reported on the payroll records of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate as a common-law employee, and to the extent required by the Code for purposes of non-discrimination testing but not for any other purpose, Leased Employees.

 

(n)                                  Employment Commencement Date means the first day for which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service, provided that, as to any Employee whose Vesting Service for any period of employment has been cancelled pursuant to Section 2.2 on account of a Period of Severance (or would have been cancelled pursuant to such Section had the Plan been in effect at the time of such Period of Severance), the term shall mean the first day following such Period of Severance for which the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

(o)                                  ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time, and regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder.  Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall be deemed to include reference to any successor provision thereto.

 

(p)                                  ESOP Component means the portion of the Plan that is invested in the Common Stock Fund, and the portion of the Plan that is attributable to Before-Tax Contributions made during the Plan Year in which occurs the determination date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, on December 31 of each Plan Year, any funds held in the ESOP Component of the Plan that are not invested in the Common Stock Fund will be transferred to the Non-ESOP Component of the Plan.

 

4



 

(q)                                  Highly Compensated Employee (HCE) means, for any Plan Year for which the determination is being made (the “determination year”):

 

(1)                                  each Employee who was a 5-percent owner (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)(3)) of the Participating Employer or any Affiliate at any time during the determination year or immediately preceding Plan Year (the “look-back year”), and

 

(2)                                  each Employee who earned at least $80,000 (indexed under Code Section 415(d)) during the look-back year from the Participating Employers and their Affiliates and was in the top-paid 20 percent of all employees of the Participating Employer or any Affiliate, based on Test Compensation.  To determine the number (but not the identity) of Employees in the top-paid group, the Policy Committee may exclude an Employee who is: (a) under age 21; (b) has fewer than 6 months of employment; (c) normally works fewer than 17-1/2 hours per week; (d) normally works no more than 6 months per Plan Year; (e) is included in a collective bargaining unit; or (f) is a nonresident alien with no U.S. source income.

 

(r)                                     Hour of Service means each hour for which an Employee has been directly or indirectly compensated or paid, or entitled to such compensation or other payment, by a Participating Employer or its Affiliate for the performance of work (whether as an Employee or a Leased Employee).

 

(s)                                    Investment Committee means the committee appointed pursuant to Article 10 of the Plan.

 

(t)                                     Investment Fund means an unsegregated fund established at the direction of the Investment Committee and invested in securities, insurance contracts or other property of such type and general characteristics as the Investment Committee shall determine.  The term shall include the Common Stock Fund.

 

(u)                                  JCI means Johnson Controls, Inc. through the Merger Date, and Johnson Controls International plc from and after the Merger Date.

 

(v)                                  Leased Employee means any person who is not a common-law employee of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate, and who provides services to the Participating Employer or an Affiliate, if:  (i) such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the Participating Employer or an Affiliate and a leasing organization; (ii) such person has performed such services for the Participating Employer or an Affiliate on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year; and (iii) such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Participating Employer or an Affiliate.

 

(w)                                Matching Contribution means the amount of cash and/or Common Stock contributed by a Participating Employer to be allocated in accordance with Section 3.2.

 

5



 

(i)                                      Merger Date   means the date of consummation of the “reverse merger” transaction pursuant to which Johnson Controls, Inc. will merge with and into an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Tyco International plc (“Tyco”), with Tyco being the parent company of the combined entity and renamed  Johnson Controls International plc, which is expected to occur on or around October 1, 2016.

 

(ii)                                   Non-ESOP Component means the portion of the Plan that is not being held under the ESOP Component.

 

(x)                                  Nonhighly Compensated Employee (NCE) means an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year.

 

(y)                                  Normal Retirement Age means an Employee’s attainment of age 65 while an Employee.

 

(z)                                   Participant means an Eligible Employee who is participating in the Plan under Section 2.1, and where the context so requires, includes any other individual for whom an Account is maintained under the Plan.

 

(aa)                           Participating Employer means (i) the Company (along with each of its Affiliates that have adopted the Plan with the consent of the Company, as listed on Appendix A ) and (ii) each other employer that is not an Affiliate of the Company but has adopted the Plan with the consent of the Company, as listed on Appendix A .

 

(bb)                           Period of Severance means the period of time, calculated in years and monthly fractions thereof, beginning on the Participant’s Severance Date and ending on his or her next subsequent Reemployment Commencement Date, if any.

 

(cc)                             Plan means this Adient US LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan, as amended from time to time.  As of any determination date, the Plan consists of the ESOP Component and the Non-ESOP Component.

 

(dd)                           Plan Year means the calendar year.  Although the Plan has a short Plan Year from July 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016 for certain purposes, because the Plan is a continuation of the Predecessor Plan with respect to Participants covered hereby on July 1, 2016, the Plan Year for 2016 shall be the full calendar year for all operational purposes, including crediting of service, compensation, testing, calculation of matching contributions, etc.

 

(ee)                             Policy Committee means the Employee Benefits Policy Committee, which shall have primary responsibility for administration of the Plan under Article 10 (other than matters assigned to the Investment Committee).

 

(ff)                               Predecessor Plan means the Johnson Controls, Inc. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan as in effect on June 30, 2016.

 

(gg)                             Prior Plan means a defined contribution retirement plan that was qualified under Code Section 401(k) and that has been merged with and into the Predecessor Plan prior to

 

6



 

the Effective Date (but for which relevant provisions still apply to accounts maintained under this Plan) or that may be merged with and into this Plan on and after the Effective Date.

 

(hh)                           Reemployment Commencement Date means the first day after a Severance Date on which a Participant is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

(ii)                                   Retirement Income Contribution means the contribution made by a Participating Employer to be allocated in accordance with Section 3.2.

 

(jj)                                 Retirement Points means the sum total of the Participant’s attained age (no decimals) plus the number of whole years of Vesting Service credited to the Participant as of the end of the applicable Plan Year.

 

(kk)                           Severance Date means the earlier to occur of:

 

(1)                                  the date on which the Participant’s service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates ends because he or she quits, retires, is terminated or dies, whichever occurs first; or

 

(2)                                  the first anniversary of the date on which the Participant commences a continuous absence from service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates for any other reason, such as military service, layoff, vacation, authorized leave of absence, etc.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Participant who is absent from service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates as a consequence of performing military service in the armed forces of the United States of America or of any state thereof under circumstances entitling the Participant to veterans’ reemployment rights under USERRA, no Severance Date shall occur during such absence if, but only if, the Participant returns to service with the Participating Employers or their Affiliates within the applicable time limit and under the other conditions prescribed by such statute for exercise of reemployment rights.

 

(ll)                                   Spin Date means the date that JCI distributes the ordinary shares of Adient plc to its stockholders, which is expected to occur on or around November 1, 2016.

 

(mm)                   Spouse means an individual whose marriage to the Participant is recognized under the laws of the United States (or one of the United States, but only to the extent recognized under federal law) or any other generally recognized jurisdiction.  This term shall also include a former Spouse to the extent required under a QDRO.

 

(nn)                           Total and Permanent Disability means a bodily injury or disease on account of which (i) a Participant has received long-term disability benefits for a period of at least 12 months or (ii) the Policy Committee determines that the Participant will be eligible for long-term disability benefits for at least 12 months.  If the Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan sponsored by a Participating Employer, “Total and Permanent Disability” means a bodily injury or disease which, in the judgment of the Policy Committee, wholly disables a Participant and will permanently, continuously and wholly prevent him or her for life from engaging in his or her occupation or employment for wage or profit with an

 

7



 

employer.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit such medical evidence as the Policy Committee determines is necessary or desirable to make a determination hereunder.

 

(oo)                           Trust (or Trust Fund) means the fund or funds maintained under the trust agreement with the Trustee to receive and invest the amounts contributed on behalf of Participants, and from which distributions will be made.

 

(pp)                           Trustee means the trustee of the Trust.

 

(qq)                           Valuation Date means each day when the United States financial markets are open for business, as of which the Trustee will determine the fair market value of the Trust Fund and each Account.

 

(rr)                                 Vesting Service means the period of an Employee’s service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates which is considered in determining his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan and his or her nonforfeitable right to Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions hereunder, as determined pursuant to Section 2.2; and includes all Vesting Service credited under the Predecessor Plan as of June 30, 2016.

 

Section 1.2.  Construction and Applicable Law .

 

(a)                                  Construction .  Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular or the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.  The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, and other similar compounds of the word “here” shall mean and refer to this entire document and not to any particular Article or Section.  Titles of Articles and Sections are for general information only, and the Plan is not to be construed by reference thereto.

 

(b)                                  Applicable Law .  The Plan is a profit sharing plan intended to qualify under Code Section 401(a).  The Plan includes a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under Code Section 401(k).  It is intended that the investment options offered under the Plan comply with the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c) and regulations promulgated thereunder.  The ESOP Component of the Plan is intended to constitute an employee stock ownership plan under Code Section 4975(e)(7) and ERISA Section 407(d)(6), and it is intended that the Plan will hold employer securities in excess of the limitations otherwise described in ERISA Section 407.  The Plan shall be interpreted so as to comply with the applicable requirements of the foregoing Code and ERISA provisions, where such requirements are not clearly contrary to the express terms hereof.  In all other respects, the Plan shall be construed and its validity determined according to the laws of the State of Wisconsin to the extent such laws are not preempted by applicable requirements of federal law.  In case any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provisions had never been included herein.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 2

 

PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

 

Section 2.1.  Participation .

 

(a)                                  General .

 

(1)                                  Every person who, on June 30, 2016, was a Participant under the Predecessor Plan and is (A) an Eligible Employee on July 1, 2016, or (B)  a former employee who terminated employment from the Johnson Controls, Inc. automotive business, in each case as determined by the Company, shall continue as a Participant herein on July 1, 2016, without interruption. Each individual that the Plan Administrator identifies as an alternate payee or beneficiary of any of the foregoing who has an account under the Predecessor Plan as of June 30, 2016, shall have such account transferred to this Plan as soon as practicable after July 1, 2016, and from and after the date of such transfer, such alternate payee or beneficiary shall become subject to the terms of this Plan.

 

(2)                                  Each other Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on his or her date of hire as an Eligible Employee.

 

(b)                                  Transfer to Employment .  Each Employee who is not an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the date he or she becomes an Eligible Employee (i.e., by transferring to an eligible status, or from a nonparticipating Affiliate to a Participating Employer).

 

(c)                                   Leased Employees and Independent Contractors .  A Leased Employee will be treated as an Employee to the extent required under Code Section 414(n) but will not be eligible to participate in this Plan.  If a Leased Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, the Plan will give him or her credit for the period when he or she worked as a Leased Employee for vesting purposes as if he or she had been an Employee during that period, unless (i) the Leased Employee was covered by a money purchase plan sponsored by the leasing organization, with 10 percent contributions and immediate participation and vesting, and (ii) Leased Employees constitute no more than 20% of the nonhighly compensated employees of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates.

 

Section 2.2.  Vesting Service .

 

(a)                                  General .  Each Participant shall be credited with Vesting Service calculated in years and monthly fractions thereof equal to the sum of the following:

 

(1)                                  the period commencing with the Participant’s Employment Commencement Date and ending with a Severance Date; plus

 

9



 

(2)                                  any subsequent periods commencing with a Reemployment Commencement Date and ending with the Participant’s next Severance Date; plus

 

(3)                                  any Period of Severance which is less than 12 months in duration; minus

 

(4)                                  any period credited above which either has been cancelled pursuant to subsection (b), or was cancelled under a break in service rule in effect under the Plan or a Prior Plan at the time of such break in service.

 

(b)                                  Loss of Vesting Service .  The Vesting Service of a Participant who at the time he or she incurs a Period of Severance has any vested right to any portion of his or her Account shall not be subject to cancellation.  In any other case, the Vesting Service of a person who incurs a 72 consecutive month Period of Severance shall be cancelled and disregarded for all purposes of the Plan, and such individual, upon becoming re-employed by a Participating Employer or Affiliate, shall be treated as if he or she had never been an Employee.

 

(c)                                   Transfer of Employment .  A Participant who transfers employment within the service of a Participating Employer or Affiliate into a status other than an Eligible Employee shall continue to accumulate Vesting Service during the period he or she is employed in such other status.

 

(d)                                  Service Prior to Becoming Affiliate .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Vesting Service shall be credited for any period of employment with an Affiliate prior to the date it became an Affiliate, or after the date it ceased to be an Affiliate, of a Participating Employer, except as set forth on Appendix C .

 

(e)                                   Vesting from Predecessor Plan . An individual who is covered hereby on July 1, 2016 shall be credited with the number of years of Vesting Service, and shall have the same vested interest in his or her Accounts, as applied under the terms of the Predecessor Plan on June 30, 2016.

 

Section 2.3.  Waiver of Participation .  Any Eligible Employee who is otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan may elect to irrevocably waive participation in any or all of the Before-Tax Contribution, Matching Contribution, or Retirement Income Contribution components of the Plan pursuant to such procedures as the Policy Committee may prescribe.

 

10



 

ARTICLE 3

 

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 3.1.  Employee Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Before-Tax Contributions .  A Participant may elect to contribute a percentage of his or her Plan Compensation as Before-Tax Contributions within the limitations and subject to the rules described below.

 

(1)                                  Amount .  Each Participant may make Before-Tax Contributions for each payroll period in an amount equal to a whole percentage of his or her Plan Compensation for such payroll period, up to the maximum percentage specified for such Participant as set forth on Appendix B .  The portion of a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions that will be considered Before-Tax Matched Contributions is set forth on Appendix B . Before-Tax Contributions will be allocated to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account.  A Participant who has attained age forty-nine (49) as of the end of the preceding calendar year and who is otherwise eligible to make Before-Tax Contributions may elect to make additional “catch-up” Before-Tax Contributions in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(v) and such rules as the Policy Committee may prescribe.  Such catch-up contributions shall not be subject to the limits of Code Sections 401(k), 415 and 416.

 

(2)                                  Limitations on Amount .  The Policy Committee may limit the amount of the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for any Plan Year to avoid exceeding the annual limitation described in Section 4.1, the ADP Test described in Section 4.2, and/or the annual addition limitation described in Section 4.4.  This may include providing a different maximum percentage for Highly Compensated Employees, than that specified in Appendix B , for a particular Plan Year.

 

(3)                                  Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave .  The Policy Committee will permit each Participant who resumes active employment (pursuant to USERRA) as an Eligible Employee after an unpaid military leave to make a special Before-Tax Contribution (“make-up contribution”) in an amount up to the maximum amount he or she could have contributed (including under the Predecessor Plan) if he or she had remained in employment as an Eligible Employee during his or her period of leave.  Each make-up contribution will be subject to the limitations under Code Sections 402(g) and 415, as applicable, in effect for the year to which the contribution relates, but will be ignored for purposes of the ADP Test.  The Policy Committee will permit the Participant to make the make-up contributions during the period beginning on the date when he or she resumes employment as an Eligible Employee and continuing for a period equal to the lesser of three times the length of his or her military leave, or

 

11



 

five years.  The amount of his or her make-up contributions will be based on the Plan Compensation he or she would have received if he or she had remained in active employment, at his or her rate of pay in effect when he or she began his or her leave.  If that pay rate cannot be determined with certainty, the Policy Committee will treat the Participant as having Plan Compensation equal to the amount he or she received during the 12-month period preceding his or her leave, or during the entire period of his or her employment if shorter than 12 months.

 

(b)                                  Election to Participate .

 

(1)                                  Election to Make or Resume Contributions .  To make (or resume) Before-Tax Contributions, the Participant must make an election designating the whole percentage of his or her Plan Compensation to be deferred as his or her Before-Tax Contributions for the pay period, within the limitations described in subsections (a)(1) and (2).  Such election shall be given effect as soon as administratively possible after receipt, and will remain in effect until the Participant modifies or revokes his or her election or the election is suspended pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  The elected percentage will apply automatically to increased or decreased Plan Compensation.

 

(2)                                  Rate Change and Revocations .  A Participant who has elected to make Before-Tax Contributions may change or revoke his or her election as of any date by making a new election.  Such election shall be given effect as soon as administratively possible after receipt, and will remain in effect until the Participant again modifies, revokes or resumes his or her election, or the election is suspended pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  The elected percentage will apply automatically to increased or decreased Plan Compensation.

 

(3)                                  Automatic Suspension of a Participant’s Deposits . A Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions shall be automatically suspended commencing with and continuing throughout any period during which he or she (A) fails to qualify as an Eligible Employee, (B) ceases to have Plan Compensation, (e.g., because of an unpaid leave of absence), or (C) as provided in Section 7.6 in the case of certain restricted withdrawals.  Participants will not be permitted to make up suspended Before-Tax Contributions except as provided in subsection (a)(3).  A Participant whose Before-Tax Contributions have been suspended may resume making such contributions as follows:

 

(A)                                In the case of an individual who ceases to be an Eligible Employee and resumes employment as an Eligible Employee, as provided in subsection (b)(1);

 

12



 

(B)                                In the case of an individual who ceases to have Plan Compensation, the Participant’s election shall be automatically reinstated as of the pay period coincident with or next following his or her resumption of active employment status; or

 

(C)                                In the case of an individual who takes a hardship withdrawal, the Participant may elect to resume making Before-Tax Contributions, as provided in subsection (b)(1), beginning 6 months after the date of the withdrawal.

 

(c)                                   Automatic Enrollment on July 1, 2016 .  The Before-Tax Contributions elections, including any automatic enrollments.(as well as any suspended elections), in effect under the Predecessor Plan shall automatically apply hereunder on July 1, 2016.

 

(d)                                  Automatic Enrollment for Certain Participants .  This subsection (d) shall apply to each Participant, who, pursuant to Appendix B , is indicated as being subject to the Plan’s auto enrollment feature.  The automatic enrollment feature shall not apply, however, to any such Participant who has elected to make Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan or has declined to participate, in each case prior to the date the first automatic contribution would otherwise have been effective for such individual.  For purposes of this subsection (d), a Participant who has not made such an election shall be referred to as “Non-electing Participants.”

 

(1)                                  Rate of Automatic Contribution.  The rate of Before-Tax Contributions contributed to the Plan on behalf of a Non-electing Participant shall be the percentage of the Non-Electing Participant’s Plan Compensation as set forth on Appendix B .  Automatic Before-Tax Contributions shall be made on such Non-electing Participant’s behalf beginning with the first pay period following the date the automatic enrollment provisions apply to the Non-electing Participant.

 

All automatic Before-Tax Contributions shall continue until the Non-electing Participant makes an affirmative election to cease such automatic contributions or to reduce or increase his rate of Before-Tax Contributions by any amount.  The Plan does not authorize refunds of automatic Before-Tax Contributions deposited to a Participant’s Account.

 

(2)                                  Notice .  Each affected Non-electing Participant shall receive an initial notice that explains the automatic enrollment provisions of the Plan, and explains the Non-electing Participant’s right to elect not to have automatic Before-Tax Contributions made or to alter the amount of his Before-Tax Contributions.  The notice shall also include the procedure for exercising those rights and the timing for implementing an election.  Each affected Non-electing Participant shall receive such initial notice at the time the Non-electing Participant is employed as an Eligible Employee in a group to which the automatic enrollment rules apply.  Thereafter, within

 

13



 

a reasonable time prior to the start of the next Plan Year, each affected Non-electing Participant shall receive a notice of the percentage of Before-Tax Contributions, and of his right to change the percentage of, or to cease making Before-Tax Contributions altogether, for such subsequent Plan Year.  This annual notice shall also include the procedure for exercising those rights and the timing for implementing an election.

 

(3)                                  Re-Hires .  A Participant who is rehired shall not be subject to the provisions of this subsection (d) upon such rehire.

 

(e)                                   Policy Committee Regulations .  The Policy Committee may from time to time establish and uniformly apply rules governing elections, including rules regarding the form and manner in which elections may be made, modified, suspended or revoked in order to be effective.

 

Section 3.2.  Employer Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Employer Matching Contributions .

 

(1)                                  Eligible Participants .  To the extent set forth in Appendix B , each Participant who made Before-Tax Matched Contributions for a Plan Year will be eligible to receive a Matching Contribution for such year, unless the Participant withdrew such Before-Tax Matched Contribution before the end of the Plan Year or incurred a Severance Date before the last day of the Plan Year other than as a result of an event described in Section 6.4(a).

 

(2)                                  Amount .  Subject to the limitations of Article 4, the amount of the Matching Contribution to be allocated to each eligible Participant is set forth in Appendix B .  The Matching Contribution shall be made on an annual basis, but determined by adding the amount of Matching Contribution accrued for each pay period during the year, based upon (i) the Participant’s level of Before-Tax Contributions during the pay period, with Before-Tax Contributions not in excess of the percentage (as specified on Appendix B ) of the Participant’s Plan Compensation for that pay period being Before-Tax Matched Contributions and Before-Tax Contributions in excess of such percentage of the Participant’s Plan Compensation for that pay period being Before-Tax Unmatched Contributions, and (ii) the rate of Matching Contributions that applies for such period based on the module covering the Participant for such pay period.  Before-Tax Contributions that are considered “catch-up” contributions shall not be eligible for a Matching Contribution.  No adjustment will be made in the amount of a Participant’s Before-Tax Matched Contributions to reflect the fact that the Participant might have made Before-Tax Contributions at a rate greater than the percentage of Plan Compensation set forth on Appendix B during certain pay periods during the Plan Year while making Before-Tax Contributions at a rate less

 

14



 

than or equal to the percentage of Plan Compensation set forth on Appendix B during other pay periods during the Plan Year.

 

(3)                                  Form .  The Matching Contribution will be made in the form of Common Stock or cash, depending on the investment election made by the Participant.

 

(4)                                  Timing .  Allocations of Matching Contributions will be made to the Participant’s Matching Contributions Account as of the last day of the Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant becomes entitled to receive Matching Contributions prior to the last day of the Plan Year, then the Policy Committee may select an earlier date and allocate such Matching Contributions as of such date prior to the end of the Plan Year.

 

(5)                                  Calculation for First Plan Year .  With respect to the first Plan Year of this Plan, the Matching Contributions will be determined hereunder for all of calendar year 2016 by taking into account a Participant’s Before-Tax Matched Contributions to both this Plan and the Predecessor Plan for 2016.

 

(b)                                  Retirement Income Contributions .  A Participant may be eligible to receive a Retirement Income Contribution for a Plan Year as provided in Appendix B .   If a Participant is covered by more than one module during the Plan Year, then the Retirement Income Contribution provisions applicable to such module as set forth in Appendix B shall apply only for such period (and, if applicable, only with respect to Compensation paid for such period) that the Participant is in employment covered by such module (or a module under the Predecessor Plan with respect to the 2016 Plan Year).  To receive a Retirement Income Contribution, a  Participant must be employed on the last day of the Plan Year or have incurred a Severance Date before the last day of the Plan Year pursuant to an event described in Section 6.4(a)(1)-(4).  The Retirement Income Contribution amount will be made pursuant to one of the following, as set forth under the applicable provisions of Appendix B .

 

(1)                                  If Appendix B   indicates that the Retirement Income Contribution amount is “1%-7%,” then the Participant will receive a Retirement Income Contribution equal to a percentage of the Participant’s Plan Compensation for such Plan Year (or, if applicable, for the period of employment covered by the relevant module) as determined under the following table:

 

Retirement Points

 

RIC Contribution

 

Less than 35

 

1

%

35 to 44

 

2

%

45 to 54

 

3

%

55 to 64

 

4

%

65 to 74

 

5

%

75 to 84

 

6

%

85 or more

 

7

%

 

15



 

(2)                                  If Appendix B-2 indicates that the Retirement Income Contribution amount is a single percentage, then that percentage of the Participant’s Plan Compensation for such Plan Year (or, if applicable, for the period of employment covered by the relevant module) will be contributed.

 

All Retirement Income Contributions will be made in the form of Common Stock or cash, depending on the investment election made (or deemed made) by the Participant.  Allocations of Retirement Income Contributions will be made as of the last day of the Plan Year to the Participant’s Retirement Income Contributions Account.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant becomes entitled to receive Retirement Income Contributions prior to the last day of the Plan Year, then the Policy Committee may select an earlier date and allocate such Retirement Income Contributions as of such date prior to the end of the Plan Year.

 

Section 3.3.  Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave .  A Participating Employer will make special Matching Contributions for each of its Participants who returns to employment as an Eligible Employee from unpaid military leave and contributes the make-up Before-Tax Contributions described in Section 3.1(a)(3), and will make special Retirement Income Contributions for each of its Participants who returns to employment as an Eligible Employee from unpaid military leave in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 414(v).  Each Matching Contribution will relate to the year for which the make-up Before-Tax Contributions are made, and each Retirement Income Contribution will relate to the year for which it is made, and will be subject to the percentage-of-Compensation limit and Code Section 415 limit in effect for that year.  The Policy Committee will ignore the make-up Matching Contributions for purposes of the ADP and ACP Tests.  No investment earnings will be allocated to the make-up Matching Contribution or Retirement Income Contribution for the period of leave.  The Policy Committee may require the Participating Employer to make a special contribution to fund the make-up Matching Contribution or Retirement Income Contribution described herein.

 

Section 3.4.  Exclusive Benefit of Participants .  All Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions will be irrevocable when made and will not revert to the Participating Employers or Affiliates, except as provided in Section 13.2(b).  All Before-Tax Contributions, Matching Contributions, and Retirement Income Contributions (and attributable earnings thereon) will be used for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries.

 

16



 

Section 3.5.  Rollover Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution .  For purposes of this Section, an Eligible Rollover Distribution means a payment received by a Participant from another qualified plan, an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), an eligible government deferred compensation plan described in Code Section 457(b), or an eligible individual retirement account or plan (IRA) that is either (1) a lump sum payment (other than a hardship distribution), or (2) periodic payments over a period of less than 10 years.  Eligible Rollover Distributions shall not include after-tax contributions.  Payments that are part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over a period of at least 10 years, or over the lifetime or life expectancy of the Participant or the joint lifetimes or life expectancies of the Participant and his or her named beneficiary, are not Eligible Rollover Distributions.  The Trustee also will not treat any distribution required under Code Section 401(a)(9) or any hardship distribution as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(b)                                  Rollover or Direct Plan Transfer .  A Participant, and an Eligible Employee who has not yet satisfied any eligibility period for Plan participation, who receives an Eligible Rollover Distribution may roll over all or part of the distribution to the Trustee including as a direct plan-to-plan transfer.  A rollover that is not a direct plan-to-plan transfer must be made within 60 days after the Participant receives the Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(c)                                   Required Information .  The Policy Committee may adopt such procedures, and may require such information from the Participant who desires to make a rollover contribution, as it considers necessary to determine whether the proposed rollover or direct plan transfer will meet the requirements of this Section.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit a written certification that he or she received his or her Eligible Rollover Distribution from another  eligible plan.  Upon approval by the Policy Committee, the rollover contribution will be deposited in the Trust Fund and will be credited to the Participant’s Rollover Account.

 

(d)                                  Prohibited Rollovers and Transfers .  The Plan will not accept rollover contributions from any plan that is subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements set forth in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, unless the Participant’s Spouse consented in writing to the distribution from such plan in a manner which complies with the spousal consent requirements prescribed under Code Section 417.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit a written certification either that he or she received his or her distribution from a plan that was not subject to the spousal consent requirements, or that his or her Spouse properly consented to the distribution.

 

(e)                                   Refund of Prohibited Rollovers .  In the event the Policy Committee discovers that a Participant has made a rollover contribution to the Plan which fails to comply with this Section, the Plan will refund the contribution and all earnings attributable to it as soon as practicable.

 

(f)                                    Reliance on Participant’s Representations .  The Policy Committee may in good faith rely on the representations made by the Eligible Employee in his or her application to

 

17



 

make a Rollover Contribution and will not be held accountable for any misrepresentation of which it did not have actual knowledge.

 

Section 3.6.  Payment to the Trustee .  Each Participating Employer will transfer to the Trustee, as soon as administratively practicable but in any event not later than 15 business days after the end of each month, the Before-Tax Contributions withheld for all of its Participants during the payroll periods ending in that month.  Each Participating Employer will transfer its Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions with respect to a Plan Year to the Trustee no later than the extended due date of the Participating Employer’s federal income tax return for the fiscal year which ends within the Plan Year for which the contribution is made.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 4

 

LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.1.  Excess Deferrals (Code Section 402(g)) .

 

(a)                                  General .  The Plan will limit each Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for each calendar year to the annual dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 402(g) and Code Section 414(v), as applicable for such year.  In the event any Participant makes contributions that exceed such limitation (“Excess Deferrals”) for any calendar year, the Excess Deferrals will or may be distributed under the following rules.

 

(b)                                  Time of Distribution . If the Participant makes an Excess Deferral solely to this Plan, or to this Plan and to another plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates (including the Predecessor Plan during 2016), then the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Policy Committee of such excess, and the Plan will distribute the Excess Deferral (or the pro rata portion of the Excess Deferral allocable to this Plan if the Excess Deferral was made to more than one plan) and attributable earnings (calculated pursuant to subsection (f)) as soon as practicable after it discovers the excess, but not later than the April 15 th  of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess Deferral was made.  If the Participant made his or her Excess Deferral to this Plan and the plan of another employer, the Participant must notify the Policy Committee in writing of the amount of such Excess Deferral that will be allocated to this Plan no later than March 1 of the following year, and the Policy Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute the allocated Excess Deferral and attributable earnings (calculated pursuant to subsection (f)) by the April 15 th  of the following year.  The Participant must certify to the Policy Committee the amount of the Excess Deferral to be allocated to this Plan.  At the same time as Excess Deferrals are distributed, Matching Contributions that were made with respect to such Excess Deferrals will be forfeited and will be used as described in Section 6.4(d); provided that, when refunding Excess Deferrals, Before-Tax Unmatched Contributions will be refunded before Before-Tax Matched Contributions.

 

(c)                                   Order of Distributions .  The Plan will refund Excess Deferrals before it refunds any Before-Tax Contributions under Section 4.2 to avoid failing the ADP Test.

 

(d)                                  Inclusion in ADP Test .  Excess Deferrals made by HCEs will be included in the ADP Test under Section 4.2 for the Plan Year in which they were made, whether or not they are refunded in the same or next following Plan Year.  Excess Deferrals timely refunded to NCEs will not be included in the ADP Test.  However, Excess Deferrals which are also Excess Annual Additions and which are refunded under Section 4.4 as such, will not be included in the ADP Test.

 

(e)                                   Inclusion in Annual Additions .  Excess Deferrals made by HCEs and by NCEs which are refunded in the same Plan Year or by April 15 of the next following Plan Year will not be included as part of their Annual Additions under Section 4.4.

 

(f)                                    Determination of Earnings .  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each

 

19



 

Participant’s Excess Deferrals, including gap period income to the extent required to be taken into account under applicable law.

 

Section 4.2.  Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test) .

 

(a)                                  Application .  For purposes of applying the ADP test, the ESOP and non-ESOP components of the Plan will be aggregated.

 

(b)                                  ADP Test .  With respect to the Company and each other Participating Employer, the Policy Committee will conduct the ADP Test for each Plan Year to determine whether the actual deferral percentage (ADP) for the HCE group and the ADP for the NCE group are within the maximum disparity described in subsection (3).  The Policy Committee will conduct the ADP Test for (x) the Company and its Affiliates and (y) if applicable, each other Participating Employer that is not an Affiliate separately, as if such entity (and its Affiliates) was the only Participating Employer in the Plan, as follows:

 

(1)                                  Actual Deferral Ratio (ADR) .  The Policy Committee will determine for each HCE group member and each NCE group member, the ratio of the member’s Before-Tax Contributions (excluding catch-up contributions), any of his or her Matching Contributions recharacterized as qualified matching contributions and/or any corrective contributions used in the ADP Test, to his or her Test Compensation. If an HCE is a participant in more than one cash and deferred arrangement of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates, the HCE’s ratio hereunder shall be calculated as if all such arrangements were one arrangement and all such arrangements had the same plan year as this Plan.  Any Before-Tax Contributions which are distributed under Section 4.4 will not be included in the ADP Test.

 

(2)                                  Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) .  The ADP for the HCE group is the average of their individual ADRs, calculated separately for each employee in the HCE group.  The ADP for the NCE group is the average of their individual ADRs, calculated separately for each employee in the NCE group.  If this Plan is aggregated with another plan(s) for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), this Plan and such other plan(s) shall be treated as a single plan for purposes of the ADP Test.

 

(3)                                  Maximum Disparity .  In no Plan Year will the ADP of the HCE group exceed the greater of: (A) the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (B) the lesser of the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year plus 2 percentage points, or the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 2.  The Plan has elected to use the current year testing method until amended in accordance with the Code.

 

(c)                                   Correction Before Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Policy Committee determines that the Plan will fail to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year, it may limit

 

20


 


 

the Before-Tax Contributions for the HCE group by such amount and beginning as of such pay period as it considers necessary to prevent failing the ADP Test.

 

(d)                                  Correction After Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the  Policy Committee determines that the Plan failed to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year, it will select one or more of the following methods to cure the failure no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the test failed.

 

(1)                                  Recharacterization .  The Policy Committee may elect to correct the ADP test failure by recharacterizing Matching Contributions for the NCE group as qualified matching contributions.  In such event, it will recharacterize the Matching Contributions of NCEs in the order of the dollar amount contributed, beginning with the NCE with the highest dollar amount and continuing the recharacterizations, if necessary, until all NCEs have the same dollar amount of Matching Contributions, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally.

 

(2)                                  Corrective Contribution (QNECs and QMACs) .  The Policy Committee may require a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in the amount necessary to satisfy the ADP Test.  The Policy Committee will cause each corrective contribution to be allocated by one of the following methods, and may select the group(s) of NCEs to whom the contributions will be allocated and the percentages allocated to each group; provided that the group of NCEs selected and the method of allocation shall be consistent with Internal Revenue Service requirements.  All corrective contributions will be allocated to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account.

 

(A)                                Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution to match a percentage of the Before-Tax Contributions made by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year in the amount necessary to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant.

 

(B)                                Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in an amount equal to a percentage of the Test Compensation earned by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year, in the amount necessary to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant.

 

21



 

(C)                                Fixed-Dollar Method .  The Policy Committee may determine the amount of the corrective contribution needed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year, and may allocate those dollars among selected NCE Participants on the basis of performance or by any method selected by the Policy Committee.

 

(3)                                  Refund .  The Policy Committee may elect to correct the ADP test failure by making refunds.   In such event, it will determine the dollar amount of the excess to be refunded by using procedures required under Section 401(k), and will then refund excess ADP contributions (and earnings thereon) to HCEs in the order of the dollar amount contributed, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions and continuing the refunds, if necessary, until all HCEs have the same dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally.  The Policy Committee will first refund unmatched Before-Tax Contributions to each affected HCE , and will then refund Before-Tax Matched Contributions.  If any Before-Tax Matched Contributions are refunded, the related Matching Contributions will be forfeited and used as provided in Section 6.4(d).  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s allocation of excess ADP contributions, including gap period income to the extent required to be taken into account under applicable law.

 

Section 4.3.  Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test) .

 

(a)                                  Application .  For purposes of applying the ACP test, the ESOP and non-ESOP Components of the Plan will be aggregated.

 

(b)                                  ACP Test .  With respect to the Company and each other Participating Employer, the Policy Committee will conduct the ACP Test for each Plan Year to determine whether the actual contribution percentage (ACP) for the HCE group and the ACP for the NCE group are within the maximum disparity described in subsection (3).  The Policy Committee will conduct the ACP Test for the (x) Company and its Affiliates and (y) if applicable, each other Participating Employer that is not an Affiliate separately, as if such entity (and its Affiliates) was the only Participating Employer in the Plan, as follows:

 

(1)                                  Actual Contribution Ratio (ACR) .  The Policy Committee will determine, for each HCE group member and each NCE group member, the ratio of the member’s Matching Contributions and/or corrective contributions used in the ACP Test, to his or her Test Compensation.  If an HCE is a participant in more than one plan of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates to which matching contributions or employee after-tax contributions are made, the HCE’s ratio hereunder shall be calculated as if all such arrangements were one arrangement and all such arrangements had the same plan year as this Plan.  Matching Contributions

 

22



 

recharacterized as qualified matching contributions under the ADP Test will not be considered.

 

(2)                                  Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) .  The ACP for the HCE group is the average of their individual ACRs, calculated separately for each employee in the HCE group.  The ACP for the NCE group is the average of their individual ACRs, calculated separately for each employee in the NCE group.  If the Plan and another plan(s) of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of Code Section 410(b), such plans shall be treated as one plan for purposes of the ACP Test.

 

(3)                                  Maximum Disparity .  In no Plan Year will the ACP of the HCE group exceed the greater of (A) the ACP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (B) the lesser of the ACP of the NCE group for the Plan Year plus 2 percentage points, or the ACP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 2.  The Plan has elected to use the current year testing method until amended in accordance with the Code.

 

(c)                                   Correction Before Excess Aggregate Contributions Made .  In the event the Policy Committee determines that the Plan will fail to meet the ACP Test for the Plan Year, it may limit the Matching Contributions for the HCE group by such amount as it considers necessary to prevent failing the ACP Test.

 

(d)                                  Correction After Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Plan fails to meet the ACP Test for a Plan Year, it will select one or more of the following methods to cure the failure no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the excess amount was contributed.

 

(1)                                  Corrective Contribution (QNECs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in an amount equal to a percentage of the Test Compensation earned by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year, in the amount necessary to meet the ACP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant, all in accordance with such nondiscriminatory rules and requirements as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe with respect to such contributions.  All Corrective Contributions will be allocated to the eligible Participants’ Before-Tax Account.

 

(2)                                  Distribution/Forfeiture .  The Policy Committee may elect to distribute and/or forfeit (to the extent not vested) Matching Contributions (and earnings thereon) to HCEs.  The Policy Committee will determine the dollar amount of the excess Matching Contributions to be distributed (or forfeited if not vested), by using procedures required under Code Section 401(m), and will then distribute and/or forfeit the excess amount in the order of the dollar amount contributed, beginning with the HCE with the

 

23



 

highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions and continuing the distributions and/or forfeitures, if necessary, until all HCEs have the same dollar amount of Matching Contributions, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally.  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s allocation of excess ACP contributions, including gap period income to the extent required to be taken into account under applicable law.

 

Section 4.4.  Annual Addition Limitation (Code Section 415) .

 

(a)                                  Limitation Year . The limitation year shall be the calendar year.

 

(b)                                  Application of Limit . In any limitation year, the annual additions (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Code Section 415(c)) allocated to a Participant’s account shall not exceed the limitations imposed by Code Section 415(c)(3) which are incorporated herein by reference.  Allocations made on behalf of a Participant under the Predecessor Plan for 2016 shall be counted hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Definition of Compensation .  The term “compensation” for purposes of the Code Section 415(c) limit has the meaning given in Section 1.1(i)(2), subject to the limit set forth in Section 1.1(i)(3).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, compensation paid to an individual who does not currently perform services by reason of qualified military service (to the extent such compensation does not exceed the amounts the individual would have earned if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer or a Related Employer) shall be included.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, compensation paid to an individual who is permanently and totally disabled (within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)) shall be counted to the extent the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(4)(ii)(A) and (C) are satisfied.

 

(d)                                  Treatment of Excess Additions .  If the annual additions to be allocated to the Participant’s Account for a limitation year exceed the limit prescribed by Code Section 415, then the sole method of correction shall be through the EPCRS program.  If the Participant received an Annual Addition to both this Plan and another plan of the Company or its Affiliates in the limitation year in which such Annual Additions would exceed the limit prescribed by Code Section 415, the correction of such excess contributions shall be made first from the Participant’s Annual Additions in the plan to which the Participant most recently became a participant prior to the end of the limitation year, and then, if necessary, from the other plan.

 

24



 

ARTICLE 5

 

INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

 

Section 5.1.  Establishment of Participant’s Accounts .  Each Participant shall have a separate Account established and maintained to record the Participant’s interest in the Trust Fund.

 

Section 5.2.  Adjustments to Account Balances .

 

(a)                                  Regular Valuation Dates .  As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee will determine the Current Fair Market Value of the Trust Fund and the value of each Account.  The Trustee will adjust the Account balances of each Participant to reflect his or her allocations of contributions, payments from his or her Accounts and investment gains or losses and expenses.

 

(b)                                  Valuations Binding .  In determining the value of the Trust Fund and each individual Account, the Trustee and the Policy Committee will exercise their best judgment, and all determinations of value will be binding upon all Participants and their beneficiaries.

 

(c)                                   Statement of Account Balances .  As soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, the Policy Committee will provide to each Participant and other payee for whom an Account is maintained, a statement showing all allocations to, and distributions and withdrawals from, each of his or her Accounts, and the current value of each of his or her Accounts.  For any Plan Year, the Policy Committee may provide statements more frequently than annually or may permit Participants to access statements on a website.  Within 90 days after the account holder’s receipt of any statement, the account holder will be deemed to have accepted the statement as true, correct and complete.

 

(d)                                  Correction of Mistakes .  In the event the Policy Committee discovers that a mistake has been made in an allocation to, or a distribution from, any Participant’s Account or in the Plan’s recordkeeping, or any other mistake which affects an Account balance, it will correct the mistake as soon as practicable after it becomes aware of the mistake.  If a mistake has been made in an allocation, the Policy Committee will adjust the allocation in a manner to correct the Account balance so that it reflects, to the greatest extent possible, the amount it would have reflected if the mistake had not been made.  If an overpayment has been made, the Policy Committee will seek cash reimbursement to the extent that recovery efforts would not be more expensive and/or burdensome than is justified under the circumstances.  If an underpayment has been made, the Policy Committee will pay the amount of the underpayment in a single sum.  The Policy Committee will treat any other addition to the Account as an expense of the Plan, and will treat any other subtraction from the Account as a forfeiture and will use it in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4(d).  In the event a mistake is made which is reflected in any communication or statement issued to the affected Participant, beneficiary or alternate payee, and such individual fails to notify the Policy Committee of the error within 90 days of receipt of such communication or statement, the Plan will not be liable for any loss resulting from the error which occurs after the individual receives the communication.  With respect to any correction of a mistake for the period starting with the date the error first occurred through the 90 th  day referenced in the prior sentence (or if earlier, the date of notification by the individual of the

 

25



 

mistake), the Policy Committee and the Participating Employers shall only be obligated to make correction pursuant to the Internal Revenue Service’s published correction guidelines, which correction shall be binding on the affected individual.  For purposes hereof, a mistake that has ongoing effect (such as a failure to implement a deferral election) shall be considered only a single mistake, which arises on the date the mistake first occurred.

 

Section 5.3.  Investment Election .

 

(a)                                  Available Funds .  At the direction of the Investment Committee, the Trustee will maintain various Investment Funds from time to time, each of which will be described to Participants in such manner as is determined by the Investment Committee.  Each fund may hold cash and other liquid investments in such amounts as the Investment Committee and/or Trustee consider necessary to meet the Plan’s liquidity requirements and to pay administrative expenses.  As of the Effective Date, the Investment Funds will be the same as those offered under the Predecessor Plan.

 

(b)                                  Participant Elections .  Except as otherwise provided in this Article 5, and subject to any restrictions imposed by a particular Investment Fund, Participants may elect to allocate contributions and reallocate their Accounts among the various Investment Funds made available from time to time in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee pursuant to rules uniformly applied.  Such investment elections shall remain in effect unless changed by the Participant in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee.  Except as otherwise provided in this Article 5, the Account balance of any Participant who fails to timely complete and submit his or her investment election will be invested in the default Investment Fund determined by the Policy Committee, which may be a “target date” fund in which the investment mix varies depending upon the Participant’s assumed retirement age.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of the Effective Date, each Participant’s investment elections under the Predecessor Plan will apply hereunder; provided that, if any Investment Fund available under the Predecessor Plan is not available hereunder as of the Effective Date, then the Participant’s investment election with respect to that fund will be deemed to mean the default Investment Fund then provided under the Plan.  As of the Spin Date, a Participant’s investment election with respect to the Company Stock Fund will be automatically cancelled, and such investment election will be changed to the default Investment Fund then provided under the Plan.  A Participant must affirmatively elect, after the Spin Date, to allocate contributions into, or re-allocate his or her Accounts into, the Company Stock Fund as it exists thereafter.

 

(c)                                   Matching Contributions .  In accordance with Section 3.2, Matching Contributions will be made in Common Stock or cash.  All Matching Contributions will be credited to the applicable Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and will be invested in funds elected by the Participant or into the Plan’s default fund until the Participant makes a new investment election or unless and until reallocated by the Participant in accordance with the rules in this subsection (c).  A Participant, while employed by the Participating Employers and their Affiliates and after termination of such employment, may elect to reallocate the portion of his or her Matching Contributions Account that is invested in the Common Stock Fund into and among the other Investment Funds that are made available pursuant to subsection (a).  Any such reallocation shall be made in accordance with and subject to the requirements of subsection (b)

 

26



 

above.  In the event the Participant has a balance in the Common Stock Fund attributable to Matching Contributions and a balance in the Common Stock Fund attributable to other sources, and if the Participant elects to reallocate balances from the Common Stock Fund to another Investment Fund, the portion of such transfer that is deemed to have been made from the Participant’s Matching Contributions Account, and the portion that is deemed to have been made from such other sources, shall be determined in accordance with uniform rules prescribed by the Policy Committee.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Matching Contributions that are made in cash (rather than Common Stock), such Matching Contributions will be credited to the applicable Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and will be invested in accordance with the Participant’s investment election made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3(b), or if the Participant fails to make an investment election, in the default investment option designated by the Policy Committee.

 

(d)                                  ESOP Diversification .  The Plan satisfies all applicable statutory diversification requirements with respect to the ESOP Component of the Plan because a Participant may at any time reallocate all or any portion of his or her Account that is invested in the Common Stock Fund to another Investment Fund in accordance with subsections (b) and (c) above.

 

(e)                                   Allocation of Earnings .  All earnings attributable to the Account balances invested in each Investment Fund will be reinvested in that Investment Fund.

 

(f)                                    Restrictions on Investments .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either the Policy Committee or the Investment Committee determines that any allocation of funds held in any Investment Fund might violate applicable securities laws or is for any other reasons impracticable or contrary to the best interests of the Participants as a whole, the Policy Committee or the Investment Committee may suspend or limit the right of any Participant to reallocate the funds under this Section and/or defer the execution of any reallocation election.

 

Section 5.4.  ESOP Dividend Election .  Cash dividends paid on shares of Common Stock held in the Common Stock Fund shall be reinvested in the Common Stock Fund unless a Participant has elected to receive a cash distribution of the Participant’s allocable share of any such dividends.  Each Participant’s share of cash dividends received on Common Stock held in the Common Stock Fund shall equal the total amount of cash dividends received by the Common Stock Fund multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of “units” credited to the Participant in the Common Stock Fund and the denominator of which is the total number of “units” in the Common Stock Fund, all as determined as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the record date of the dividend.  The Policy Committee shall from time to time determine the manner in which Participants shall be provided an opportunity to elect a cash distribution of dividends or to change a prior election with respect to distribution.  Distribution of such dividends (for any Participant who has elected distribution) shall be made as soon as practicable after receipt of such dividends by the Trustee but in no event later than 90 days following the close of the Plan Year in which the dividend is paid.  For purposes of this Section 5.4, the term Participant shall include, to the extent not otherwise included under the

 

27



 

definition set forth in Section 1.1(z), a Beneficiary or an Alternate Payee who has an undistributed account under the Plan.

 

Section 5.5.  JCI Common Stock Post-Spin Date .  On and after the Spin Date, the Common Stock Fund shall consist of two components, which will be separately accounted for with respect to each Participant whose Account is invested in the Common Stock Fund immediately prior to the Spin Date:

 

(a)                                  the portion consisting of Johnson Controls International plc ordinary shares (as adjusted thereafter for dividend reinstatements).  This portion shall be a “sell-only” fund from and after the Spin Date, meaning that Participants can elect to re-allocate their balance in this component to other available Funds, but Participants may not elect that new contributions be invested in this component or that accounts invested in other Funds be reallocated to this Fund; and

 

(b)                                  the portion consisting of Adient plc common shares (as adjusted for dividend reinvestments).

 

28



 

ARTICLE 6

 

VESTING

 

Section 6.1.  Before-Tax, After-Tax and Rollover Accounts .  A Participant shall be fully vested in the balances of his or her Before-Tax Contributions Account, After-Tax Contributions Account, Rollover Contributions Account, and Dividend Account.

 

Section 6.2.  Matching Contributions Account .  A Participant shall be vested in the balance of his or her Matching Contributions Account pursuant to one of the following vesting schedules, as indicated for such Participant on Appendix B :

 

(a)                                  100% :  100% fully and immediately vested.

 

(b)                                  5-Year Graded :

 

Full Years of
Vesting Service

 

Nonforfeitable Percentage of
Matching Contributions Account

 

Less than 1

 

0

%

1

 

20

%

2

 

40

%

3

 

60

%

4

 

80

%

5 or more

 

100

%

 

If a Participant transfers among eligible groups such that his vesting schedule changes, the most favorable vesting schedule applicable to either the group from which the Participant is transferring or the group to which the Participant is transferring shall apply to his entire Matching Contributions Account.

 

Section 6.3.  Retirement Income Contributions Account .  A Participant shall be vested in the balance of his or her Retirement Income Contributions Account at any given time as indicated for such Participant on Appendix B :

 

(a)                                  100% :  100% fully and immediately vested

 

(b)                                  5-Year Graded :

 

29



 

Full Years of
Vesting Service

 

Nonforfeitable Percentage of
Retirement Income Contributions Account

 

Less than 1

 

0

%

1

 

20

%

2

 

40

%

3

 

60

%

4

 

80

%

5 or more

 

100

%

 

Section 6.4.  Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Termination by Reason of Retirement, Death, Disability, Job Elimination or Sale .  Notwithstanding Section 6.2 or 6.3, if a Participant’s termination of employment with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates occurs:

 

(1)                                  on or after attainment of Normal Retirement Age,

 

(2)                                  on or after attainment of age 55 and being credited with ten (10) or more years of Vesting Service,

 

(3)                                  by reason of death or Total and Permanent Disability,

 

(4)                                  for non-union Participants only, as a result of the sale of an Affiliate or other business unit (including a facility of the Company), or any other similar event (as determined by the Policy Committee in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards), or

 

(5)                                  on account of the elimination of the Participant’s job in connection with: a sale or permanent closing of a plant, facility, unit or similar operation; reductions due to curtailment of business; reorganization or outsourcing if job not offered by successor employer; or any other similar event (as determined by the Policy Committee in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards),

 

then the entire balance of such Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and, except for an event described in paragraph (5) above, Retirement Income Contributions Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of such termination of employment.

 

(b)                                  Other Termination of Employment .  If a Participant’s termination of employment with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates occurs other than by reason of one of the events described in subsection (a), then the vested portion of the Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account shall be determined as of his or her Severance Date based on the applicable schedule set forth in Section 6.2 or 6.3.

 

30



 

(c)                                   Forfeiture of Unvested Account .  The portion of the Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account which is not vested shall be forfeited from the Participant’s Accounts upon the earlier of the date (1) the Participant incurs a Period of Severance of 72 consecutive months in duration, or (2) the Participant receives a distribution of the vested portion of his or her Accounts.  Prior to forfeiture, such unvested portion shall continue to share in allocations of earnings, gains or losses pursuant to Article 5. For purposes of this Section, a Participant who has no vested interest in any portion of his or her Account shall be deemed to have received distribution of the Account upon his or her termination of employment.

 

(d)                                  Use of Forfeitures .  Any amounts forfeited during a Plan Year shall first be used to reinstate forfeited accounts under subsection (e), and then used to reduce Matching Contributions, Retirement Income Contributions and/or any other required employer contributions, including employer nonelective contributions due for the year in which the forfeiture occurred.  Any forfeitures remaining after such allocation shall be used to pay permissible Plan expenses, to the extent determined by the Company.  Any forfeitures remaining thereafter shall be allocated among the Accounts of Participants who are employed on the last day of the Plan Year in which such forfeitures arose, in the ratio that the amount of such Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions eligible for Company Matching Contributions bears to the total amount of Before-Tax Contributions eligible for Company Matching Contributions of all Plan Participants who are eligible for an allocation of forfeitures hereunder.

 

(e)                                   Reemployment after Forfeiture .  If an Employee who has suffered a forfeiture from his or her Matching Contributions Account or Retirement Income Contributions Account as a result of taking a distribution (or deemed distribution) returns to employment as an Eligible Employee before the duration of his or her Period of Severance equals 72 consecutive months, then the dollar amount forfeited pursuant to subsection (c) shall be reinstated to the Participant’s Matching Contributions or Retirement Income Contributions Account, as applicable, if and only if the Participant repays the full amount of the distribution from his or her Matching Contributions and/or Retirement Income Contributions Account (if any) prior to the fifth anniversary of the date on which he or she subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee.  An Employee described in the prior sentence who is deemed to receive a distribution of his or her entire nonforfeitable interest under the last sentence of subsection (c) shall be deemed to have repaid such distribution on the date he or she again becomes an Eligible Employee.  The restored amount shall be funded out of forfeitures for the Plan Year in which such amounts are to be restored, or, if such forfeitures are not sufficient, out of additional contributions made by the Company.

 

Section 6.5.  Total and Permanent Disability .  Notwithstanding Section 6.2 or 6.3, if a Participant becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled while employed with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates, then the entire balance of such Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of such Total and Permanent Disability.

 

31



 

ARTICLE 7

 

INSERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

 

Section 7.1.  General Rules .

 

(a)                                  General .  The provisions of this Article 7 govern the availability of loans and withdrawals while a Participant is employed by a Participating Employer or any Affiliate.  If a Participant who submits a request for a loan or withdrawal terminates employment prior to the issuance of the loan proceed or prior to the distribution, the Participant will be deemed to have withdrawn such request.

 

(b)                                  Available Amount .  The amount available to the Participant who makes an inservice withdrawal or loan will be based on his or her available vested Account balances (minus any outstanding loan balance) determined as of the Valuation Date on which the withdrawal or loan is processed.  The Policy Committee may prescribe the order of Accounts from which amounts will be withdrawn or loaned, pursuant to rules uniformly prescribed.

 

(c)                                   Pro Rata Withdrawals or Loans from Investment Funds .  The Policy Committee will subtract each inservice withdrawal or loan pro rata from the Investment Funds in which the Account balances available for the withdrawal or loan are invested.  The Policy Committee will determine the amount to be subtracted from each Investment Fund by multiplying the amount of the withdrawal or loan by the ratio of the amount invested in each Investment Fund to the total aggregate available Account balances.

 

(d)                                  Application and Payment .  All requests for withdrawals or applications for loans shall specify the amount to be withdrawn or loaned, and shall be made in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee pursuant to rules uniformly applied in order to be effective.  The amount withdrawn or loaned will be paid to the Participant in a single payment as promptly as practicable.

 

(e)                                   Participants Subject to Collective Bargaining .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant whose terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective bargaining agreement shall not be eligible for a loan if the collective bargaining agreement provides that loans shall not be available.  In addition, such a Participant’s Account may be subject to differing in-service withdrawal provisions as set forth in the Appendix applicable to such Participant, and in such event, the provisions of the Appendix shall override any contrary provisions contained in this Article 7.

 

Section 7.2.  Inservice Withdrawal from After-Tax Account .  Each Participant may withdraw all or part of his or her After-Tax Account balance at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Section 7.3.  Inservice Withdrawal After Age 59½ .  After a Participant reaches age 59½, he or she may withdraw all or a part of his or her vested Account balances, excluding the Retirement Income Contributions Account balance.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

32



 

Section 7.4.  Inservice Withdrawal After Disability .  At any time after a Participant becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled, he or she may withdraw all or part of his or her vested Account.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Section 7.5.  Inservice Withdrawal from Rollover Account .  A Participant may withdraw all or a part of his or her Rollover Account at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Section 7.6.  Required Inservice Withdrawal For 5-Percent Owners .  A Participant who is a 5-percent owner of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate must withdraw each year from his or her vested Account balances, beginning  with the year in which he or she reaches age 70½, at least the minimum amount required by Code Section 401(a)(9) to be distributed with respect to such year.  If such a Participant does not elect a withdrawal amount, the Plan will automatically distribute such minimum amount to the Participant no later than the last date for which such distribution may be made under Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

Section 7.7.  Hardship Withdrawals .  The Policy Committee (or its delegate) may approve a hardship withdrawal request made by a Participant if the Participant demonstrates to the Policy Committee that he or she faces an immediate and heavy financial need that cannot be met from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant.

 

(a)                                  Available Amount .  The amount withdrawn may not exceed the amount of any immediate heavy financial need (including actual expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Participant because of his or her hardship), plus (as part of the same withdrawal) the reasonably estimated amount of taxes and penalties he or she must pay on the withdrawal.  In addition, the sum of the Participant’s outstanding loan balance under Section 7.7 (if any), plus the amount of his or her hardship withdrawal, may not exceed his or her total aggregate vested “available account balances” (as defined in subsection (b)) determined as of the hardship withdrawal date.

 

(b)                                  Available Accounts .  The Participant’s “available account balances” are his or her vested Matching Contribution Account, Dividend Account and Before-Tax Contributions Account, excluding any earnings credit to his or her Before-Tax Contributions Account after January 1, 1989 (including under the Predecessor Plan).  The Participant first must make withdrawals from: (1) the vested portion of his or her Matching Contribution Account, and (2) his or her Dividend Account.  If such amounts are insufficient, then the withdrawal may be taken from the Participant’s Before-Tax Account, but only if: (i) the Participant has first withdrawn or borrowed all amounts available to him or her under this or any other plan of a Participating Employer or Affiliate, (ii) the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions, if any, are suspended for a period of 6 months following such withdrawal, and (iii) the withdrawal does not exceed the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including taxes due on the withdrawal).  The Retirement Income Contribution Account is not an available account balance for hardship withdrawal.  Any suspensions in effect pursuant to clause (ii) under the Predecessor Plan as of the Effective Date shall continue to apply hereunder.

 

33



 

(c)                                   Immediate and Heavy Financial Need .  The Participant may make a hardship withdrawal only if he or she incurs a hardship which creates an immediate and heavy financial need which he or she cannot meet without the withdrawal.  A hardship withdrawal must be necessitated by either:

 

(1)                                  Medical expenses (within the meaning of Code Section 213(d)) previously incurred by either the Participant, his or her Spouse, children or dependents (within the meaning of Code Section 152), or medical care needed in the future for any such person;

 

(2)                                  Costs directly related to the purchase of the Participant’s principal residence (excluding mortgage payments);

 

(3)                                  Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for up to the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his or her Spouse or dependents (within the meaning of Code Section 152 without regard to subsection (b)(1), (b)(2), or (d)(1)(B) thereof);

 

(4)                                  Payments necessary to prevent the Participant’s eviction from, or foreclosure of the mortgage on, the Participant’s principal residence;

 

(5)                                  Payments necessary for burial or funeral expenses of the Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B)); or

 

(6)                                  Payments necessary for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

(d)                                  Withdrawal Necessary to Meet Need .  In order to demonstrate that the need cannot be met from other resources, the Participant may be required to represent in writing that he or she cannot meet his or her hardship from personal savings and/or the resources listed below that are reasonably available to him or her, or that the effect of drawing upon these resources would be to increase his or her existing hardship or to create an additional hardship:

 

(1)                                  Cessation of Before-Tax Contributions to this Plan and before-tax or after-tax deposits under any qualified or nonqualified plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates;

 

(2)                                  Insurance or other reimbursement for the loss that created the hardship;

 

(3)                                  Sale of assets at fair market value including assets owned by his or her Spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to him or her; and/or

 

34



 

(4)                                  Withdrawals or nontaxable loans from this or any other plan maintained by the Participating Employer or an Affiliate, or loans from commercial lenders on reasonable terms.

 

(e)                                   Nondiscrimination .  The determination of the existence of the Participant’s immediate and heavy financial need and the necessity of the withdrawal to meet the need will be made by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

(f)                                    Reliance on Participant’s Representations .  The Policy Committee will in good faith rely on the representations made by the Participant in his or her application for the hardship withdrawal and will not be held accountable for any misrepresentation.

 

Section 7.8.  Loans .  Participants may receive loans from the Plan in accordance with rules prescribed by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, which are incorporated by reference herein, subject to the following rules.

 

(a)                                  Application and Eligibility .  The Participant who wishes to make a loan during his or her employment may request the loan, in such form and manner as is specified by the Policy Committee, specifying the amount to be borrowed.  Except as otherwise required under Section 408(b)(1) of ERISA, no Participant may receive a loan after he or she terminates employment, and no beneficiary will be eligible for a loan.

 

(b)                                  Available Amount .  The Participant may request a loan from the aggregate of his or her vested loanable Account balances (as defined in subsection (e)).  The total principal amount of the Participant’s outstanding loans may not exceed the lesser of (1) 50 percent of his or her aggregate loanable Account balances as of the date the loan is approved, or (2)   $50,000, reduced by an amount equal to his or her highest aggregate outstanding loan balance(s) during the twelve months immediately preceding the date of his or her current loan (including any loan balance under the Prior Plan).  The minimum amount of the loan must be $1,000.00.  Only two loans may be outstanding at any time.

 

(c)                                   Interest .  The loan will bear interest at a reasonable rate established by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner on the basis of rates currently charged by commercial lenders.

 

(d)                                  Investment of Account Balances .  The Policy Committee will treat each loan as an investment of the Participant’s Account balances and will credit his or her principal and interest payments to the Accounts from which his or her loan proceeds were taken.  Principal and interest payments will be invested according to the Participant’s current election for his or her contributions.

 

(e)                                   Available Accounts .  Each loan will be made from the Participant’s Accounts as follows: (1) Before-Tax Contributions Account; (2) the vested balance of his or her Matching Contributions Account; and (3) Dividend Account (collectively, the “loanable account balances”).  No other accounts are considered loanable account balances.

 

(f)                                    Security .  Each loan will be treated as an investment of the Participant’s borrowed Account balances, and must be evidenced by his or her execution of a note in such

 

35



 

form and in such manner as is determined by the Policy Committee.  The loan must be secured by the Participant’s pledge of fifty percent (50%) of the balances in his or her Accounts from which his or her loan is made.

 

(g)                                   Term .  Each loan will be for a term of one, two, three, four or five years as requested by the Participant.  A Participant may prepay his or her loan in full at any time without penalty.

 

(h)                                  Suspension of Repayments During Military Leave .  Each Participant may elect to suspend his or her loan repayments while he or she is on unpaid military leave.  The five-year maximum repayment period will be extended by the length of the suspension.

 

(i)                                      Suspension of Repayments During Other Leaves In the case of a Participant who is on a leave of absence without pay (or a reduced work schedule such that the Participant earns less, after applicable tax withholding, than the amount necessary to pay a required installment on a loan), the Policy Committee may allow the Participant to suspend payments of the loan for up to one year; provided that such suspension does not operate to extend the maturity date of the loan.  In any case in which repayments have been suspended, upon the Participant’s return to work or the end of the suspension period, as applicable, the Participant’s loan shall be re-amortized over its remaining term unless the Policy Committee authorizes another repayment method that is consistent with applicable law.

 

(j)                                     Repayment by Payroll Deductions .  So long as the Participant continues to earn Compensation, he or she must make his or her loan repayments by payroll deductions in equal amounts throughout the term of the loan.

 

(k)                                  Termination of Employment .  Upon a Participant’s termination of employment, the outstanding loan balance (other than with respect to a Participant who qualifies as a party in interest) shall be accelerated to the date of termination and, unless paid in full as of the date of termination, the provisions of subsection (1) shall apply.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Policy Committee may permit Participants to continue to pay outstanding loans after termination of employment in accordance with such rules and procedures as are prescribed by the Policy Committee on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

 

(l)                                      Default .  If a Participant fails to pay his or her loan payments when due (including repayment in full upon termination of employment, where required), he or she shall be given a grace period through the end of the calendar quarter after the calendar quarter in which the default arose to bring the loan current.  If the Participant fails to do so, his or her loan shall be considered in default and a deemed distribution for purposes of Code Section 72(p) shall occur as of the end of the grace period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who takes a distribution of the entire vested balance of his or her Account shall have the  portion of his or her Account used to secure the loan distributed to him or her in satisfaction of the loan and shall not be provided a grace period to repay such loan.

 

(m)                              Fees .  The Trustee may charge loan origination and annual maintenance fees in connection with any loan.  Any such fees shall be deducted directly from the Account of the Participant who incurs such fees.

 

36



 

Section 7.9.  Special Distribution Rules .

 

(a)                                  Form of Payment .  An in-service withdrawal under this Article 7 will be distributed to the Participant in a single sum cash payment unless the Participant has elected distribution in Common Stock (with cash in lieu of fractional shares).

 

(b)                                  Vesting Rules for In-Service Withdrawals .  If a Participant receives an in-service withdrawal under this Article 7 with respect to the Participant’s Matching Contributions Account or Retirement Income Contributions Account at a time when the Participant is partially but not fully vested in such Account, separate subaccounts shall be maintained for (i) the portion of the Participant’s account attributable to Matching Contributions and/or Retirement Income Contributions made prior to the withdrawal, and earnings thereon, and (ii) the portion of the Participant’s account attributable to Matching Contributions and/or Retirement Income Contributions made after the distribution, and earnings thereon.  The Participant’s vested interest in the portion of the account made prior to the withdrawal shall be determined consistent with Section 6.4(e).

 

37



 

ARTICLE 8

 

POST-EMPLOYMENT DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 8.1.  Payment Events .  A Participant who incurs a severance from employment from the Participating Employers and their Affiliates for any reason, or the beneficiary of a deceased Participant, will be eligible for a distribution of his or her aggregate vested Account balances, subject to the provisions of this Article 8.  Except as provided in Section 8.3(a), the Participant or beneficiary must apply for payment in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee, and the payment will be made as soon as practicable after a proper application for a distribution is received and processed.  If a Participant’s status changes from an Employee to a Leased Employee, the Participant shall not be considered to have a severance from employment until the Participant ceases to be a Leased Employee.

 

Section 8.2.  Amount of Payment .  The Participant or beneficiary will receive the amount of the vested Account balances to be distributed (minus any outstanding loan balance which is not repaid by the earlier of the end of the grace period or the date of distribution) determined as of the last Valuation Date preceding the payment date.

 

Section 8.3.  Form and Timing of Payment .  Except as provided in subsection (c) or (d), the lump sum is the only form of payment available under the Plan.

 

(a)                                  Balance Not Over $1,000 .  The Policy Committee will direct the Trustee to make a lump sum payment (not later than the last day of the Plan Year following the year in which the Participant’s severance from employment occurs) to any Participant whose aggregate vested Account balances do not exceed $1,000 as of the date of distribution, and the Participant may not defer the lump sum payment; provided that the Participant may elect a direct rollover of any payment in excess of $200 under Section 8.6.

 

(b)                                  Balance Over $1,000 .  If the Participant’s aggregate vested Account balances are greater than $1,000 at the date of distribution, he or she may either apply for an immediate lump sum payment or may defer payment of his or her aggregate Account balances until a date no later than the later of (1) the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ or (2) for any Participant other than a 5% owner within the meaning of Code Section 416(i), the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant incurs a severance from employment (the “required distribution date”).  No distribution shall be made prior to the required distribution date until a Participant makes application for benefits in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant fails to request a distribution as of the required distribution date, the Participant’s vested Account balance will be “cashed out” as of such date without Participant consent or application if the Participant can be located, or the Participant’s Account will be forfeited under Section 13.7 if the Participant cannot be located.

 

(c)                                   Optional Forms .

 

(1)                                  Partial Distributions :  Except as provided in subsection (a), the Participant may elect to receive a partial distribution of his or her vested

 

38



 

Account in any specific dollar amount that the Participant elects, at any time and in any frequency.  All requests for partial distributions shall specify the amount to be distributed, and shall be made in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee, pursuant to rules uniformly applied, in order to be effective.  The amount requested will be paid to the Participant in a single payment as promptly as practicable.  The Policy Committee may prescribe rules for the order of Accounts from which partial distributions shall be taken, pursuant to rules uniformly prescribed.  Each partial distribution will be subtracted pro rata from the Investment Funds in which the Participant’s vested Account balances are invested.  A Participant who elects to receive a partial distribution may elect, at any time, to receive the remaining vested balance of his or her Account in a lump sum pursuant to subsection (b) or, with respect to the remaining portion of an Account balance derived from a Prior Plan, one of the forms of payment for Prior Plan accounts pursuant to this subsection (c).

 

(2)                                  Preserved Forms for Prior Plan Accounts :  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to the portion of any Account balance derived from a Prior Plan that provided for a different form or time for distributions, then, to the extent required by the Code or ERISA, such portion of the Participant’s Account balance shall be available in the form, at the time, and in the manner specified under such Prior Plan.  This provision shall cease to apply with respect to distributions initiated on the 91st day (or such later date as the Policy Committee may prescribe) following the date notice of the elimination of these optional forms of distribution in accordance with Treasury Regulations under Code Section 411.  Certain preserved forms of payment with respect to Prior Plan accounts are included on Appendix C .

 

(d)                                  Minimum Required Distributions .  A Participant described in subsection (b) who is required to begin receiving distributions from his or her Account pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) for a Plan Year may elect, in lieu of a lump sum distribution, to receive an annual payment equal to at least the minimum amount required to be distributed pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9).  Such a Participant may elect, at any time, to receive the remaining vested balance of his or her Account in a lump sum.

 

(e)                                   Lump Sum Distribution .  A lump sum distribution shall consist of:

 

(1)                                  Investment Funds:  For the portion of the Participant’s Account that on the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution is invested in Investment Funds other than the Common Stock Fund, a cash distribution equal to the Current Market Value (as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution) of the Participant’s vested interest in his or her Account.

 

39



 

(2)                                  Common Stock Fund:  For the portion of the Participant’s Account that on the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution is invested in the Common Stock Fund, full shares of Common Stock attributable to the Participant’s vested interest in the Common Stock Fund, together with cash equal to the Current Market Value (determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution date) of any units under the Common Stock Fund whose value equates to a fractional share of Common Stock; provided that the Participant may elect to receive a cash distribution equal to the Current Market Value (determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution date) of all units under the Common Stock Fund that are credited to the Participant’s Account.

 

(f)                                    Distribution in Common Stock .  A Participant, upon or following severance from employment, may have all or any part of his or her vested Account distributed in the form of Common Stock (except that cash will be distributed in lieu of any fractional share).  In addition to the rights granted to the Participant under Section 5.3 to direct the investment of reinvestment of his or her Account during employment, but subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 5.5 the Participant who desires a distribution in Common Stock may, at any time following severance from employment and prior to requesting distribution of his or her Account, allocate the desired portion of the Account to the Common Stock Fund (for which Common Stock is an available form of distribution in accordance with subsection (e)(2) above).

 

Section 8.4.  Designation of Beneficiaries; Payment After Death .

 

(a)                                  Procedure .  The primary beneficiary of a Participant who is married on the date his or her death shall be the Participant’s surviving Spouse, unless the Participant previously designated another beneficiary with the written consent of such Spouse; provided that spousal consent will not be required if the Participant provides the Policy Committee with a valid decree of abandonment or legal separation, or with satisfactory evidence that he or she cannot obtain consent because he or she has been unable to locate his or her Spouse after reasonable effort.  A married Participant may name one or more contingent beneficiaries to receive any vested Account balances in the event his or her Spouse does not survive him or her, and will not need his or her Spouse’s consent.

 

The unmarried Participant, and the married Participant who has his or her Spouse’s written consent, may name one or more beneficiaries.  If the Participant names multiple beneficiaries, he or she must indicate the percentage payable to each.  Beneficiaries can be individuals, religious organizations, educational organizations, charitable organizations, trusts, or the Participant’s estate.

 

To be effective, each designation must be made in writing on a form provided by the Policy Committee and must be signed and filed with the Policy Committee before the Participant’s death, and if spousal consent is required, the election (1) must be signed by the Participant’s Spouse; (2) the Spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect of the election and that he/she cannot later revoke the waiver; (3) the Spouse’s consent must either specifically approve each named beneficiary, or must permit the Participant to name any beneficiary; and (4)

 

40



 

the Spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a notary public.  If the Spouse is incompetent, the Spouse’s legal guardian may give consent, even if the guardian is the Participant.

 

If a married Participant designates his or her Spouse as a primary or contingent beneficiary and the Participant and his or her Spouse subsequently divorce or legally separate, the following rule shall apply:

 

(1)                                  If the Policy Committee (including under the Predecessor Plan) received notice of the Participant’s divorce or legal separation from such Spouse prior to January 1, 2011, such designation (to the extent applicable to such Spouse) will be automatically null and void as of the date the receipt of such notice and such Spouse’s interest shall be divided among the remaining primary or contingent beneficiaries pro rata according to their respective portions, or shall be payable according to the default rules described below, unless otherwise required by the terms of a qualified domestic relations order or the Participant redesignates his or her former Spouse as a beneficiary after the date of divorce or legal separation.

 

(2)                                  Notice to the Policy Committee of the Participant’s divorce or legal separation on or after January 1, 2011 shall not affect the Participant’s designation of his or her former Spouse as a primary or contingent beneficiary unless or until the Participant revokes the designation in accordance with this Section 8.4.

 

If the Participant’s designated beneficiary(ies) fails to survive the Participant, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be the Participant’s Spouse, or if none, the Participant’s estate.

 

The beneficiary designations in effect under the Prior Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date shall automatically apply herewith from and after the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Rights of Beneficiary .  Except as provided in subsection (c), upon the Participant’s death, his or her vested Account balances will be paid in a lump sum to his or her beneficiary(ies), as soon as practicable after the Policy Committee receives proof, satisfactory to the Policy Committee, of the Participant’s death and application for a distribution from the beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the remaining balance of a Participant’s vested Accounts to which a beneficiary is entitled shall be distributed to such beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the 5 th  anniversary of the Participant’s death, or if the beneficiary cannot be located, shall be forfeited as provided in Section 13.7.  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse or other primary beneficiary dies before the lump sum Account balances are paid to him or her, the balances will be paid in a lump sum to the Participant’s surviving contingent beneficiary(ies), if any.  If the contingent beneficiary(ies) dies before the lump sum Account balances are paid to him or her, the vested Account balances will be paid to the Participant’s estate.  No primary beneficiary will have any right to the Participant’s Account balances unless he or she survives the Participant and survives to the payment date, and no contingent beneficiary will have any right unless he or she survives both the Participant and the primary beneficiary(s) and survives to the payment date.  No beneficiary will have any right to designate a beneficiary.

 

41



 

(c)                                   Optional Form for Spouse .  The surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant may elect to defer distribution of the Participant’s vested accounts until the later of (i) the December 31 of the year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½ or (ii) the December 31 of the year following the year in which the Participant dies.  The surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant may also elect, in lieu of a lump sum distribution, to receive an annual death benefit payment equal to at least the minimum amount required to be distributed pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9).  Such surviving Spouse may elect, at any time, to receive the remaining vested balance of the deceased Participant’s Account in a lump sum.

 

(d)                                  Payment to Minor or Incompetent Beneficiaries .  In the event the deceased Participant’s beneficiary is a minor, or is legally incompetent, the Policy Committee will make payment to the court-appointed guardian or representative of such beneficiary, or to a trust established for the benefit of such beneficiary, as applicable.

 

(e)                                   Judicial Determination .  In the event the Policy Committee considers it appropriate for any reason not to direct the payment of a deceased Participant’s Account balances as specified in this Section, the Policy Committee may have a court of applicable jurisdiction determine to whom payments should be made, in which event all expenses incurred in obtaining the determination may be charged against the payee.

 

Section 8.5.  Required Distributions .  Unless the Participant elects to or is deemed to have elected to defer payment to a later date, the payment of benefits under the Plan to a Participant must be made not later than the 60 th  day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

 

(a)                                  The Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

 

(b)                                  The Participant incurs a severance from employment from the Participating Employer and its Affiliates; or

 

(c)                                   The 10 th  anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan occurs.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who fails to affirmatively elect a deferral will be deemed to have elected to defer payment until the earlier of (x) the date as of which the Participant requests a distribution, or (y) the required distribution date under Sections 8.3(b) and 8.7.

 

Section 8.6.  Direct Rollover .

 

(a)                                  Participant Right to Rollover .  A Participant who receives an eligible rollover distribution may instruct the Trustee to roll over all or part of his or her payment to another qualified retirement plan, individual retirement account or annuity (IRA), Roth IRA as described in section 408A of the Code, annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code, or eligible government deferred compensation plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan.

 

42



 

(b)                                  Other Permissible Payees .  A surviving Spouse, or spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, who receives an eligible rollover distribution shall have the same right to instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of the payment as a Participant under subsection (a).  In addition, a designated beneficiary of the Participant who is neither (a) the Participant’s surviving spouse, nor (b) a spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, who receives an eligible rollover distribution may also instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of the payment to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

(c)                                   Election of Rollover .  The payee who directs the rollover must timely provide in writing all information required to effect the rollover as determined by the Policy Committee. The Policy Committee will provide timely notice of the right to make a direct rollover.

 

(d)                                  Eligible Rollover Distribution .  An eligible rollover distribution means a distribution other than (i) a form of payment that yields substantially equal periodic payments over a lifetime, life expectancy, or period of at least 10 years, (ii) payments of less than $200, (iii) payments required under Code Section 401(a)(9), and (iv) hardship distributions.  A distribution of After-Tax Contributions shall be considered an eligible rollover distribution but such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a), or an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code, in each case that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred.

 

Section 8.7.  Required Minimum Distribution Rules .

 

(a)                                  General .  The provisions of this Section will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.  This Section shall not be interpreted to provide any additional options to the recipient with respect to the form or timing of payment beyond the other provisions of the Plan, except as necessary to comply with the minimum requirements.  All Plan distributions will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the Plan provisions that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

 

(b)                                  Definitions .

 

(1)                                  Designated Beneficiary .  The designated beneficiary for purposes of this Section is the individual who is the Beneficiary and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

 

(2)                                  Distribution Calendar Year .  A distribution calendar year is a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required.  For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution

 

43



 

calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date.  For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under subsection (c).  The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date.  The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

(3)                                  Life Expectancy .  Life expectancy means the value computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

 

(4)                                  Participant’s Account Balance .  The Participant’s account balance is the account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (the “valuation calendar year”) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.  The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

 

(5)                                  Required Beginning Date .  The April 1 following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70½ or incurs a severance from employment, whichever is later; provided that for a Participant who is a 5% owner of the Employer, the required beginning date is the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, even if still employed.

 

(c)                                   Time and Manner of Distribution .  The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.  If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

(1)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (70 ½), if later.

 

44



 

(2)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to each designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died or the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of  the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(3)                                  If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(4)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, subparagraphs (2) and (3) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

 

Unless subparagraph (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date.  If subparagraph (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (1).  If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (1)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

 

(d)                                  Forms of Distribution .  Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with the rules regarding required minimum distributions during the Participant’s lifetime and after the Participant’s death, as applicable.  If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations.

 

(e)                                   Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .  During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

(1)                                  the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

 

(2)                                  if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing

 

45



 

the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

 

Required minimum distributions will be determined beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death

 

(f)                                    Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .  If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(1)                                  The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year.  For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(3)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

46



 

If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in subparagraph (1).  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse, this subsection will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

 

47



 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1.  Amendments and Termination .

 

(a)                                  General .  While it is intended that the Plan shall continue in effect indefinitely, the Board or Policy Committee may from time to time modify, alter or amend the Plan or the Trust, and the Board may at any time order the temporary suspension or complete discontinuance of Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions or may terminate the Plan; provided that in the event of termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions hereunder, all rights and interests of Participants not theretofore vested shall become vested as of the date of such termination or discontinuance.  In addition, upon a partial termination of the Plan pursuant to Code Section 411, the Matching Contributions Accounts and Retirement Income Contributions Accounts of Participants affected by the partial termination shall become vested.  With respect to any group of Participants whose participation hereunder is the subject of collective bargaining (if any), any amendment to the collective bargaining agreement covering such Participants shall automatically be considered an amendment hereto on the date set forth in the collective bargaining agreement without necessity of action by the Policy Committee or the Board.

 

(b)                                  Termination by Participating Employer .  If any individual Participating Employer terminates its participation in the Plan or orders the complete discontinuance of its employer contributions, all Participants who are employees (or who were employees and have not forfeited any part of their Matching Contributions Account or Retirement Income Contributions as of the effective date of such termination or complete discontinuance) of such Participating Employer shall become vested in their Accounts as of the date of such termination or complete discontinuance.  In the event that such termination or discontinuance occurs in connection with the sale of substantially all of the Participating Employer’s assets and business, the Participating Employer may, in its discretion, elect to make contributions for the Plan Year in which such event occurs on behalf of all Participants who separate from service in connection with such sale, and such contributions shall be allocated to the Accounts of such Participants notwithstanding Section 3.2.

 

(c)                                   Amendments Required or Permitted by Law .  Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent any modification, alteration or amendment of the Plan or of the Trust which is required in order to comply with the provision of any law or regulation relating to the establishment or maintenance of this Plan and Trust, including but not limited to the establishment and maintenance of the Plan or Trust as a qualified employee plan or trust under the Code, or which is permitted by applicable law, even though such modification, alteration, or amendment is made retroactively or adversely affects the rights or interests of a Participant under the Plan.

 

48



 

ARTICLE 10

 

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

Section 10.1.  Employee Benefits Policy Committee .  There shall be an Employee Benefits Policy Committee consisting of not less than 3 persons appointed by and serving at the pleasure of the President of the Company (through the Spin Date) or the Chief Executive Officer of Adient plc (from and after the Spin Date).  Members of the Policy Committee may, but need not, be officers, employees or directors of a Participating Employer.  Members of the Policy Committee may resign by providing written notice of resignation to the President or Chief Executive Officer, as applicable.  A Policy Committee member shall be deemed to have resigned on the date of his or her termination of employment from the Participating Employers and their Affiliates.

 

The Policy Committee shall be the “administrator” of the Plan for all purposes of ERISA and the “named fiduciary” required under ERISA, and to the extent such responsibility is not specifically allocated otherwise hereunder, shall have the exclusive responsibility and discretionary authority for the administration and operation of the Plan and shall have the power to take any action necessary or appropriate to carry out such responsibilities.  In addition to the specific duties and authority described herein, the Policy Committee’s discretionary authority shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 

(a)                                  to prescribe and require the use of appropriate forms;

 

(b)                                  to formulate and issue rules and regulations;

 

(c)                                   to prepare and file reports, notices and any other documents relating to the Plan which may be required by law;

 

(d)                                  to interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, by supplying omissions from, correcting deficiencies in, or resolving inconsistencies or ambiguities in, Plan language);

 

(e)                                   to make factual findings with respect to any issue arising under the Plan;

 

(f)                                    to determine the rights and status under the Plan of Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons; and

 

(g)                                   to decide disputes arising under the Plan and to make determinations and findings (including factual findings) with respect to the benefits payable thereunder and the persons entitled thereto as may be required for Plan purposes.

 

In furtherance thereof, but without limiting the foregoing, the Policy Committee is hereby granted the following specific authorities, which it shall discharge in its sole and absolute discretion to:  (1) resolve all questions (including factual questions) arising under the Plan as to any individual’s entitlement to become a Participant; (2) determine the amount of benefits, if any, payable with respect to any person under the Plan (including, to the extent necessary,

 

49



 

making any factual findings with respect thereto); and (3) conduct the claims and review procedures set forth herein.  All determinations or interpretations of the Policy Committee shall be final and binding on all parties unless determined to be arbitrary and capricious by a court of appropriate jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.2.  Employee Benefits Investment Committee .  There shall be an Investment Committee consisting of not less than 3 persons appointed by and serving at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of JCI (through the Spin Date) and the Board of Directors of Adient plc (from and after the Spin Date).  Members of the Investment Committee shall be officers, employees and/or directors of a Participating Employer.

 

The duties and authority of the Investment Committee shall be as follows:

 

(a)                                  to direct the establishment of Investment Funds and determine the investment characteristics and establish general investment guidelines for such Investment Funds, and to add to or change the number and nature of the Investment Funds from time to time; and

 

(b)                                  to periodically review the performance of the Trustee and each Investment Fund, and report to the Board with respect to such performance.

 

The Investment Committee is granted full discretionary authority and control regarding the matters assigned to it.  All determinations or interpretations or other actions of the Investment Committee with respect to the matters assigned to it shall be final and binding on all parties unless determined to be arbitrary and capricious by a court of appropriate jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.3.  Organization and Procedure .  Each committee shall have a chairman, a secretary, and such other officers as may be deemed appropriate.  Action on any matter shall be taken on the vote of at least a majority of all members of the committee at any meeting or upon unanimous written consent of all members without a meeting.  Minutes of meetings shall be kept and all major actions of the committees shall be recorded in such minutes or other appropriate written form.  The committees may adopt such bylaws, procedures and operating rules as they may deem appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a committee has less than 3 members as a result of the resignation of a member, the committee shall nonetheless be permitted to administer the Plan as provided herein pending appointment of a new member.

 

Section 10.4.  Delegation of Authority and Responsibility .

 

(a)                                  Delegation to Member .  Each committee may delegate to any one or more of its members the authority to execute documents on behalf of such committee and to represent such committee in any matters or dealings involving such committee.  Any such delegation of authority shall be set forth in writing.

 

(b)                                  Delegation to Employees .  The committees may delegate certain of their powers to a person employed by a Participating Employer or Affiliate under such terms and conditions as may be specified by the committee.  Any such delegation of the powers shall be set forth in writing.

 

50



 

(c)                                   Reservation of Authority .  Employees of a Participating Employer or Affiliate who are not members of any committee or persons to whom powers are delegated under (b) above may perform such duties and functions relating to the Plan as a committee shall direct and supervise.  It is expressly provided, however, that the committees shall retain full and exclusive authority and responsibility for and respecting any such activities by other employees, and nothing contained in this Section 10.4 shall be construed to confer upon any such employee any discretionary authority or control respecting the administration or operation of the Plan.

 

Section 10.5.  Use of Professional Services .  Any committee may obtain the services of such attorneys, actuaries, accountants or other persons they deem appropriate, any of whom may be the same persons who are providing services to a Participating Employer or Affiliate.  In any case in which a committee utilizes such services, it shall retain exclusive discretionary authority and control respecting the administration and operation of the Plan.

 

Section 10.6.  Fees and Expenses .  Committee members who are employees of a Participating Employer or Affiliate shall serve without compensation from the Plan but shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in their capacity as committee members.  No employee members of any committee or persons performing services pursuant to Section 10.5 shall receive greater than reasonable compensation for their services and expenses.  All compensation for services and expenses shall be paid from the Trust unless the Participating Employers, in their sole discretion, elect to pay them.

 

Section 10.7.  Claims Procedure .

 

(a)                                  Initial Claim .  Any Participant or beneficiary under this Plan who (i) believes he or she is entitled to benefits under the Plan in an amount greater than he or she is receiving, or (ii) desires to clarify his or her rights under the Plan, may file, or have his or her duly authorized representative file, a claim with the Policy Committee under this Section.  Any such claim shall be filed in writing stating the nature of the claim, and the facts supporting the claim, the amount claimed (if relevant) and the name and address of the claimant.  In order to be considered, claims must be filed within 180 days of the date the individual first became aware (or exercising reasonable diligence, should have become aware) of the issue that is the basis for the claim.  The Policy Committee shall designate one or more persons (who may or may not be members of the Policy Committee) to consider the claim and answer it in writing stating whether the claim is granted or denied.  A determination of the claim shall be made within 90 days of receipt, provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, an extension of time is needed to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have up to 180 days to consider the claim if the claim reviewer provides written notice of the extension, the reasons therefor and the expected date of determination to the claimant prior to the end of the original 90-day period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for disability benefit claims where the Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan of a Participating Employer, the determination shall be made within 45 days after the Policy Committee’s receipt of the claim; provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, an extension of time is necessary to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have an additional 30 days to consider the claim if the claim reviewer provides written notice of the extension to the claimant before the end of the initial 45-day period; and further provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, a further extension of time is necessary to consider the claim, the claim reviewer

 

51



 

shall have a second 30 day extension if the claim reviewer provides written notice to the claimant before the end of the first 30-day extension.  In the case of any extension outlined in the preceding sentence, the notice of extension shall include (1) an explanation for the circumstances requiring the extension, (2) the date by which the reviewer expects to render a decision, (3) an explanation of the standards upon which the entitlement to benefits is based, (4) the unresolved issues preventing a decision on the claim, and (5) the additional information needed to resolve those issues (the claimant shall be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information, during which time, the period for making the benefit determination will be tolled.)  If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant shall be furnished with a written notice of such denial containing:  (1) the specific reasons for the denial; (2) specific references to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (3) a description of any additional material or information which it is necessary for the claimant to submit and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (4) an explanation of the Plan’s appeal procedure, including the claimant’s right to bring a civil suit under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination upon review.

 

(b)                                  Appeals .  If a claimant wishes to appeal the denial of his or her claim, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative shall file a written notice of appeal to the Policy Committee within 60 days (180 days for disability benefit claims where the Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan of a Participating Employer) of receipt of the notice of claim denial.  The claimant will have the opportunity, upon request and free of charge, to have reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s appeal.  In order that the Policy Committee may expeditiously decide such appeal, the written notice of appeal should contain (1) a statement of the ground(s) for the appeal, (2) a specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the appeal is based, (3) a statement of the arguments and authority (if any) supporting each ground for appeal, and (4) any other pertinent documents or comments which the appellant desires to submit in support of his or her appeal.  The Policy Committee shall decide the claimant’s appeal within 60 days of receipt of the appeal; provided that, if due to circumstances beyond the Policy Committee’s control, an extension of time is necessary in order to review the appeal, the Policy Committee shall have up to 120 days to consider the appeal of the Policy Committee provides written notice of the extension, the reason therefore and the expected date of determination to the claimant prior to end of the original 60-day period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for disability benefit claims (where the Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan of a Participating Employer) the appellant’s appeal shall be decided within 45 days of the receipt of the appeal; provided that, if due to circumstances beyond the Policy Committee’s control, an extension of time is necessary in order to review the appeal, the Policy Committee shall have an additional 45 days to consider the appeal if the Policy Committee provides, prior to the termination of the initial 45 days, written notice to the claimant of such extension, the reason therefor, and the expected date of determination.  Furthermore, the Policy Committee shall adhere to the following guidelines when deciding appeals of disability benefit claims (where the Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan of a Participating Employer): (1) the Policy Committee shall not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination, (2) if the initial adverse benefit determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the Policy Committee shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment, (3) the Policy Committee shall provide for the identification of the medical or vocational experts whose advice was

 

52



 

obtained in connection with the adverse benefit determination, regardless of whether such advice was relied upon, and (4) any health care professional consulted for the appeal shall not be the same health care professional consulted in the initial determination nor the subordinate of such individual.  If the appeal is denied in whole or in part, the Policy Committee shall provide the claimant with written notice of the denial which shall contain: the reasons for the decision and reference to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based; a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) or proceed to the voluntary final level of appeal described in subsection 10.07(c).  If the claimant fails to receive a written notice before the end of the applicable period, the claim shall be deemed denied upon review.

 

(c)                                   Optional Level of Appeal .  If a claimant’s claim for benefits is denied in whole or part upon first appeal under subsection 10.07(b), such claimant or his duly authorized representative, may request a final review, upon written application to the Policy Committee within sixty (60) days of receiving a notice of denial under subsection (b).  After receiving a request for review of a determination on the first appeal, the Policy Committee shall respond within the same time periods and in a manner that would satisfy the requirements for a first appeal as set forth above.  If the appeal is denied, the Policy Committee shall provide the appellant with written notice of the denial which shall contain:  (i) the reasons for the decision and reference to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based; (ii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; and (iii) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a).  If a claimant fails to receive a written notice before the end of the applicable period, the claim shall be deemed denied upon review.

 

(d)                                  Limitation on Actions .  No claimant may commence a legal action or proceeding for benefits until after the claims and appeals procedures of subsections (a) and (b) above have been exhausted and in no event after the earlier of (i) 180 days after the claimant receives, or is deemed to receive, notice of a denial of his or her claim upon review under subsection (b), or (ii) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations period under applicable federal law; provided that, the 180-day period shall be tolled during the period the appeal described in subsection (c) above is under review.

 

Section 10.8.  Communications .  All requests, claims, appeals, elections and other communications to the Policy Committee shall be in writing and shall be made by transmitting the same via the U.S. Mail, certified, return receipt requested, addressed to the Employee Benefits Policy Committee at the address set forth in the Plan’s summary plan description.

 

Section 10.9.  Plan Records .  The Policy Committee shall retain  and rely upon  the accuracy of Plan records based upon the information provided by the Participant (or Beneficiary).  Information contained in Plan records shall be corrected by the Participant (or Beneficiary) in writing to the Policy Committee within the timeframe established by the Policy Committee.

 

53



 

ARTICLE 11

 

TRUSTEE AND TRUST AGREEMENT

 

Section 11.1.  Appointment and Removal .

 

(a)                                  Appointment .  The Company shall enter into a trust agreement or trust agreements with one or more persons or corporations selected by the Board to act as Trustee of the Trust.  The Trustee shall receive all contributions and shall hold, manage, administer and invest the same, reinvest any income, and make distributions in accordance with the provisions of the trust agreement.  The trust agreement shall be in such form and contain such provisions as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate to effectuate the purposes of the Plan and to qualify the Plan and Trust under the Code.

 

(b)                                  Removal or Resignation .  The Board may, from time to time, remove the Trustee or any successor Trustee at any time and any such Trustee or any successor Trustee may resign and, the Board shall, upon removal or resignation of a Trustee, appoint a successor Trustee.  In any such case, the Board shall give due consideration to the reports and recommendations of the Investment Committee.

 

Section 11.2.  Fees and Expenses .  The Trustee’s fee, and other fees and expenses, shall be paid by the Trustee out of the Trust, unless the Company elects to pay them.  Brokerage fees and other direct investment costs, if paid out of the Trust, shall be charged to the fund of the Trust to which such fees and costs are attributable. Administrative expenses and other fees attributable to a Participant’s Account may be charged to such Account as the Company may determine.

 

Section 11.3.  Exclusive Benefit .  All property and funds of the Trust including income from investments and from all other sources, shall be managed solely in the interest of Participants and their beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of:

 

(a)                                  providing benefits to Participants and beneficiaries; and

 

(b)                                  defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

 

Section 11.4.  Acquisition of Stock by Trustee .  Shares of Common Stock to be held by the Trust shall be acquired by the Trustee either (a) in the open market, (b) from private sources, which may include employees or former employees of a Participating Employer, (c) as part of the Participating Employer’s Contribution pursuant to Article 3, (d) by the exercise of rights as hereinafter provided, or (e) in such other manner as the Trustee may from time to time determine, including an acquisition from a Participating Employer with the proceeds of an “exempt loan.”

 

54



 

ARTICLE 12

 

COMMON STOCK AND THE COMMON STOCK FUND

 

Section 12.1.  Stock Rights, Stock Splits and Stock Dividends .  A Participant shall have no right of request, direction or demand upon the Investment Committee or the Trustee to exercise rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or other securities of JCI (through the Spin Date) and Adient plc (from and after the Spin Date) (for purposes hereof, JCI, Inc., including for periods after the Spin Date, and Adient plc shall be referred to as the “Issuer”).  The Trustee may exercise or sell any rights to purchase shares of Common Stock held by the Trustee under the Trust, and the Accounts of Participants shall be appropriately credited.  Shares of Common Stock received by the Trustee by reason of a stock split or a stock dividend shall be allocated to the appropriate Accounts of the Participants.

 

Section 12.2.  Voting of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  General .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the provisions of this Section shall govern the voting of Common Stock held in the Trust Fund.

 

(b)                                  Notice .  When an Issuer files preliminary proxy solicitation materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Policy Committee shall send a copy of all such materials to the Trustee.  Based on these materials, the Trustee shall prepare a voting instruction form.  At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Issuer, the Policy Committee shall cause a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to be sent to each Participant with an interest in the Common Stock held in the Trust, together with the foregoing voting instruction form to be returned to the Trustee or its designee.  The form shall show the proportional interest, in the number of full and fractional shares, of Common Stock credited to the Participant’s Accounts invested in the Common Stock Fund.  The Policy Committee shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any materials provided to the Participants and shall certify to the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.

 

(c)                                   Participant Direction .  Each Participant with an interest in the Common Stock Fund shall have the right, acting in the capacity of a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA Section 402, to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee is to vote (including, to not vote) that number of shares of Common Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund (both vested and unvested), plus such Participant’s proportional interest in the shares of Common Stock held in the Common Stock Fund but as to which the Trustee has not received timely voting directions.  Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the voting of Common Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by mailgram or similar means.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, those directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to any Participating Employer, any officer or employee thereof, or any other person.  Upon its receipt of the directions of a Participant, the Trustee shall vote the shares of Common Stock which are subject to such directions in the manner directed by such Participant.

 

55



 

Section 12.3.  Tender Offers for Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  General .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the provisions of this Section shall govern the tender of Common Stock in response to a tender offer for any shares of Common Stock held in the Trust.

 

(b)                                  Notice .  Upon commencement of a tender offer for any Common Stock held in the Trust, the Policy Committee shall notify each Participant with an interest in the Common Stock Fund of the tender offer and shall utilize its best efforts to timely distribute or cause to be distributed to such Participant the same information as is distributed to shareholders of the Company in connection with the tender offer, and, after consulting with the Trustee, shall provide (and the Company shall pay) for a means by which each such Participant may direct the Trustee whether or not to tender the Common Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund (both vested and unvested).  The Policy Committee shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any material provided to the Participants and shall certify to the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.

 

(c)                                   Participant Direction .  Each Participant shall have the right, acting as a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA Section 402, to direct the Trustee to tender or not to tender the shares of Common Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund.  Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the tender of Common Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by mailgram or such similar means as is agreed upon by the Trustee and the Policy Committee under the preceding paragraph.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, these directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Policy Committee, any Participating Employer or Affiliate, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports regularly communicated to any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee’s services.  Upon its receipt of the directions of a Participant, the Trustee shall tender or not tender the shares of Common Stock which are subject to such directions in the manner directed by such Participant.  The Trustee shall not tender any shares of Common Stock with respect to which it has received no directions from the Participant.

 

(d)                                  Withdrawal of Shares .  A Participant who has directed the Trustee to tender some or all of the shares of Common Stock as to which he or she is a named fiduciary may, at any time prior to the tender offer withdrawal date, direct the Trustee to withdraw some or all of the tendered shares, and the Trustee shall withdraw the directed number of shares from the tender offer prior to the tender offer withdrawal deadline.  A Participant shall not be limited as to the number of directions to tender or withdraw that the Participant may give to the Trustee.

 

(e)                                   Investment of Proceeds .  A direction by a Participant to the Trustee to tender shares of Common Stock shall not be considered a written election under the Plan by the Participant to withdraw, or have distributed, any or all of his or her interest in the Common Stock Fund.  The Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Account from which the tendered shares were taken the proceeds received by the Trustee in exchange for the shares of Common Stock tendered from that interest.  Pending receipt of directions (through the Company) from the Participant or the Investment Committee as to which of the remaining investment options the

 

56



 

proceeds should be invested in, the Trustee shall invest the proceeds in accordance with applicable provisions of the Trust.

 

57



 

ARTICLE 13

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1.  Non-Guarantee of Employment .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between a Participating Employer or Affiliate and a Participant, or as a right of any Participant to be continued in the employment of his or her employer, or as a limitation of the right of an employer to discharge any Participant with or without cause.

 

Section 13.2.  Rights to Trust Assets .

 

(a)                                  General .  No participant or any other person shall have any right to, or interest in, any part of the Trust assets upon termination of his or her employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the amounts due and payable to such person out of the assets of the Trust.  All payments as provided for in this Plan shall be made solely out of the assets of the Trust and neither the Participating Employers, their Affiliates, the Trustee, nor any member of a committee shall be liable therefor in any manner.

 

(b)                                  Return of Contributions .  The Participating Employers shall have no beneficial interests of any nature whatsoever in any contributions after the same have been received by the Trustee, or in the assets, income or profits of the Trust or any part thereof.  However, (1) to the extent a tax deduction for any contribution is disallowed, such contribution shall be returned to the Participating Employer within 1 year after such disallowance, or (2) if a contribution is made by a mistake of fact, such contribution shall be returned to the Participating Employer within one year of the date of contribution.

 

Section 13.3.  Non-Recommendation of Investment .  The availability of any security hereunder shall not be construed as a recommendation to invest in such security.  The decision as to the choice of investment of a Participant’s Accounts must be made solely by each Participant, and no officer or employee of any Participating Employer or the Trustee is authorized to make any recommendation to any Participant concerning the allocation of his or her Accounts hereunder.

 

Section 13.4.  Indemnification .  Each Participating Employer shall indemnify each member of Policy Committee, the Investment Committee, the President of JCI and Adient plc (who appoints the Policy Committee), and the Board, and hold each of them harmless from the consequences of his or her acts or conduct in his or her official capacity, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be solely in the best interests of the Participants and their beneficiaries, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  Such indemnification shall cover any and all attorneys’ fees and expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, but only to the extent that such amounts are not paid to such person(s) under the fiduciary insurance policy of a Participating Employer and to the extent that such amounts are actually and reasonably incurred by such person(s).

 

58



 

Section 13.5.  Selection of Investments .  Except to the extent it may be subject to the instruction of Participants, the Trustee shall have the sole discretion to select investments for the various funds provided for herein.

 

Section 13.6.  Non-Alienation .

 

(a)                                  General .  Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) or permitted under Code Section 401(a)(13), no right or interest of any Participant or beneficiary in the Plan and the Trust shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, attachment, garnishment, execution, levy, bankruptcy, or any other disposition of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, prior to actual receipt of payment by the person entitled to such right or interest under the provisions hereof, and any such disposition or attempted disposition shall be void.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Assignment .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall recognize and give effect to a qualified domestic relations order with respect to child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights if it determines that such order meets the applicable requirements of Code Section 414(p).  If a qualified domestic relations order directs or allows, distribution may be made to an alternate payee designated in such order at a time not permitted for distribution to the Participant himself or herself.  The Policy Committee shall establish procedures concerning the notification of interested parties, the determination of the validity of such orders, the determination of the source of funds to be used to provide for distribution pursuant to such orders, and such other issues as may be necessary or appropriate to deal with such orders in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, which procedures are incorporated by reference herein.

 

Section 13.7.  Facilitation of Payment .

 

(a)                                  Inability to Locate Payee .  In the event that any person who is entitled to benefits hereunder cannot be located despite reasonable and diligent efforts to do so, then such person’s benefits shall be automatically forfeited as of the last day of the Plan Year next following the year in which such benefits became payable; provided, however, in the event that such person subsequently makes a claim for such forfeited benefits prior to the termination of the Plan, such benefits shall be reinstated (without adjustment for gain or losses since the date of forfeiture) from current year forfeitures or pursuant to a special contribution from the Participating Employer.

 

(b)                                  Incapacity of Payee .  In the event the Policy Committee shall find that any Participant to whom a benefit is payable is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, any payment due (unless prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly qualified guardian or other legal representative) may be paid to the Spouse, parent, brother or sister or other person deemed by the Policy Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant otherwise entitled to payment.  Any such payment shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and shall be in complete satisfaction and full payment of the Participant’s Accounts hereunder.  In addition, if any benefits are improperly paid to the estate, Spouse, parent, brother or sister or other person for the account of the Participant by reason of mistake of fact, any such payment shall be deemed (1) a payment for the account of the Participant or his or

 

59



 

her Spouse, and (2) in complete satisfaction and full payment of the Participant’s Accounts hereunder.

 

Section 13.8.  Board Action .  Any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Board under the Plan may be taken by the Executive committee of the Board or any other authorized committee of the Board.

 

Section 13.9.  Transfers from Other Qualified Plans .  There may be transferred to and deposited with the Trustee to be held, invested and distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and as an integral part of the assets held by the Trustee thereunder, assets subject to any other defined contribution plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) which is maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliate and is merged into the Plan.  Such transfer and merger shall be affected on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Policy Committee.

 

Section 13.10.  Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers of Plan Assets .

 

(a)                                  Plan Mergers and Transfers .  In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to or from any other plan, each Participant  in the Plan must be entitled (if the Plan then terminated) to receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

 

(b)                                  Transfers Incident to Employment Changes .  If a Participant in this Plan transfers to employment with a Participating Employer or Affiliate in a capacity in which he or she is eligible to participate in another plan which utilizes the Trust, then his or her interests in his or her Accounts under this Plan may be transferred to such other plan at the direction of the Policy Committee, provided that such transfer does not result in a reduction of his or her accrued benefits or vesting rights, the elimination of any optional form of benefits or the reduction or elimination of an early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy, except as permitted by the Code.  Similarly, if a participant in another plan maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliate which utilizes the Trust becomes eligible to participate in this Plan, then his or her interests in such other plan may be transferred to this Plan.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event of such a transfer to this Plan, the vested interest in the portion of any Participant’s Accounts derived from benefits accrued under such other plan shall not at any time be less than it would have been under the terms of such plan as in effect immediately prior to such transfer.

 

(c)                                   No Reduction in Benefits .  No provision of the Plan shall be construed or applied so as to result in a decrease of the accrued benefit (within the meaning of Code Section 411(d)(6)) which any Participant had under any Prior Plan before January 1, 1989 or under any other plan merged, in whole or in part, with the Plan, except as permitted by Treasury regulations.

 

Section 13.11.  Fiduciaries .  Any person may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.  Any fiduciary hereunder, as an individual, may employ such

 

60



 

legal, actuarial, accounting or other assistant as he or she may deem necessary to fulfill his or her obligations hereunder, which assistants may be those consulted by any Participating Employer, Affiliate, the Trustee, the Plan or other fiduciaries.

 

Section 13.12.  Top-Heavy Restrictions .

 

(a)                                  Determination of Top-Heavy .  With respect to the Company and each other Participating Employer, the Plan shall be a “Top-Heavy Plan” for any Plan Year if either of the following conditions applies to the applicable Company or Participating Employer when tested separately as if such entity (and its Affiliates) was the only Participating Employer in the Plan:

 

(1)                                  The Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan exceeds 60% and the Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group having a Top-Heavy Ratio of 60% or less.

 

(2)                                  The Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group having a Top-Heavy Ratio which exceeds 60% and is not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group having a Top-Heavy Ratio of 60% or less.

 

If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year the provisions of this Section 13.12 shall supersede any conflicting provisions of the Plan.  The provisions of this Section 13.12 are intended to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Section 13.12 and the provisions of Code Section 416 or the Income Tax Regulations thereunder, such discrepancy shall be resolved by the Policy Committee so as to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations.

 

(b)                                  Top-Heavy Definitions .  Solely for purposes of this Section, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(1)                                  “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (and the beneficiary of such employee) whose status as an officer or owner of the Employer makes him or her a “key employee” as determined in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder.

 

(2)                                  “Determination Date” means the last day of the preceding Plan Year.

 

(3)                                  “Top-Heavy Ratio” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under any defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer for all Key Employees and the present value of accrued benefits under any defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer for all Key Employees and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under such defined contribution plans for all Participants and the present value of accrued benefits under such defined benefit plans for all Participants.  Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio shall be adjusted for any distribution of an account balance or an accrued benefit made in the 5-year period ending on the Determination

 

61



 

Date and any contribution due but unpaid as of the Determination Date; provided that the phrase “1-year period” shall be substituted for “5-year period” with respect to distributions made on account of death, disability or severance from employment.  For purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio, (A) the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits shall be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date and (B) the account balances and present values of accrued benefits of a Participant who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year shall be disregarded; provided that the accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account, will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.  When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.  The present value of accrued benefits shall be determined pursuant to Code Section 416(g) using a 5% interest assumption and the UP-1984 Mortality Table.

 

(4)                                  “Permissive Aggregation Group” means the Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

 

(5)                                  “Required Aggregation Group” means (A) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates and (B) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (i) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

 

(6)                                  “Valuation Date” means (A) in the case of a defined contribution plan, the Determination Date and (B) in the case of a defined benefit plan, the date as of which funding calculations are generally made within the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date.

 

(7)                                  “Employer” means the employer or employers whose employees are covered by this Plan and any other employer which must be aggregated with any such employer under Code Section 414(b), (c) and (m).

 

(c)                                   Minimum Contribution .  If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee and who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year will receive an allocation of Participating Employer contributions equal to the lesser of three percent (3%) of Test Compensation or the highest percentage of Test Compensation allocated to a Key Employee for the Plan Year.  In determining such minimum contribution,

 

62



 

Before-Tax Contributions made on behalf of a Non-Key Employee shall not be considered, but Before-Tax Contributions made on behalf of a Key Employee shall be counted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer also maintains a defined benefit plan which covers the same Non-Key Employee, such Non-Key Employee will be entitled to the defined benefit plan minimum and not the defined contribution plan minimum.  If the Employer maintains more than one defined contribution plan that covers the same Non-Key Employee, such Non-Key Employee will be entitled to the minimum contribution under this plan, unless the other plan provides otherwise.

 

Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan.  The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan.  Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the ACP test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

 

(d)                                  Incorporation by Reference .  The provisions of this Section 13.12 are intended to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Section 13.12 and the provisions of Code Section 416 or the Income Tax Regulations thereunder, such discrepancy shall be resolved by the Policy Committee so as to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations.

 

Section 13.13.  USERRA .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

 

Section 13.14.  Multiple Employer Plan .  During the period in which this Plan is considered a multiple employer plan because all of the Participating Employers are not members of a single controlled group within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o), references to a Participating Employer and its Affiliates shall be deemed to mean each separate controlled group which includes a Participating Employer to the extent required by the Code.

 

Section 13.15.  HEART Act .

 

(a)                                  Death Benefits .  If a Participant dies while performing qualified military service, the beneficiaries of such Participant shall be entitled to the additional death benefits, if any (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) that would have been available had the Participant resumed employment with a Participating Employer immediately prior to the date of his or her death and thereafter terminated employment as a result of death.  For purposes of this section, “qualified military service” is defined as service in the uniformed services of the United States for which an individual has reemployment rights under chapter 43 of title 38 of the United States Code.

 

(b)                                  Differential Pay .  In accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(u), during the period a Participant on military leave is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2), such Participant shall be treated as remaining in the

 

63



 

employment of the a Participating Employer and such differential wage payments shall be considered Test Compensation, if applicable.

 

(c)                                   Distribution .  Notwithstanding subsection (b), a Participant performing qualified military service that exceeds thirty (30) days shall be treated as having been severed from service for purposes of receiving a distribution of his or her Before-Tax Account from the Plan.  A Participant who takes such a distribution while performing qualified military service that exceeds thirty (30) days may not make Before-Tax Contributions during the 6-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.

 

The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

64



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, on behalf of the Company, has executed this Plan as amended and restated effective  this     day of June, 2016.

 

 

ADIENT US LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

65



 

APPENDIX A

 

The Participating Employers are:

 

·                                           Adient US LLC

 

·                                           Intertec Systems, LLC (Joint Venture; non-Affiliate) – no active employees as of January 1, 2016

 

·                                           Technotrim, Inc. (Joint Venture; non-Affiliate)

 

Eligible Employees of the Participating Employers are eligible to participate in different modules, as described below:

 

Module B – Eligible Employees

 

·                                           Salaried and non-union hourly employees (excluding Intertec Systems Employees).

 

·                                           Hourly employees who are members of the UAW at the Northwood, OH, Sycamore, IL, and Shelbyville, KY locations.

 

Module C – Eligible Employees

 

·                                           Salaried and non-union hourly employees at the Lexington, TN and Athens, GA locations.

 

Module S – Eligible Employees

 

·                                           Salaried and non-union hourly employees of Intertec Systems, LLC, but excluding those employees covered by Module W.  Inactive as of January 1, 2016 – provisions included for historic purposes only.

 

Module W – Eligible Employees

 

·                                           Non-union hourly employees of Intertec Systems, LLC at the Bessemer, Alabama location.  Inactive as of January 1, 2016 – provisions included for historic purposes only.

 

66



 

APPENDIX B
EMPLOYEE AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Module

 

Max. % of
Before-Tax
Contributions

 

Matching
Contribution
Per Dollar
Contributed

 

Before-
Tax
Matched
Contr.

 

Matching
Allocation
Period

 

Matching
Contributions
Vesting
Schedule

 

RIC
Amount

 

RIC
Vesting
Schedule

B

 

25%


Auto enroll at 6%

 

$0.75, plus an additional amount at the discretion of the Company, up to a maximum of $1.00

 

6%

 

Annual

 

5-Year Graded

 

1%-7%

 

5-Year Graded

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C

 

25%

 

$0.75, plus an additional amount at the discretion of the Company, up to a maximum of $1.00

 

6%

 

Annual

 

5-Year Graded

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S

 

25%

 

Discretionary as determined by Intertec LLC

 

6%

 

Annual

 

100%

 

3%

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

W

 

25%

 

Discretionary as determined by Intertec LLC

 

6%

 

Annual

 

5-Year Graded

 

3%

 

5-Year Graded

 

67



 

APPENDIX C
SPECIAL RULES FOR PRIOR PLANS/ACQUISITIONS

 

1.                                       Intertec Plan (Merged into Predecessor Plan Effective May 9, 2011) .  The provisions of this Section 10 apply to Participants who were participants in the Intertec Systems Salaried Employees Retirement Plan prior to May 9, 2011.  Except as otherwise provided, the provisions applicable to these Participants contained in this Section 1 supersede any provisions to the contrary in the Plan.

 

Definitions

 

(a)                                  Accounts means the accounting records which the Trustee maintains to record the contributions and attributable gains, losses and expenses allocated to each Participant, for accounting purposes only, without segregating Plan assets among Accounts, and may include some or all of the following sub-accounts or other accounts as the Policy Committee may determine:  (1) Matching Contribution Account; (2) Before-Tax Account; (3) Roth Contribution Account (to which is credited Participant Roth Contributions made prior to January 1, 2011, and earnings or loss thereon); (4) Rollover Account; (5) Retirement Income Contribution Account and (6) Profit Sharing Account (to which is credited Profit Sharing Contributions made in Plan Years prior to January 1, 2011, and earnings or losses thereon).

 

(b)                                  Prior Plan means, for purposes of this Section 1, the Intertec Systems Salaried Employees Retirement Plan as in effect on December 31, 2010.

 

(c)                                   Profit Sharing Contributions means the contributions made by Intertec Systems, LLC with respect to Plan Years prior to January 1, 2011 that are allocated to the Profit Sharing Account.

 

(d)                                  Roth Contributions means contributions that are includible in a Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and that were irrevocably designated as Roth elective deferrals by the Participant and that were made under the terms of the Prior Plan prior to January 1, 2011.

 

Employee Contributions

 

(a)                                  Roth Contributions .  Roth Contributions may not be made under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, existing Roth Contributions Accounts will be maintained under the Plan and made available for distributions and/or withdrawals as provided by the Plan or required under applicable law.

 

Inservice Withdrawals and Loans

 

(a)                                  Inservice Withdrawal Upon Attainment of Normal Retirement Age .  After a Participant attains his or her Normal Retirement Age, he or she may withdraw all or any portion of his or her Accounts that accrued through the date the Prior Plan was merged with and into the Plan (i.e., the amounts transferred upon merger of the Prior Plan into

 

68



 

this Plan), adjusted for gains or losses thereafter, at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

(b)                                  Inservice Withdrawal After Disability .  For purposes of determining whether a Participant is Totally and Permanently Disabled and thus is entitled to an in-service withdrawal under Plan Section 7.4, in addition to the definition of Total and Permanent Disability contained in Section 1.1(mm) (which definition shall apply to the entirety of the Participant’s Account in the Plan), the Participant will be considered Permanently and Totally Disabled (solely with respect to his or her ability to withdraw the entire balance of his or her Accounts accrued through the date the Prior Plan was merged with and into the Plan (as adjusted for gains and losses thereafter)), if the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.  The permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence satisfactory to the Policy Committee.

 

2.                                       Energyconnect Group, Inc. Plan (Merged into Predecessor Plan Effective November 1, 2011) .  The provisions of this Section 2 apply to Participants who were participants in the Energyconnect Group, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan prior to November 1, 2011.  Except as otherwise provided, the provisions applicable to these Participants contained in this Section 2 supersede any provisions to the contrary in the Plan.

 

Definitions

 

(a)                                  Accounts means the accounting records which the Trustee maintains to record the contributions and attributable gains, losses and expenses allocated to each Participant, for accounting purposes only, without segregating Plan assets among Accounts, and may include some or all of the sub-accounts listed in Plan Section 1.1(a) and some or all of the Prior Plan Accounts.

 

(b)                                  Prior Plan means, for purposes of this Section 2, the Energyconnect Group, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, as in effect on October 31, 2011.

 

(c)                                   Prior Plan Accounts means some or all of the following sub-accounts to which are credited contributions made under the Prior Plan prior to November 1, 2011, adjusted for earnings or losses thereon: (1) Matching Contribution Account; (2) Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account; (3) Before-Tax Account; (4) Roth Contribution Account; (5) Rollover Account; and (6) Profit Sharing Account.

 

Employee Contributions

 

(a)                                  Roth Contributions .  Roth Contributions may not be made under this Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, existing Roth Contributions Accounts will be maintained under the Plan as a Prior Plan Account and made available for distributions and/or withdrawals as provided by the Plan or required under applicable law.

 

69



 

Inservice Withdrawals

 

(a)                                  Inservice Withdrawal After Age 59½ .  After a Participant reaches age 59½, he or she may withdraw all or a part of his or her vested Prior Plan Account balances, excluding the Prior Plan Roth Contribution Account balance, at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

3.                                       CRH North America Plan (Merged into Predecessor Plan Effective January 31, 2012).   The provisions of this Section 3 apply to Participants who were participants in the CRH North America, Inc. 401(k) Plan prior to January 31, 2012.  Except as otherwise provided, the provisions applicable to these Participants contained in this Section 3 supersede any provisions to the contrary in the Plan.

 

Definitions

 

(a)                                  Prior Plan means, for purposes of this Section 3, the CRH North America, Inc. 401(k) Plan, as in effect on January 31, 2012.

 

Employee Contributions

 

(a)                                  Roth Contributions .  Roth Contributions may not be made under this Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, existing Roth Contributions Accounts will be maintained under the Plan as a Prior Plan Account and made available for distributions and/or withdrawals as provided by the Plan or required under applicable law.

 

4.                                       MT Design Plan (Merged into Predecessor Plan Effective March 30, 2012).   The provisions of this Section 4 apply to Participants who were participants in the MT Design, Inc. 401(k) Plan prior to March 30, 2012.  Except as otherwise provided, the provisions applicable to these Participants contained in this Section 4 supersede any provisions to the contrary in the Plan.

 

Definitions

 

(a)                                  Prior Plan means, for purposes of this Section 4, the MT Design, Inc. 401(k) Plan, as in effect on March 30, 2012.

 

Employee Contributions

 

(a)                                  Roth Contributions .  Roth Contributions may not be made under this Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, existing Roth Contributions Accounts will be maintained under the Plan as a Prior Plan Account and made available for distributions and/or withdrawals as provided by the Plan or required under applicable law.

 

Inservice Withdrawals

 

(a)                                  Inservice Hardship Withdrawals of “Transfer Account” .  A Participant who attains age 59 ½ may take an inservice withdrawal of all or part of his or her Prior

 

70



 

Plan Accounts (only if such accounts are fully vested) at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

(b)           Inservice Withdrawals at Age 59½ .  A Participant who attains age 59½ may take an inservice withdrawal of his or her Prior Plan Accounts (only if such accounts are fully vested) at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Vesting

 

With respect to a Participant who was a participant in the Prior Plan on March 30, 2012, service under that plan shall be counted for eligibility and vesting purposes under this Plan.  In addition and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary:

 

·                                           A Participant who was an active participant in the Prior Plan on March 30, 2012 shall be fully (100%) vested in his or her Prior Plan Account (matching and profit sharing contributions) related to such plan.

 

·                                           A Participant who was an active participant in the Prior Plan on March 30, 2012, who had earned three (3) or more years of vesting service under such plan as of March 30, 2012, and who begins participation in this Plan, shall be 100% vested with respect to all Employer Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions (and all earnings thereon).

 

·                                           A Participant who was an active participant in the Prior Plan on March 30, 2012, who had earned less than three (3) years of vesting service under such plan as of March 30, 2012, and who begins participation in this Plan, shall be vested in his or her Plan Accounts in accordance with the vesting schedules in Plan Article 6.

 

·                                           Each other Participant shall vest in his or her Prior Plan Accounts (matching and profit sharing contributions) in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

 

Years of Vesting Service

 

Vesting Percentage

 

At least 1 but less than 2

 

33

%

At least 2 but less than 3

 

66

%

3 or more

 

100

%

 

If an Employee becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled while an Employee, such Prior Plan Accounts shall become fully vested.

 

5.                                       Trimquest 401(k) Plan (Account Transfers Effective March 9, 2009) .  The provisions of this Section 5 apply to a Participant whose accounts under the Trimquest 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “Prior Plan”) were directly transferred from such plan to this Plan in connection with such individuals’ transfer of employment from Trimquest L.L.C.

 

71



 

Inservice Withdrawals

 

(a)           Age 59½ Inservice Withdrawal .  A Participant may withdraw all or part of the vested balance of his or her Prior Plan Account on and after the Participant’s attains age 59½, at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

72


Exhibit 4.4

 

ADIENT PRODUCTION EMPLOYEES SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

Effective September 1, 1998

As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2016

 



 

ADIENT PRODUCTION EMPLOYEES

SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

Introduction

 

The Plan was originally adopted effective September 1, 1998, as the “Johnson Controls Johns Creek 401(k) Plan,” and included the spin-off portion of the Johnson Controls Savings and Investment (401k) Plan that covered the employees of the Company’s Johns Creek facility that were members of the United Automobile Workers Local 2378.

 

Effective January 1, 2001, the Plan was renamed the “Johnson Controls Automotive Systems Group Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.”

 

The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to qualified profit-sharing plans and the requirements of Section 401(k) of such Code relating to a “qualified cash or deferred arrangement”.

 

Effective as of January 1, 2011, the Plan was renamed the “Johnson Controls Automotive Experience Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.”

 

Effective July 1, 2015, the accounts of Plan participants who were or became employed by Yanfeng US Automotive Interior Systems I LLC Yanfeng US Automotive Interior Systems II LLC were transferred, in a plan-to-plan transfer, to the Interiors Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

The Plan is most recently amended and restated effective January 1, 2016.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to stimulate Participant savings for financial security.

 



 

ADIENT PRODUCTION EMPLOYEES SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

1

Section 1.1. Definitions

1

Section 1.2. Construction and Applicable Law

6

 

 

ARTICLE 2 PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

7

Section 2.1. Participation

7

Section 2.2. Vesting Service

7

 

 

ARTICLE 3 CONTRIBUTIONS

9

Section 3.1. Employee Contributions

9

Section 3.2. Rollover Contributions

11

Section 3.3. Payment to the Trustee

12

Section 3.4. Matching Contributions

12

Section 3.5. Retirement Income Contributions

12

 

 

ARTICLE 4 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

14

Section 4.1. Excess Deferrals (Code Section 402(g))

14

Section 4.2. Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test)

15

Section 4.3. Annual Addition Limitation (Code Section 415)

16

 

 

ARTICLE 5 INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

19

Section 5.1. Establishment of Participant’s Accounts

19

Section 5.2. Adjustments to Account Balances

19

Section 5.3. Investment Election

20

 

 

ARTICLE 6 VESTING

21

Section 6.1. Before-Tax and Rollover Accounts

21

Section 6.2. Matching and Retirement Income Contributions Accounts

21

Section 6.3. Termination of Employment

21

Section 6.4. Total and Permanent Disability

22

 

 

ARTICLE 7 INSERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

23

Section 7.1. General Rules

23

Section 7.2. Inservice Withdrawal After Age 59½

23

Section 7.3. Inservice Withdrawal After Disability

23

Section 7.4. Inservice Withdrawal from Rollover Account

23

Section 7.5. Required Inservice Withdrawal For 5-Percent Owners

23

Section 7.6. Hardship Withdrawals

24

Section 7.7. Loans

25

 

 

ARTICLE 8 POST-EMPLOYMENT DISTRIBUTIONS

28

Section 8.1. Payment Events

28

Section 8.2. Amount of Payment

28

 

i



 

Section 8.3. Form and Timing of Payment

28

Section 8.4. Designation of Beneficiaries; Payment After Death

29

Section 8.5. Required Distributions

31

Section 8.6. Direct Rollover

32

Section 8.7. Required Minimum Distribution Rules

32

 

 

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

37

Section 9.1. Amendments and Termination

37

 

 

ARTICLE 10 PLAN ADMINISTRATION

38

Section 10.1. Employee Benefits Policy Committee

38

Section 10.2. Employee Benefits Investment Committee

39

Section 10.3. Responsibility and Authority of the Investment Committee

39

Section 10.4. Organization and Procedure

39

Section 10.5. Delegation of Authority and Responsibility

39

Section 10.6. Use of Professional Services

40

Section 10.7. Fees and Expenses

40

Section 10.8. Claims Procedure

40

Section 10.9. Recovery of Plan Overpayments

42

Section 10.10. Communications

43

 

 

ARTICLE 11 TRUSTEE AND TRUST AGREEMENT

44

Section 11.1. Appointment and Removal

44

Section 11.2. Fees and Expenses

44

Section 11.3. Exclusive Benefit

44

 

 

ARTICLE 12 COMMON STOCK AND THE COMMON STOCK FUND

45

Section 12.1. Stock Rights, Stock Splits and Stock Dividends

45

Section 12.2. Voting of Company Stock

45

Section 12.3. Tender Offers for Company Stock

45

Section 12.4. Common Stock Fund Accounting as of Spin Date

46

 

 

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS

48

Section 13.1. Non-Guarantee of Employment

48

Section 13.2. Rights to Trust Assets

48

Section 13.3. Non-Recommendation of Investment

48

Section 13.4. Indemnification of Committees

48

Section 13.5. Selection of Investments

48

Section 13.6. Non-Alienation

49

Section 13.7. Facilitation of Payment

49

Section 13.8. Board Action

49

Section 13.9. Transfers from Other Qualified Plans

50

Section 13.10. Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers of Plan Assets

50

Section 13.11. Fiduciaries

50

Section 13.12. USERRA

50

Section 13.13. HEART Act

50

Section 13.14. Effective Dates

51

 

ii



 

APPENDIX A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

53

 

 

APPENDIX B PARTICIPATING COLLECTIVELY-BARGAINED GROUPS

54

 

 

APPENDIX C SPECIAL SERVICE RULE

55

 

iii



 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 1.1.  Definitions .  As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases and any derivatives thereof will have the meanings set forth below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  Definitions of other words and phrases are set forth throughout the Plan.  Section references indicate sections of the Plan unless otherwise stated.

 

(a)                                  Accounts means the accounting records which the Trustee maintains to record the contributions and attributable gains, losses and expenses allocated to each Participant, for accounting purposes only, without segregating Plan assets among Accounts, and may include some or all of the following sub accounts: (1) Before Tax Account, (2) Rollover Account, (3) Matching Contribution Account, and (4) Retirement Income Contribution Account.  Matching contributions transferred to this Plan from the Prior Plan, and any earnings thereon, shall be held in the Matching Contribution Account.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if matching contributions are transferred to this Plan from another plan of the Company or an Affiliate that restricted the availability of these matching contributions (plus earnings) for in-service withdrawals, then a special sub-account will be created for such transferred funds and the transferred funds will not be available for in-service withdrawals to the extent restricted by the terms of the transferring plan.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate means each corporation, trade or business which is a member, with a Participating Employer, of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code, or a member with a Participating Employer of a group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury under regulations adopted under Section 414(c) of the Code, or a member with a Participating Employer of an affiliated service group as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury under regulations adopted under Section 414(m) of the Code.  Solely for purposes of Sections 2.2 and 12.10(b), the term “Affiliates” shall include any corporation at least 48% of the voting power or value of the outstanding capital stock of which is owned by the Company or an Affiliate (within the meaning of the preceding sentence) of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Before-Tax Contributions means the contributions made at the direction of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

(d)                                  Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended and in effect from time to time, and regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code shall be deemed to include reference to any successor provision thereto.

 

(f)                                    Common Stock means

 

(1)                                  prior to the Merger Date, the common stock, par value $0.16 2/3 per share, of Johnson Controls, Inc.;

 

1



 

(2)                                  effective on the Merger Date, the ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share, of Johnson Controls International plc; and

 

(3)                                  effective on the Spin Date, the ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, of Adient plc.

 

(g)                                   Common Stock Fund means an Investment Fund invested primarily in Common Stock but a portion of which may be invested in short-term securities or cash.

 

(h)                                  Company means Hoover Universal, Inc., a Michigan corporation, or any successor thereto.  Where such term is used herein, “Company” shall refer to such predecessor(s) of the Company with respect to this Plan as may be applicable.  On and after July 1, 2016, the Company means Adient US LLC, or any successor thereto.  Where such term is used herein, “Company” shall refer to such predecessor(s) of the Company with respect to this Plan as may be applicable.

 

(i)                                      Compensation will have the following meanings for the following purposes:

 

(1)                                  Contributions (“Plan Compensation”) .  For purposes of determining the amount that each Participant can contribute, Plan Compensation is an Employee’s total salary or wages including vacation and holiday pay, overtime pay, bonuses, commissions, and shift premium paid by a Participating Employer for the Plan Year and reported as taxable income on his or her Form W-2, plus employee Before-Tax Contributions to this Plan and salary reduction amounts contributed to any other plan maintained by a Participating Employer under Code Sections 125 or 401(k), but excluding Participating Employer contributions (other than Before-Tax Contributions) made to, or benefits received under, this Plan and any other benefit plan, all expense reimbursements and allowances, severance pay, imputed income, income from the exercise of stock options, cost of living allowances, special awards, signing bonuses, special foreign service premiums and awards, payments under the Adient plc Long-Term Incentive Performance Plan (or any successor plan thereto), compensation listed in Appendix B, and other similar forms of compensation determined by the Policy Committee to not be considered regular salary or wages for services performed.  Compensation for the Participant who becomes a Participant after the beginning of a Plan Year will include only amounts earned after his or her effective date of participation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions may only be made from compensation that would be included in compensation for purposes of Code Section 415.

 

(2)                                  Nondiscrimination Testing (“Test Compensation”) .  For purposes of (1) calculating the ADP Test, (2)  determining Highly Compensated Employee status under Section 1.1(o), and (3) calculating the Code Section 415 limits under Section 4.3, Test Compensation includes wages

 

2



 

within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) paid by a Participating Employer and its Affiliates for a Plan Year, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the service performed, plus any elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is contributed or deferred at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the Employee’s gross income by reason of Code Section 125 or 132(f)(4), to any plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates.

 

(3)                                  Statutory Limit .  Each Participant’s Compensation taken into account for all purposes under the Plan for a Plan Year will be limited to $265,000 as indexed under Code Section 401(a)(17).  The Plan will not prorate the statutory cap on Compensation for any Participant who participates in the Plan for less than a full Plan Year.

 

(j)                                     Current Market Value means the value on any day determined by the Trustee which shall be: (1) with respect to any securities traded on a National or Regional Stock Exchange, the closing composite quotations price on that day, or if the securities were not traded on such day, the closing price on the next preceding trading day on which the securities were traded, and (2) except as provided in (1) above, determined in accordance with generally accepted valuation principles on a consistent basis acceptable to the Investment Committee.

 

(k)                                  Eligible Employee means an Employee of a Participating Employer who is a member of a bargaining unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an employee representative and a Participating Employer that provides for participation in the Plan, as described on Appendix B hereto, excluding any person who is classified by the Participating Employer as a “leased employee” or as an “independent contractor.”

 

(l)                                      Employee means an individual who is reported on the payroll records of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate as a common-law employee, and to the extent required by the Code, leased employees of a Participating Employer or Affiliate as defined in Section 2.1(c).  In the event a person who is classified as a “leased employee” or “independent contractor” is subsequently reclassified by a court or administrative agency as a common law employee, such reclassification will for purposes of the Plan apply on a prospective basis only from the date of such decision, regardless of the effective date of the reclassification for any other purpose.

 

(m)                              Employment Commencement Date means the first day for which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service, provided that, as to any Employee whose Vesting Service for any period of employment has been cancelled pursuant to Section 2.2 on account of a Period of Severance (or would have been cancelled pursuant to such Section had the Plan been in effect at the time of such Period of Severance), the term shall mean the first day following such Period of Severance for which the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

(n)                                  ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time, and regulations and rulings promulgated thereunder.

 

3



 

Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall be deemed to include reference to any successor provision thereto.

 

(o)                                  Highly Compensated Employee (HCE) means, for any Plan Year for which the determination is being made (the “determination year”):

 

(1)                                  each Employee who was a 5-percent owner (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)(3)) of the Participating Employer or any Affiliate at any time during the determination year or immediately preceding Plan Year (the “look-back year”), and

 

(2)                                  each Employee who earned at least $80,000 (indexed under Code Section 415(d)) of Test Compensation during the look-back year.

 

(p)                                  Hour of Service means each hour for which an Employee has been directly or indirectly compensated or paid, or entitled to such compensation or other payment, by a Participating Employer or its Affiliate for the performance of work (whether as an Employee or in any other capacity).

 

(q)                                  Investment Committee means the Employee Benefits Investment Committee appointed pursuant to Article 10 of the Plan.

 

(r)                                     Investment Fund means an unsegregated fund under the Trust established at the direction of the Investment Committee pursuant to Section 10.3 and invested in securities, insurance contracts or other property of such type and general characteristics as the Investment Committee shall determine.  The term shall include the Common Stock Fund, but not the Preferred Stock Fund.

 

(s)                                    Matching Contribution means the amount contributed by a Participating Employer to be allocated in accordance with Section 3.4 and Appendix B.

 

(t)                                     Nonhighly Compensated Employee (NCE) means an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year.

 

(u)                                  Participant means an Eligible Employee who is participating in the Plan under Section 2.1, and any other Employee or former Employee for whom an Account is maintained under the Plan.

 

(v)                                  Participating Employer means the Company and each Affiliate that has adopted the Plan with the consent of the Policy Committee as listed on Appendix A.

 

(w)                                Period of Severance means the period of time, calculated in years and monthly fractions thereof, beginning on the Participant’s Severance Date and ending on his or her next subsequent Reemployment Commencement Date, if any.

 

(x)                                  Plan means this Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

4



 

(y)                                  Plan Year means the calendar year.

 

(z)                                   Policy Committee means the Employee Benefits Policy Committee, which will have primary responsibility for the administration of the Plan under Article 10.

 

(aa)                           Prior Plan means the Johnson Controls Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

(bb)                           Reemployment Commencement Date means the first day after a Severance Date on which a Participant is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

(cc)                             Retirement Income Contribution means the automatic annual contribution made by a Participating Employer to be allocated in accordance with Section 3.5 and Appendix B.

 

(dd)                           Severance Date means the earlier to occur of:

 

(1)                                  the date on which the Participant’s service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates ends because he or she quits, retires, is terminated or dies, whichever occurs first; or

 

(2)                                  the first anniversary of the date on which the Participant commences a continuous absence from service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates for any other reason, such as military service, layoff, vacation, authorized leave of absence, etc.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Participant who is absent from service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates as a consequence of performing military service in the armed forces of the United States of America or of any state thereof under circumstances entitling the Participant to veterans’ reemployment rights under USERRA, no Severance Date shall occur during such absence if, but only if, the Participant returns to service with the Participating Employers or their Affiliates within the applicable time limit and under the other conditions prescribed by such statute for exercise of reemployment rights.

 

(ee)                             Spouse means an individual whose marriage to the Participant is recognized under the laws of the United States (or one of the United States, but only to the extent recognized under federal law) or any other generally recognized jurisdiction.  This term shall also include a former Spouse to the extent required under a QDRO.

 

(ff)                               Total and Permanent Disability (or Disabled) means bodily injuries or disease on account of which (i) a Participant has received long-term disability benefits for a period of at least 12 months or (ii) the Policy Committee determines that the Participant will be eligible for long-term disability benefits for at least 12 months.  If the Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan sponsored by a Participating Employer, “Total and Permanent Disability” means bodily injuries or disease which, in the judgment of the Policy Committee, wholly disables a Participant and will permanently, continuously and wholly prevent him or her for life from engaging in his or her occupation or employment for wage or profit with an

 

5



 

employer.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit such medical evidence as the Policy Committee determines is necessary or desirable to make a determination hereunder.

 

(gg)                             Trust (or Trust Fund) means the fund or funds maintained under the trust agreement executed between the Company and the Trustee to receive and invest the amounts contributed on behalf of Participants, and from which distributions will be made.

 

(hh)                           Trustee means the individual(s) or corporation(s) appointed by the Company, pursuant to a trust agreement, to hold and manage the Trust Fund.

 

(ii)                                   Valuation Date means each day when the United States financial markets are open for business, as of which the Trustee will determine the fair market value of the Trust Fund and each Account, and will make allocations to Accounts under Article 5.

 

(jj)                                 Vesting Service means the period of an Employee’s service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates which is considered in determining his or her nonforfeitable right to his or Matching Contributions (including matching contributions transferred from the Prior Plan and earnings thereon) and Retirement Income Contributions hereunder, as determined pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

Section 1.2.  Construction and Applicable Law .

 

(a)                                  Construction .  Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular or the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.  The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, and other similar compounds of the word “here” shall mean and refer to this entire document and not to any particular Article or Section.  Titles of Articles and Sections are for general information only, and the Plan is not to be construed by reference thereto.

 

(b)                                  Applicable Law .  The Plan is a profit sharing plan intended to qualify under Code Section 401(a).  The Plan includes a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under Code Section 401(k).  It is intended that the Plan comply with the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c) and regulations promulgated thereunder and constitute an “eligible individual account plan” for purposes of ERISA Section 407(b).  The Plan shall be interpreted so as to comply with the applicable requirements thereof, where such requirements are not clearly contrary to the express terms hereof.  In all other respects, the Plan shall be construed and its validity determined according to the laws of the State of Wisconsin to the extent such laws are not preempted by applicable requirements of federal law.  In case any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provisions had never been included herein.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 2

 

PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

 

Section 2.1.  Participation .

 

(a)                                  General .  Every person who on December 31, 2010, was a Participant under the Plan as then in effect shall continue as a Participant herein on January 1, 2011, without interruption. Each other Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on his or her date of hire as an Eligible Employee.

 

(b)                                  Transfer to Employment .  Each Employee who is not an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the date he or she becomes an Eligible Employee (i.e., by transferring to an eligible status, or from a nonparticipating Affiliate to a Participating Employer).

 

(c)                                   Leased Employees and Independent Contractors .  A leased employee will be treated as an Employee to the extent required under Code Section 414(n) but will not be eligible to participate in this Plan.  If a leased employee becomes an Eligible Employee, the Plan will give him or her credit for the period when he or she worked as a leased employee for vesting purposes as if he or she had been an Employee during that period.  For purposes of this Section and the Plan, a “leased employee” means any person who is not a common-law employee of the Company or an Affiliate, and who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate, if:  (i) such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and a leasing organization; (ii) such person has performed such services for the Company or an Affiliate on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year; and (iii) such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Section 2.2.  Vesting Service .

 

(a)                                  General .  To the extent applicable, each Participant shall be credited with Vesting Service calculated in years and monthly fractions thereof equal to the sum of the following:

 

(1)                                  the period commencing with the Participant’s Employment Commencement Date and ending with a Severance Date; plus

 

(2)                                  any subsequent periods commencing with a Reemployment Commencement Date and ending with the Participant’s next Severance Date; plus

 

(3)                                  any Period of Severance which is less than 12 months in duration; minus

 

(4)                                  any period credited above which either has been cancelled pursuant to subsection (b), or was cancelled under a break in service rule in effect under the Prior Plan at the time of such break in service.

 

7



 

(b)                                  Loss of Vesting Service .  The Vesting Service of a Participant who at the time he or she incurs a Period of Severance has any vested right to any portion of his or her Account, shall not be subject to cancellation.  In any other case, the Vesting Service of a person who incurs a 72 consecutive month Period of Severance shall be cancelled and disregarded for all purposes of the Plan, and such individual, upon becoming re-employed by a Participating Employer or Affiliate, shall be treated as if he or she had never been an Employee.

 

(c)                                   Transfer of Employment .  A Participant who transfers employment within the service of a Participating Employer or Affiliate into a status other than an Eligible Employee shall continue to accumulate Vesting Service during the period he or she is employed in such other status.

 

(d)                                  Service Prior to Becoming Affiliate .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Vesting Service shall be credited for any period of employment with an Affiliate prior to the date it became an Affiliate, or after the date it ceased to be an Affiliate, of a Participating Employer except to the extent approved by the Policy Committee and set forth on Appendix C.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 3

 

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 3.1.  Employee Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Eligibility .  A Participant shall be eligible to make Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan only to the extent set forth on Appendix B.

 

(b)                                  Before-Tax .  An eligible Participant may elect to contribute a percentage of his or her Plan Compensation as Before-Tax Contributions within the limitations and subject to the rules described below.

 

(1)                                  Amount .  Each Participant may make Before-Tax Contributions in an aggregate amount equal to a whole percentage of his or her Plan Compensation for each payroll period as indicated on Appendix B.

 

(2)                                  Limitations on Amount .  The Policy Committee may limit the amount of the Participant’s Contributions for any Plan Year to avoid exceeding the annual limitation described in Section 4.1, the ADP Test described in Section 4.2, and/or the annual addition limitation described in Section 4.3.

 

(3)                                  Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave .  The Policy Committee will permit each Participant who resumes active employment (pursuant to USERRA) as an Eligible Employee after an unpaid military leave to make a special Before-Tax Contribution (“make-up contribution”) in an amount up to the maximum amount he or she could have contributed if he or she had remained in employment as an Eligible Employee during his or her period of leave.  Each make-up contribution will be subject to the limitations under Code Sections 402(g) and 415 in effect for the year to which the contribution relates, but will be ignored for purposes of the ADP Test.  The Policy Committee will permit the Participant to make the make-up contributions during the period beginning on the date when he or she resumes employment as an Eligible Employee and continuing for a period equal to the lesser of three times the length of his or her military leave, or five years.  The amount of his or her make-up contributions will be based on the Plan Compensation he or she would have received if he or she had remained in active employment, at his or her rate of pay in effect when he or she began his or her leave.  If that pay rate cannot be determined with certainty, the Policy Committee will treat the Participant as having Plan Compensation equal to the amount he or she received during the 12-month period preceding his or her leave, or during the entire period of his or her employment if shorter than 12 months.

 

9



 

(c)                                   Election to Participate .

 

(1)                                  Election to Make or Resume Contributions .  To make (or resume) Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan, the Participant must make an election designating the whole percentage of his or her Plan Compensation to be deferred as his or her Before-Tax Contributions for the payroll period, within the limitations described in subsections (a)(1) and (2).  Such election shall be given effect as soon as administratively possible after receipt, and will remain in effect until the Participant modifies or revokes his or her election or the election is suspended.  The elected percentage will apply automatically to increased or decreased Plan Compensation.

 

(2)                                  Rate Change and Revocations .  A Participant who has elected to make Before-Tax Contributions may change or revoke his or her election as of any date by making a new election.  Such election shall be given effect as soon as administratively possible after receipt, and will remain in effect until the Participant again modifies, revokes or resumes his or her election, or the election is suspended.  The elected percentage will apply automatically to increased or decreased Plan Compensation.

 

(3)                                  Automatic Suspension of a Participant’s Deposits . A Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions shall be automatically suspended commencing with and continuing throughout any period during which he or she fails to qualify as an Eligible Employee; he or she ceases to have Plan Compensation because, e.g., of an unpaid leave of absence; or as provided in Section 7.5 in the case of certain restricted withdrawals.  Participants will not be permitted to make up suspended Before-Tax Contributions except as provided in subsection (a)(3).  A Participant whose Before-Tax Contributions have been suspended may resume making such contributions as follows:

 

(A)                                In the case of an individual who ceases to be an Eligible Employee and resumes employment as an Eligible Employee, as provided in subsection (b)(1);

 

(B)                                In the case of an individual who ceases to have Plan Compensation, the Participant’s election shall be automatically reinstated as of the pay period coincident with or next following his or her resumption of active employment status; or

 

(C)                                In the case of an individual who takes a hardship withdrawal, the Participant may elect to resume making Before-Tax Contributions, as provided in subsection (b)(1), 6 months after the date of the withdrawal.

 

(d)                                  Policy Committee Regulations .  The Policy Committee may from time to time establish and uniformly apply rules governing elections, including rules regarding the form

 

10



 

and manner in which elections may be made, modified, suspended or revoked in order to be effective.

 

Section 3.2.  Rollover Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution .  For purposes of this Section, an Eligible Rollover Distribution will mean a payment received by a Participant from another qualified plan, an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), an eligible plan described in Code Section 457, or a conduit individual retirement account or plan (IRA) that includes only money distributed from such contracts or plans and earnings or gains therein, that is either (1) a lump sum payment (other than a hardship distribution), or (2) periodic payments over a period of less than 10 years. Payments that are part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over a period of at least 10 years, or over the lifetime or life expectancy of the Participant or the joint lifetimes or life expectancies of the Participant and his or her named beneficiary, are not Eligible Rollover Distributions.  The Trustee also will not treat any distribution required under Code Section 401(a)(9), any refund of after-tax contributions, or any hardship distribution attributable to pre-tax contributions as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.  The Trustee will not treat any hardship distribution from any source as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(b)                                  Rollover or Direct Plan Transfer .  A Participant who receives an Eligible Rollover Distribution may roll over all or part of the distribution to the Trustee including as a direct plan-to-plan transfer.   A rollover that is not a direct plan-to-plan transfer must be made within 60 days after the Participant receives the Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(c)                                   Required Information .  The Policy Committee may adopt such procedures, and may require such information from the Participant who desires to make a rollover contribution, as it considers necessary to determine whether the proposed rollover or direct plan transfer will meet the requirements of this Section.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit a written certification that he or she received his or her Eligible Rollover Distribution from another qualified plan or from a conduit IRA, or after January 1, 2002, from another eligible plan.  Upon approval by the Policy Committee, the rollover contribution will be deposited in the Trust Fund and will be credited to the Participant’s Rollover Account.

 

(d)                                  Prohibited Rollovers and Transfers .  The Plan will not accept rollover contributions from any plan that is subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements set forth in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, unless the Participant’s Spouse consented in writing to the distribution from such plan in a manner which complies with the spousal consent requirements prescribed under Code Section 417.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit a written certification either that he or she received his or her distribution from a plan that was not subject to the spousal consent requirements, or that his or her Spouse properly consented to the distribution.

 

(e)                                   Refund of Prohibited Rollovers .  In the event the Policy Committee discovers that a Participant has made a rollover contribution to the Plan which fails to comply with this Section, the Plan will refund the contribution and all earnings attributable to it as soon as practicable.

 

11



 

(f)                                    Reliance on Participant’s Representations .  The Policy Committee may in good faith rely on the representations made by the Eligible Employee in his or her application to make a Rollover Contribution and will not be held accountable for any misrepresentation of which it did not have actual knowledge.

 

Section 3.3.  Payment to the Trustee .  Each Participating Employer will transfer to the Trustee, as soon as administratively practicable but in any event not later than 15 business days after the end of each month, the Before-Tax Contributions withheld for all of its Participants during the payroll periods ending in that month.

 

Section 3.4.  Matching Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Eligibility for Matching Contribution .  A Participant who made Before-Tax Contributions for a Plan Year will be eligible to receive a Matching Contribution for such year to the extent provided under the provisions of Appendix B applicable to such Participant, unless the Participant withdrew such Before-Tax Matched Contribution before the end of the Plan Year or incurred a Severance Date before the last day of the Plan Year other than as a result of an event described in Section 6.5(a) or as a result of retirement on or after the Participant’s 55 th  birthday if at the time of such retirement the Participant had completed at least 10 years of Vesting Service.     Allocations of Matching Contributions will be made as of the last day of the Plan Year to the eligible Participant’s Matching Contributions Account.

 

(b)                                  Amount of Matching Contribution .  The Matching Contribution made for an Participant who meets the eligibility requirements therefor under subsection (a) will be made in the amount set forth in Appendix B applicable to such Participant.

 

(c)                                   Determination of Before-Tax Matched Contributions .  If Matching Contributions are made on a per payroll basis (as set forth in Appendix B), no true-up adjustment will be made at the end of the Plan Year to reflect that a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions may not have been made ratably throughout the Plan Year.

 

Section 3.5.  Retirement Income Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Eligibility for Retirement Income Contribution .  The Company shall make a Retirement Income Contribution for a Plan Year to the extent provided under the provisions of Appendix B applicable to such Participant.  Except as set forth on Appendix B, a Participant who is eligible for a Retirement Income Contribution shall receive such an allocation for a Plan Year only if the Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year or the Participant has incurred a Severance Date during such Plan Year as a result of an event described in Section 6.5(a)(i)-(iv).

 

(b)                                  Amount of Retirement Income Contribution .  Subject to the limitations of Article 4, the Retirement Income Contribution amount will be determined under the provisions of Appendix B as applicable to a Participant.  The Retirement Income Contribution will be invested pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3(c).

 

(c)                                   Timing of Retirement Income Contribution .  Allocations of Retirement Income Contributions will be made as of the last day of the Plan Year to the eligible Participant’s Retirement Income Contribution Account.  However, the actual contribution of Retirement Income Contributions with respect to a Plan Year will be made by a Participating Employer to

 

12



 

the Trustee no later than the extended due date of the Participating Employer’s federal income tax return for the fiscal year which ends within the Plan Year for which the contribution is made.

 

13



 

ARTICLE 4

 

LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.1.  Excess Deferrals (Code Section 402(g)) .

 

(a)                                  General .  The Plan will limit each Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for each calendar year to the annual dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 402(g) for such year.  In the event any Participant makes contributions that exceed such limitation (“Excess Deferrals”) for any calendar year, the Excess Deferrals will be distributed under the following rules.

 

(b)                                  Time of Distribution . If the Participant makes an Excess Deferral solely to this Plan, or to this Plan and to another plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates, the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Policy Committee of such excess, and the Plan will distribute the Excess Deferral (or the pro rata portion of the Excess Deferral allocable to this Plan if the Excess Deferral was made to more than one plan) and attributable earnings (calculated pursuant to subsection (f)) as soon as practicable after it discovers the excess, but not later than the April 15 th  of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess Deferral was made.  If the Participant made his or her Excess Deferral to this Plan and to the plan of another employer, the Participant must notify the Policy Committee in writing of the amount of such Excess Deferral that will be allocated to this Plan no later than March 1 of the following year, and the Policy Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute the allocated Excess Deferral and attributable earnings (calculated pursuant to subsection (f)) by the April 15 th  of the following year.  The Participant must certify to the Policy Committee the amount of the Excess Deferral to be allocated to this Plan.

 

(c)                                   Order of Distributions .  The Plan will refund Excess Deferrals before it refunds any Before-Tax Contributions under Section 4.2 to avoid failing the ADP Test.

 

(d)                                  Inclusion in ADP Test .  Excess Deferrals made by HCEs will be included in the ADP Test under Section 4.2 for the Plan Year in which they were made, whether or not they are refunded in the same or next following Plan Year.  Excess Deferrals timely refunded to NCEs will not be included in the ADP Test.  However, Excess Deferrals which are also Excess Annual Additions and which are refunded under Section 4.3 as such, will not be included in the ADP Test.

 

(e)                                   Inclusion in Annual Additions .  Excess Deferrals made by HCEs and by NCEs which are refunded in the same Plan Year or by April 15 of the next following Plan Year will not be included as part of their Annual Additions under Section 4.3.

 

(f)                                    Determination of Earnings .  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s Excess Deferrals, including gap period income to the extent required by applicable regulations.

 

14



 

Section 4.2.  Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test) .

 

(a)                                  ADP Test .  The Policy Committee will conduct the ADP Test for each Plan Year to determine whether the actual deferral percentage (ADP) for the HCE group and the ADP for the NCE group are within the maximum disparity described in subsection (3).  The Policy Committee will conduct the ADP Test as follows:

 

(1)                                  Actual Deferral Ratio (ADR) .  The Policy Committee will determine for each HCE group member and each NCE group member, the ratio of the member’s Before-Tax Contributions and any corrective contributions used in the ADP Test, to his or her Test Compensation.  If an HCE is a participant in more than one cash and deferred arrangement of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates, the HCE’s ratio hereunder shall be calculated as if all such arrangements were one arrangement and all such arrangements had the same plan year as this Plan.  Any Before-Tax Contributions which are distributed under Section 4.3 will not be included in the ADP Test.

 

(2)                                  Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) .  The ADP for the HCE group is the average of their individual ADRs, calculated separately for each employee in the HCE group.  The ADP for the NCE group is the average of their individual ADRs, calculated separately for each employee in the NCE group.  If this Plan is aggregated with another plan(s) for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), this Plan and such other plan(s) shall be treated as a single plan for purposes of the ADP Test.

 

(3)                                  Maximum Disparity .  In no Plan Year will the ADP of the HCE group exceed the greater of: (A) the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (B) the lesser of the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year plus 2 percentage points, or the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 2.  The Plan has elected to use the current year testing method until amended in accordance with the Code.

 

(b)                                  Correction Before Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Policy Committee determines that the Plan will fail to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year, it may limit the Before-Tax Contributions for the HCE group by such amount and beginning as of such pay period as it considers necessary to prevent failing the ADP Test.

 

(c)                                   Correction After Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Policy Committee determines that the Plan failed to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year, it will select one or more of the following methods to cure the failure no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the test failed.

 

(1)                                  Corrective Contribution (QNECs and QMACs) .  The Policy Committee may require a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in the amount necessary to satisfy the ADP Test.  The Policy Committee will cause each corrective contribution to be allocated by one

 

15



 

of the following methods, and may select the groups(s) of NCEs to whom the contributions will be allocated and the percentages to be allocated to each group; provided that the group of NCEs selected and the method of allocation, as discussed below, shall be consistent with Internal Revenue Service requirements.  All corrective contributions will be allocated to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account.

 

(A)        Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution to match a percentage of the Before-Tax Contributions made by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year in the amount necessary to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant.

 

(B)        Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in an amount equal to a percentage of the Test Compensation earned by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year, in the amount necessary to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant.

 

(C)        Fixed-Dollar Method .  The Policy Committee may determine the amount of the corrective contribution needed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year, and may allocate those dollars among selected NCE Participants on the basis of performance or by any method selected by the Policy Committee.

 

(2)                                  Refund .  The Policy Committee may elect to correct the ADP test failure by making refunds.   In such event, it will determine the dollar amount of the excess to be refunded by using procedures required under Section 401(k), and will then refund excess ADP contributions (and earnings thereon) to HCEs in the order of the dollar amount contributed, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions and continuing the refunds, if necessary, until all HCEs have the same dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally.  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s allocation of excess ADP contributions, including gap period income to the extent required by applicable regulations.

 

Section 4.3.  Annual Addition Limitation (Code Section 415) .  In any limitation year, the annual additions (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Code Section 415(c) allocated to a Participant’s account shall not exceed the limitations imposed by Code Section 415(c)(3), which are incorporated herein by reference.  If the annual additions to be allocated to

 

16



 

the Participant’s Account for a limitation year would exceed the limit prescribed by Code Section 415, then the Participant’s contributions shall be reduced in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph to the extent necessary to ensure that such limitation will not be exceeded.  The limitation shall first be satisfied by reducing (i.e., automatically reducing the Participant’s election) the Participant’s non-matched Before-Tax Contributions and then all other Before-Tax Contributions.  If, however, such contributions have already been allocated to the Participant’s account for the limitation year,  then an amount of Matching Contributions (if any) that would otherwise be allocated to the Participant’s Account for such year shall not be allocated to the extent needed for the limitation to be met, and then, to the extent necessary, the amount of Employer non-matching contributions (if any) that would otherwise be allocated to the Participant’s Account for such year shall not be allocated to the extent needed for the limitation to be met.  If the Participant received an annual addition to both this Plan and another plan of the Company or its Affiliates in the limitation year in which such annual additions would exceed the limit prescribed by Code Section 415, the correction of such excess contributions shall be made first from the Participant’s annual additions in the plan to which the Participant most recently became a participant prior to the end of the limitation year, and then, if necessary, from the other plan.For purposes hereof:

 

(a)                                  The limitation year shall be the calendar year.

 

(b)                                  The term “compensation” for purposes of the Code Section 415(c) limit means the Participant’s wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) paid by the Company and its Affiliates, plus amounts that would be included in wages but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).  Any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or services performed are disregarded for this purpose.  To be taken into account, compensation must be paid or treated as paid to the Participant prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Company and its Affiliates, or paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the date of severance from employment but only if such post-severance payments are regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses or other similar payments and such payments would have been paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Company and its Affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, compensation paid to an individual who does not currently perform services by reason of qualified military service (to the extent such compensation does not exceed the amounts the individual would have earned if the individual had continued to perform services for the Company and its Affiliates) shall be included.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, compensation paid to an individual who is permanently and totally disabled (within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)) shall be counted to the extent the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(4)(ii)(A) and (C) are satisfied.

 

17



 

No other amounts paid after a Participant’s severance from employment, such as severance, shall be included in compensation hereunder.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, compensation in excess of the limit in effect under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the limitation year shall not be considered.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 5

 

INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

 

Section 5.1.  Establishment of Participant’s Accounts .  Each Participant shall have a separate Account established and maintained for him or her for the portion of his or her interests in the Trust Fund.   To the extent necessary or appropriate to provide for the proper administration of the Plan, the Accounts of Participants shall include separate balances or subaccounts for interests invested in the Investment Funds and may be further divided for interests derived from Before-Tax Contributions, rollover contributions, balances transferred from the Prior Plan, Matching Contributions, Retirement Income Contributions, and such other separate balances as the Policy Committee shall determine.

 

Section 5.2.  Adjustments to Account Balances .

 

(a)                                  Regular Valuation Dates .  As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee will determine the Current Fair Market Value of the Trust Fund and the value of each Account.  The Trustee will adjust the Account balances of each Participant to reflect his or her allocations of contributions, payments from his or her Accounts and investment gains or losses and expenses.

 

(b)                                  Valuations Binding .  In determining the value of the Trust Fund and each individual Account, the Trustee and the Policy Committee will exercise their best judgment, and all determinations of value will be binding upon all Participants and their beneficiaries.

 

(c)                                   Statement of Account Balances .  As soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, the Policy Committee will provide to each Participant and other payee for whom an Account is maintained, a statement showing all allocations to, and distributions and withdrawals from, each of his or her Accounts, and the current value of each of his or her Accounts.  For any Plan Year, the Policy Committee may provide statements more frequently than annually or may permit Participants to access statements on a web site.  Within 90 days after the account holder’s receipt of such statement, the account holder will be deemed to have accepted the statement as true, correct and complete.

 

(d)                                  Correction of Mistakes .  In the event the Policy Committee discovers that a mistake has been made in an allocation to, or a distribution from, any Participant’s Account or in the Plan’s record keeping, or any other mistake which affects an Account balance, it will correct the mistake as soon as practicable.  If a mistake has been made in an allocation, the Policy Committee will adjust the allocation in a manner to correct the Account balance so that it reflects, to the greatest extent possible, the amount it would have reflected if the mistake had not been made.  If an overpayment has been made, the Policy Committee will seek cash reimbursement to the extent that recovery efforts would not be more expensive and/or burdensome than is justified under the circumstances.  If an underpayment has been made, the Policy Committee will pay the amount of the underpayment in a single sum.  The Policy Committee will treat any other addition to the Account as an expense of the Plan, and will treat any other subtraction from the Account as a forfeiture and will use it in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5(d).  In the event the Plan makes an error which is reflected in any communication or statement issued to the affected Participant, and the Participant fails to notify the Policy Committee of the error within 90 days of the Participant’s receipt of such

 

19



 

communication or statement, the Plan will not be liable for any loss resulting from the error which occurs after the Participant receives the communication.

 

Section 5.3.  Investment Election .

 

(a)                                  Available Funds .  At the Investment Committee’s direction, the Trustee will maintain various Investment Funds from time to time, each of which will be described to Participants in such manner as is determined by the Investment Committee.  Each fund may hold cash and other liquid investments in such amounts as the Investment Committee and/or Trustee consider necessary to meet the Plan’s liquidity requirements and to pay administrative expenses.

 

(b)                                  Participant Elections .  Except as provided in subsection (b), Participants may elect to allocate and reallocate their Accounts among the various Investment Funds made available from time to time in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee pursuant to rules uniformly applied.  Such investment elections shall remain in effect unless changed by the Participant in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee.  The Account balance of any Participant who fails to timely make his or her investment election will be invested in the default Investment Fund determined by the Policy Committee, which may be a “lifestyle” fund in which the investment mix varies depending upon the Participant’s assumed retirement age.  As of the Spin Date, a Participant’s investment election with respect to the Common Stock Fund will be automatically cancelled, and such investment election will be changed to the default Investment Fund then provided under the Plan.  A Participant must affirmatively elect, after the Spin Date, to allocate contributions into, or re-allocate his or her Accounts into, the Company Stock Fund as it exists thereafter.

 

(c)                                   Allocation of Earnings .  All earnings attributable to the Account balances invested in each Investment Fund will be reinvested in that Investment Fund.

 

(d)                                  Restrictions on Investments .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Investment Committee determines that any reallocation of funds held in the Common Stock Fund or any other Investment Fund might violate applicable securities laws or is for any other reasons impracticable or contrary to the best interests of the Participants as a whole, the Investment Committee may suspend or limit the right of any Participant to reallocate the funds under this Section and/or defer the execution of any reallocation election.

 

20



 

ARTICLE 6

 

VESTING

 

Section 6.1.  Before-Tax and Rollover Accounts .  A Participant shall be fully vested in the balances of his or her Before-Tax Account and Rollover Account at all times.

 

Section 6.2.  Matching and Retirement Income Contributions Accounts .  Except as set forth in Appendix B hereto, a Participant shall be vested in the balance of his or her Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account at any given time in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Full Years of
Vesting Service

 

Nonforfeitable Percentage of
Prior Plan Account

 

Less than 1

 

0

%

1

 

20

%

2

 

40

%

3

 

60

%

4

 

80

%

5 or more

 

100

%

 

Section 6.3.  Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Termination by Reason of Retirement, Death or Job Elimination .  Notwithstanding Section 6.2, if a Participant’s termination of employment with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates occurs for one of the reasons set forth below, then the Participant will become vested in his or her Account upon such termination of employment (except as otherwise noted):

 

(i)                                      on or after attainment of age 65,

 

(ii)                                   on or after attainment of age 55 with ten (10) years of Vesting Service,

 

(iv)                               by reason of death, or

 

(v)                                  for purposes of vesting in the Matching Contributions Account only, on account of the elimination of the Participant’s job in connection with:  a sale or permanent closing of a plant, facility, unit or similar operation; permanent reductions due to curtailment of business; reorganization or outsourcing if job not offered by successor employer; or any other similar event (as determined by the Policy Committee in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards).

 

21



 

(b)                                  Other Termination of Employment .  If a Participant’s termination of employment with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates occurs other than by reason of one of the events described in subsection (a), then the vested portion of the Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account shall be determined as of his or her Severance Date based on the schedule set forth in Section 6.2, 6.3 or 6.4.

 

(c)                                   Forfeiture of Unvested Account .  The portion of the Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account which is forfeitable under subsection (b) shall be forfeited from the Participant’s Accounts upon the earlier of the date (1) the Participant incurs a Period of Severance of at least 72 consecutive months in duration, or (2) the Participant receives a distribution of the vested portion of his or her Accounts.  Prior to forfeiture, such unvested portion shall continue to share in allocations of earnings, gains or losses pursuant to Article 5.  For purposes of this Section, a Participant who has no vested interest in any portion of his or her Accounts shall be deemed to have received distribution of the Account upon his or her termination of employment.

 

(d)                                  Use of Forfeitures .  Any amounts forfeited during a Plan Year shall be used to reinstate forfeited accounts under subsection (e), used to reduce Participating Employer Contributions which would otherwise have been made for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs (including such contributions that are required to restore losses to a Participant’s Account due to administrative error), and/or to pay for administrative expenses of the Plan.

 

(e)                                   Reemployment after Forfeiture .  If an Employee who has suffered a forfeiture from his or her Prior Plan, Matching Contributions Account, or Retirement Income Contributions Account as a result of taking a distribution (or deemed distribution) returns to employment as an Eligible Employee before the duration of his or her Period of Severance equals 72 consecutive months, then the dollar amount forfeited pursuant to subsection (c) shall be reinstated to the Participant’s Matching Contributions Account, or Retirement Income Contributions Account, as applicable, if and only if the Participant repays the full amount of the distribution from his or her Matching Contributions Account and/or Retirement Income Contributions Account (if any) prior to the fifth anniversary of the date on which he or she subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee.  An Employee described in the prior sentence who is deemed to receive a distribution of his or her entire nonforfeitable interest under the last sentence of subsection (c) shall be deemed to have repaid such distribution on the date he or she again becomes an Eligible Employee.  The restored amount shall be funded out of forfeitures for the Plan Year in which such amounts are to be restored, or, if such forfeitures are not sufficient, out of additional contributions made by the Company.

 

Section 6.4.  Total and Permanent Disability .  Notwithstanding Section 6.2, if a Participant becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled while employed with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates, then the entire balance of such Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of such Total and Permanent Disability.

 

22



 

ARTICLE 7

 

INSERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

 

Section 7.1.  General Rules .

 

(a)                                  General .  The provisions of this Article 7 govern the availability of loans and withdrawals while a Participant is employed by a Participating Employer or any Affiliate.  If a Participant who submits a request for a loan or withdrawal terminates employment prior to the issuance of the loan proceed or prior to the distribution, the Participant will be deemed to have withdrawn such request.

 

(b)                                  Available Amount .  The amount available to the Participant who makes an inservice withdrawal or loan will be based on his or her available vested Account balances (minus any outstanding loan balance) determined as of the Valuation Date on which the withdrawal or loan is processed.  The Policy Committee may prescribe the order of accounts from which amounts will be withdrawn or loaned pursuant to rules uniformly prescribed.

 

(c)                                   Pro Rata Withdrawals or Loans from Investment Funds .  The Policy Committee will subtract each inservice withdrawal or loan pro rata from the Investment Funds in which the Account balances available for the withdrawal or loan are invested.  The Policy Committee will determine the amount to be subtracted from each Investment Fund by multiplying the amount of the withdrawal or loan by the ratio of the amount invested in each Investment Fund to the total aggregate available Account balances.

 

(d)                                  Application and Payment .  All requests for withdrawals or applications for loans shall specify the amount to be withdrawn or loaned, and loans shall be made in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee pursuant to rules uniformly applied in order to be effective.  The amount withdrawn or loaned will be paid to the Participant in a single payment as promptly as practicable after the request is processed and/or approved.

 

Section 7.2.  Inservice Withdrawal After Age 59½ .  After a Participant reaches age 59½, he or she may withdraw all or part of his or her vested Account balances, excluding the Retirement Income Contributions Account, at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Section 7.3.  Inservice Withdrawal After Disability .  At any time after a Participant becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled, he or she may withdraw all or part of his or her vested Account balances.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Section 7.4.  Inservice Withdrawal from Rollover Account . A Participant may withdraw all or part of his or her Rollover Account at any time. There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Section 7.5.  Required Inservice Withdrawal For 5-Percent Owners .  A Participant who is a 5-percent owner of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate must withdraw each year from his or her vested Account balances, beginning  with the year in which he or she reaches age 70½, at least the minimum amount required by Code Section 401(a)(9) to be distributed with respect to such year.  If such a Participant does not elect a withdrawal amount, the Plan will automatically distribute such minimum amount to the Participant no later than the last date for which such distribution may be made under Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

23



 

Section 7.6.  Hardship Withdrawals .  A Participant may request a hardship withdrawal upon showing an immediate and heavy financial need that cannot be met from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant.  The Policy Committee (or its delegate) must approve the request.

 

(a)                                  Available Amount .  The amount withdrawn may not exceed the amount of any immediate and heavy financial need (including actual expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Participant because of his or her hardship), plus (as part of the same withdrawal) the reasonably estimated amount of taxes and penalties he or she must pay on the withdrawal.  In addition, the sum of the Participant’s outstanding loan balance under Section 7.7 (if any), plus the amount of his or her hardship withdrawal, may not exceed his or her total aggregate vested “available account balances” (as defined in subsection (b)) determined as of the hardship withdrawal date.

 

(b)                                  Available Accounts .  The Participant’s “available account balances” are his or her vested Matching Contribution Account and Before-Tax Account, excluding any earnings credited to his or her Before-Tax Account after January 1, 1989.  The Participant must first make withdrawals from the vested portion of his or her Matching Contribution Account.  If such amounts are insufficient, then the withdrawal may be taken from the Participant’s Before-Tax Account but only if: (i) the Participant has first withdrawn or borrowed all amounts available to him or her under this or any other plan of a Participating Employer or Affiliate, (ii) the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions are suspended for a period of 6 months following such withdrawal, and (iii) the withdrawal does not exceed the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including taxes due on the withdrawal).   The Retirement Income Contribution Account is not an available account balance for Hardship Withdrawal.

 

(c)                                   Immediate and Heavy Financial Need .  The Participant may make a hardship withdrawal only if he or she incurs a hardship which creates an immediate and heavy financial need which he or she cannot meet without the withdrawal.  A hardship withdrawal must be necessitated by either:

 

(1)                                  Medical expenses (within the meaning of Code Section 213(d)) previously incurred by either the Participant, his or her Spouse or dependents (within the meaning of Code Section 152), or medical care needed in the future for any such person;

 

(2)                                  Costs directly related to the purchase of the Participant’s principal residence (including land purchase and all construction costs but excluding mortgage payments);

 

(3)                                  Tuition payments, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his or her Spouse or dependents (within the meaning of Code Section 152);

 

(4)                                  Payments necessary to prevent the Participant’s eviction from, or foreclosure of the mortgage on, the Participant’s principal residence;

 

24



 

(5)                                  Burial or funeral expenses of the Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Section 152(d)(1)(B); or

 

(6)                                  Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 162 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

(d)                                  Withdrawal Necessary to Meet Need .  In order to demonstrate that the need cannot be met from other resources, the Participant may be required to represent in writing that he or she cannot meet his or her hardship from personal savings and/or the resources listed below that are reasonably available to him or her, or that the effect of drawing upon these resources would be to increase his or her existing hardship or to create an additional hardship:

 

(1)                                  Cessation of Before-Tax Contributions to this Plan and before-tax deposits under any qualified or nonqualified plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates;

 

(2)                                  Insurance or other reimbursement for the loss that created the hardship;

 

(3)                                  Sale of assets at fair market value including assets owned by his or her Spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to him or her; and/or

 

(4)                                  Withdrawals or nontaxable loans from this or any other plan maintained by the Participating Employer or an Affiliate, or loans from commercial lenders on reasonable terms.

 

(e)                                   Nondiscrimination .  The determination of the existence of the Participant’s immediate and heavy financial need and the necessity of the withdrawal to meet the need will be made by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

(f)                                    Reliance on Participant’s Representations .  The Policy Committee will in good faith rely on the representations made by the Participant in his or her application for the hardship withdrawal and will not be held accountable for any misrepresentation.

 

Section 7.7.  Loans .  Effective March 1, 2002, Participants may receive loans from the Plan in accordance with rules prescribed by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, which are incorporated by reference herein, subject to the following rules.

 

(a)                                  Application and Eligibility .  The Participant who wishes to make a loan during his or her employment may request the loan, in such form and manner as is specified by the Policy Committee, specifying the amount to be borrowed.  Except as otherwise required under Section 408(b)(1) of ERISA, no Participant may receive a loan after he or she terminates employment, and no beneficiary will be eligible for a loan.    In addition, a Participant who is on leave of absence and is not being paid sufficient compensation from the payroll of a Participating

 

25



 

Employer or an Affiliate to cover the expected loan repayments shall not be eligible to initiate a loan.

 

(b)                                  Available Amount .  The Participant may request a loan from the aggregate of his or her vested “loanable account balances” (as defined in subsection (e)).  The total principal amount of the Participant’s outstanding loans may not exceed the lesser of (1) 50 percent of his or her aggregate “loanable account balances” as of the date the loan is approved, or (2) $50,000, reduced by an amount equal to his or her highest aggregate outstanding loan balance(s) during the twelve months immediately preceding the date of his or her current loan.  The minimum amount of the loan must be $1,000.00.  Only two loans may be outstanding at any time.

 

(c)                                   Interest .  The loan will bear interest at a reasonable rate established by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner on the basis of rates currently charged by commercial lenders.

 

(d)                                  Investment of Account Balances .  The Policy Committee will treat each loan as an investment of the Participant’s Account balances and will credit his or her principal and interest payments to the Accounts from which his or her loan proceeds were taken.  Principal and interest payments will be invested according to the Participant’s current election for his or her contributions.

 

(e)                                   Available Accounts .  Each loan will be made from the Participant’s Accounts as follows: (1) Before-Tax Contributions Account and (2) the vested balance of his or her Matching Contributions Account (collectively, the “loanable account balances”).  No other accounts are available for loans.

 

(f)                                    Security .  Each loan will be treated as an investment of the Participant’s borrowed Account balances, and must be evidenced by his or her execution of a note in such form and in such manner as is determined by the Policy Committee.  The loan must be secured by the Participant’s pledge of fifty percent (50%) of the balances in his or her Accounts from which his or her loan is made.

 

(g)                                   Term .  Each loan will be for a term of one, two, three, four or five years as requested by the Participant.  A Participant may prepay his or her loan in full at any time without penalty.

 

(h)                                  Suspension of Repayments During Military Leave .  Each Participant may elect to suspend his or her loan repayments while he or she is on unpaid military leave.  The five-year maximum repayment period will be extended by the length of the suspension.

 

(i)                                      Suspension of Repayments During Other Leaves .  In the case of a Participant who is on a leave of absence without pay (or a reduced work schedule such that the Participant earns less, after applicable tax withholding, than the amount necessary to pay a required installment on a loan), the Policy Committee may allow the Participant to suspend payments of the loan for up to one year; provided that such suspension does not operate to extend the maturity date of the loan.  In any case in which repayments have been suspended,

 

26



 

upon the Participant’s return to work or the end of the suspension period, as applicable, the Participant’s loan shall be re-amortized over its remaining term.

 

(j)                                     Repayment by Payroll Deductions .  So long as the Participant continues to earn Compensation, he or she must make his or her loan repayments by payroll deductions in equal amounts throughout the term of the loan.

 

(k)                                  Termination of Employment .  Upon a Participant’s termination of employment, the outstanding loan balance (other than with respect to a Participant who qualifies as a party in interest) shall be accelerated to the date of termination and, unless paid in full as of the date of termination, the provisions of subsection (l) shall apply.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Policy Committee may permit Participants to continue to pay outstanding loans after termination of employment in accordance with such rules and procedures as are prescribed by the Policy Committee on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

 

(l)                                      Default .  If a Participant fails to pay his or her loan payments when due (including repayment in full upon termination of employment, where required) he or she shall be given a grace period through the end of the calendar quarter after the calendar quarter in which the default arose to bring the loan current.  If the Participant fails to do so, his or her loan shall be considered in default and a deemed distribution for purposes of Code Section 72(p) shall occur as of the end of the grace period. A Participant who takes a distribution of the entire vested balance of his or her Account shall have his or her portion of the Account used to secure the loan distributed to him or her in satisfaction of the loan.

 

(m)                              Fees .  The Trustee may charge loan origination and annual maintenance fees in connection with any loan.  Any such fees shall be deducted directly from the Account of the Participant who incurs such fees.

 

27



 

ARTICLE 8

 

POST-EMPLOYMENT DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 8.1.  Payment Events .  A Participant who incurs a severance from employment from the Participating Employers and their Affiliates for any reason, or the beneficiary of a deceased Participant, will be eligible for a distribution of his or her aggregate vested Account balances, subject to the provisions of this Article 8.  Except as provided in Section 8.3(a), the Participant or beneficiary must apply for payment in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee, and the lump sum payment will be made as soon as practicable after a proper application for a distribution is received and processed.  If a Participant’s status changes from an Employee to a leased employee (within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)), the Participant shall not be considered to have a severance from employment until the Participant ceases to be a leased employee.

 

Section 8.2.  Amount of Payment .  The Participant or beneficiary will receive the amount of the vested Account balances (minus any outstanding loan balance which is not repaid by the earlier of the end of the grace period or the date of distribution) determined as of the last Valuation Date preceding the payment date.

 

Section 8.3.  Form and Timing of Payment .  Except as provided in subsection (c) or (d), the lump sum is the only form of payment available under the Plan.

 

(a)                                  Payment of Account Balance Not Over $1,000 .  The Policy Committee will direct the Trustee to make a lump sum payment (not later than the last day of the Plan Year following the year in which the Participant’s severance from employment occurs) to any Participant whose aggregate vested Account balances do not exceed $1,000 as of the date distribution is to be made, and the Participant may not defer the lump sum payment; provided that the Participant may elect a direct rollover of any payment in excess of $200 under Section 8.6.  This provision shall also apply with respect to any Participant who incurs a severance from employment prior to the effective date of this subsection.

 

(b)                                  Balance Over $1,000 .  If the Participant’s aggregate vested Account balances are greater than $1,000 after his or her date of severance from employment, he or she may either apply for an immediate lump sum payment or may defer payment of his or her aggregate Account balances until a date no later than the later of (1) the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ or (2) the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant incurs a severance from employment (the “required distribution date”).  No distribution shall be made prior to the required distribution date until a Participant files a form with the Policy Committee requesting such a distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant fails to request a distribution as of the required distribution date, the Policy Committee will cash-out the Participant’s vested Account balance as of such date without Participant consent or application if the Participant can be located, or will forfeit the Account under Section 12.7 if the Participant cannot be located.

 

(c)                                   Optional Forms .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to the portion of any Account balance derived from the Prior Plan or any plan that has been merged in whole or in part with the Plan that provided for a different form or time for distributions, then, to the extent required by the Code or ERISA, such portion of the Participant’s Account balance shall be available in the form, at the time, and in the manner specified under the Prior Plan or such merged plan.  This provision shall cease to apply with respect to distributions

 

28



 

initiated on the 91 st  day (or such later date as the Policy Committee may prescribe) following the date the Policy Committee provides notice of the elimination of these optional forms of distribution in accordance with Treasury Regulations under Code Section 411.

 

(d)                                  Minimum Required Distributions .  A Participant described in subsection (b) who is required to begin receiving distributions from his or her Account pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) for a Plan Year may elect, in lieu of a lump sum distribution, to receive an annual payment equal to at least the minimum amount required to be distributed pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9).  Such a Participant may elect, at any time, to receive the remaining vested balance of his or her Account in a lump sum.

 

(e)                                   Lump Sum Distribution .  A lump sum distribution shall consist of a cash distribution equal to the Current Market Value (as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution) of the Participant’s vested interest in his or her Account; provided that with respect to the portion of the Participant’s Account that on the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution is invested in the Common Stock Fund, the Participant may, but need not, elect to receive a distribution in full shares of Common Stock attributable to the Participant’s vested interest in the Common Stock Fund, together with cash equal to the Current Market Value (determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution date) of any units under the Common Stock Fund whose value equates to a fractional share of Common Stock.

 

(f)                                    Notice .  The Policy Committee shall provide the Participant with a written notice explaining:  (1) the Participant’s right to defer commencement of benefits to the date described in subsection (b), including the consequences of failing to defer receipt of a distribution, (2) the normal form of distribution and the Participant’s right to elect one of the optional forms described herein, if any, and (3) the right of the Participant to have at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the normal form of distribution and elect an optional form, if any.

 

Section 8.4.  Designation of Beneficiaries; Payment After Death .

 

(a)                                  Procedure .  The primary beneficiary of a Participant who is married on the date of his or her death shall be the Participant’s surviving Spouse, unless the Participant previously designated another beneficiary with the written consent of such Spouse; provided that spousal consent will not be required if the Participant provides the Policy Committee with a valid decree of abandonment or legal separation, or with satisfactory evidence that he or she cannot obtain consent because he or she has been unable to locate his or her Spouse after reasonable effort.  A married Participant may name one or more contingent beneficiaries to receive any vested Account balances in the event his or her Spouse does not survive him or her, and will not need his or her Spouse’s consent.

 

29



 

The unmarried Participant, and the married Participant who has his or her Spouse’s written consent, may name one or more primary beneficiaries and one or more contingent beneficiaries.  If the Participant names multiple beneficiaries, he or she must indicate the percentage payable to each.  Beneficiaries can be individuals, religious organizations, educational organizations, charitable organizations, trusts, or the Participant’s estate.  Subject to the spousal consent requirement, the Participant may change his or her designation at any time, and each change will revoke all his or her prior designations.

 

To be effective, each designation must be made in writing on a form provided by the Policy Committee and must be signed and filed with the Policy Committee before the Participant’s death, and if spousal consent is required, the election (1) must be signed by the Participant’s Spouse; (2) the Spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect of the election and that he/she cannot later revoke the waiver; (3) the Spouse’s consent must either specifically approve each named beneficiary, or must permit the Participant to name any beneficiary; and (4) the Spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a notary public.  If the Spouse is incompetent, the Spouse’s legal guardian may give consent, even if the guardian is the Participant.

 

If a married Participant designates his or her Spouse as a primary or contingent beneficiary and the Participant and his or her Spouse subsequently divorce or legally separate, the following rules shall apply:

 

(1)                                  If the Policy Committee receives notice of the Participant’s divorce or legal separation from such Spouse prior to April 1, 2010, such designation (to the extent applicable to such Spouse) will be automatically null and void as of the date of the receipt of such notice and such Spouse’s interest shall be divided among the remaining primary or contingent beneficiaries pro rata according to their respective portions, or shall be payable according to the default rules described below, unless otherwise required by the terms of a qualified domestic relations order or the Participant redesignates his or her former Spouse as a beneficiary after the date of divorce or legal separation.

 

(2)                                  Notice to the Policy Committee of the Participant’s divorce or legal separation on or after April 1, 2010 shall not affect the Participant’s designation of his or her former Spouse as a primary or contingent beneficiary unless or until the Participant revokes the designation in accordance with this Section 8.4.

 

If the Participant’s designated beneficiary(ies) fails to survive the Participant, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be the Participant’s Spouse, or if non, the Participant’s estate.

 

(b)                                  Rights of Beneficiary .  Except as provided in subsection (c), upon the Participant’s death, his or her vested Account balances will be paid in a lump sum to his or her beneficiary(ies) as soon as practicable after the Policy Committee receives proof, satisfactory to the Policy Committee, of the Participant’s death and application for a distribution from the beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the remaining balance of a Participant’s vested

 

30



 

Accounts to which a beneficiary is entitled shall be distributed to such beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the 5 th  anniversary of the Participant’s death, or if the beneficiary cannot be located, shall be forfeited as provided in Section 12.7.  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse or other primary beneficiary dies before the lump sum Account balances are paid to him or her, the balances will be paid in a lump sum to the Participant’s surviving contingent beneficiary(s), if any.  If the contingent beneficiary(ies) dies before the lump sum Account balances are paid to him or her, the vested Account balances will be paid to the Participant’s estate.  No primary beneficiary will have any right to the Participant’s Account balances unless he or she survives the Participant and survives to the payment date, and no contingent beneficiary will have any right unless he or she survives both the Participant and the primary beneficiary(s) and survives to the payment date.  No beneficiary will have any right to designate a beneficiary.

 

(c)                                   Optional Form for Spouse .  The surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant may elect to defer distribution of the Participant’s vested accounts until the later of (i) the December 31 of the year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½ or (ii) the December 31 of the year following the year in which the Participant dies.  The surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant may also elect, in lieu of a lump sum distribution, to receive an annual death benefit payment equal to at least the minimum amount required to be distributed pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9).  Such surviving Spouse may elect, at any time, to receive the remaining vested balance of the deceased Participant’s Account in a lump sum.

 

(d)                                  Payment to Minor or Incompetent Beneficiaries .  In the event the deceased Participant’s beneficiary is a minor, or is legally incompetent, the Policy Committee will make payment to the court-appointed guardian or representative of such beneficiary, or to a trust established for the benefit of such beneficiary, as applicable.

 

(e)                                   Judicial Determination .  In the event the Policy Committee considers it appropriate for any reason not to direct the payment of a deceased Participant’s Account balances as specified in this Section, the Policy Committee may have a court of applicable jurisdiction determine to whom payments should be made, in which event all expenses incurred in obtaining the determination may be charged against the payee.

 

Section 8.5.  Required Distributions .  Unless the Participant elects to or is deemed to have elected to defer payment to a later date, the payment of benefits under the Plan to a Participant must be made not later than the 60 th  day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

 

(1)                                  The Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

 

(2)                                  The Participant incurs a severance from employment with the Participating Employer and its Affiliates; or

 

(3)                                  The 10 th  anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan occurs.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who fails to affirmatively elect a deferral will be deemed to have elected to defer payment until the earlier of (x) the date as of which the Participant requests a distribution, or (y) the required distribution date under Section 8.3(b).

 

31



 

Section 8.6.  Direct Rollover .

 

(a)                                  Participant Right to Rollover .  A Participant who receives an eligible rollover distribution may instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of his or her payment to (i) another qualified retirement plan; (ii) an individual retirement account or annuity (IRA); (iii) an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code; (iv) an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan; or (v) a Roth IRA described in section 408A of the Code.

 

(b)                                  Beneficiary and Alternate Payee Right to Rollover .  A surviving Spouse, or spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestics relations order, who received an eligible rollover distribution shall have the same right to instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of the payment as a Participant under subsection (a).  A non-spousal beneficiary who receives an eligible rollover distribution may instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of the distribution to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

(c)                                   Election of Rollover .  The payee who directs the rollover must timely provide in writing all information required to effect the rollover as determined by the Policy Committee.  The Policy Committee will provide timely notice of the right to make a direct rollover.

 

(d)                                  Eligible Rollover Distribution .  Since the Plan does not provide a form of payment that yields substantially equal periodic payments over a lifetime, life expectancy, or period of at least 10 years (except to the limited extent provided in Section 8.3(c)), all payments are eligible rollover payments except (i) payments of less than $200, (ii) payments required under Code Section 401(a)(9), (iii) return of After-Tax Contributions and (iv) hardship distributions. Notwithstanding subsection (iii), a distribution of After-Tax Contributions shall be considered an eligible rollover distribution but such portion may be transferred only to (x) an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code or (y) a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code or an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, that in each case agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred.

 

Section 8.7.  Required Minimum Distribution Rules .

 

(a)                                  General .  The provisions of this Section will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.  This Section shall not be interpreted to provide any additional options to the recipient with respect to the form or timing of payment beyond the other provisions of the Plan, except as necessary to comply with the minimum requirements.  All Plan distributions will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the Plan provisions that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

 

32



 

(b)                                  Definitions .

 

(1)                                  Designated Beneficiary .  The designated beneficiary for purposes of this Section is the individual who is the Beneficiary and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

 

(2)                                  Distribution Calendar Year .  A distribution calendar year is a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required.  For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date.  For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under subsection (c).  The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date.  The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

(3)                                  Life Expectancy .  Life expectancy means the value computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

 

(4)                                  Participant’s Account Balance .  The Participant’s account balance is the account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (the “valuation calendar year”) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.  The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

 

(5)                                  Required Beginning Date .  The April 1 following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70½ or incurs a severance from employment, whichever is later; provided that for a Participant who is a 5% owner of the Employer, the required beginning date is the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, even if still employed.

 

(c)                                   Time and Manner of Distribution .  The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required

 

33



 

beginning date.  If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

(1)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (70 ½), if later.

 

(2)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to each designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died or the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of  the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(3)                                  If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(4)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, subparagraphs (2) and (3) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

 

Unless subparagraph (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date.  If subparagraph (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (1).  If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (1)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

 

(d)                                  Forms of Distribution .  Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with the rules regarding required minimum distributions during the Participant’s lifetime and after the Participant’s death, as applicable.  If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations.

 

34



 

(e)                                   Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .  During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

(1)                                  the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

 

(2)                                  if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

 

Required minimum distributions will be determined beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death

 

(f)                                    Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .  If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(1)                                  The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year.  For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(3)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

35



 

If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in subparagraph (1).  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse, this subsection will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

 

36



 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1.  Amendments and Termination .

 

(a)                                  General .  While it is intended that the Plan shall continue in effect indefinitely, the Board or Policy Committee may from time to time modify, alter or amend the Plan or the Trust, and the Board may at any time order the temporary suspension or complete discontinuance of Matching Contributions and/or Retirement Income Contributions or may terminate the Plan, provided, however, that in the event of termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of Matching Contributions and/or Retirement Income Contributions hereunder, all rights and interests of Participants not theretofore vested shall become vested as of the date of such termination or complete discontinuance.  In addition, upon a partial termination of the Plan pursuant to Section 411 of the Code, the Accounts of Participants affected by the partial termination shall become vested.  With respect to any group of Participants whose participation hereunder is the subject of collective bargaining, any amendment to the collective bargaining agreement covering such Participants shall automatically be considered an amendment hereto on the date set forth in the collective bargaining agreement without necessity of action by the Policy Committee or the Board.

 

(b)                                  Termination by Participating Employer .  If any individual Participating Employer terminates its participation in the Plan or orders the complete discontinuance of its contributions, all Participants who are employees (or who were employees and have not forfeited any part of their Prior Plans Account, Matching Contributions Account, or Retirement Income Contributions Account as of the effective date of such termination or complete discontinuance) of such Participating Employer shall become vested in their Accounts as of the date of such termination or complete discontinuance.  In the event that such termination or discontinuance occurs in connection with the sale of substantially all of the Participating Employer’s assets and business, the Participating Employer may, in its discretion, elect to make contributions for the Plan Year in which such event occurs on behalf of all Participants who separate from service in connection with such sale, and such contributions shall be allocated to the Accounts of such Participants notwithstanding Section 3.4 or 3.5.

 

(c)                                   Amendments Required or Permitted by Law .  Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent, and the Company is hereby authorized to effect, any modification, alteration or amendment of the Plan or of the Trust which is required in order to comply with the provision of any law or regulation relating to the establishment or maintenance of this Plan and Trust, including but not limited to the establishment and maintenance of the Plan or Trust as a qualified employee plan or trust under the Code, or which is permitted by applicable law, or which is made to correct a defect, including but not limited to a “scrivener’s error,” to supply an omission, or to clarify an ambiguity, even though such modification, alteration, or amendment is made retroactively or adversely affects the rights or interests of a Participant under the Plan.

 

37



 

ARTICLE 10

 

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

Section 10.1.  Employee Benefits Policy Committee .  There shall be an Employee Benefits Policy Committee consisting of not less than three persons appointed by and serving at the pleasure of the Chief Executive Officer of Adient plc.  Members of the Policy Committee may, but need not, be officers, employees or directors of the Company, Adient plc or any other Employer.  A Policy Committee member may resign upon notice to the Chief Executive Officer of Adient plc, and shall be considered to have resigned on the date of his or her termination of employment from the Employers.  Pending the Chief Executive Officer’s appointment of a new Policy Committee member following resignation, the Policy Committee may act with less than three persons and such action shall be given the same force and effect as if the action was made by a full committee.

 

The Policy Committee shall be the “administrator” of the Plan for all purposes of ERISA and the “named fiduciary” required under ERISA, and to the extent such responsibility is not specifically allocated otherwise hereunder, shall have the exclusive responsibility and discretionary authority for the administration and operation of the Plan and shall have the power to take any action necessary or appropriate to carry out such responsibilities. In addition to the specific duties and authority described herein, the Policy Committee’s discretionary authority shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 

(a)                                  to prescribe and require the use of appropriate forms;

 

(b)                                  to formulate and issue rules and regulations;

 

(c)                                   to prepare and file reports, notices and any other documents relating to the Plan which may be required by law;

 

(d)                                  to interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, by supplying omissions from, correcting deficiencies in, or resolving inconsistencies or ambiguities in, Plan language);

 

(e)                                   to make factual findings with respect to any issue arising under the Plan;

 

(f)                                    to determine the rights and status under the Plan of Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons; and

 

(g)                                   to decide disputes arising under the Plan and to make determinations and findings (including factual findings) with respect to the benefits payable thereunder and the persons entitled thereto as may be required for Plan purposes.

 

(h)                                  request information from participants or beneficiaries necessary to determine rights to Plan benefits and, if such information is not furnished, to deny, suspend or discontinue Plan benefits at any time and for any length of time (including permanently).

 

38



 

(i)                                      if excess Plan benefits are paid due to error (including, for example, a clerical error) or fraud or for any other reason, recover such amounts plus interests and costs, through whatever means are necessary, including, without limitation, legal action or by offsetting future benefit payments to participants or beneficiaries.

 

In furtherance thereof, but without limiting the foregoing, the Policy Committee is hereby granted the following specific authorities, which it shall discharge in its sole and absolute discretion to:  (1) resolve all questions (including factual questions) arising under the Plan as to any individual’s entitlement to become a Participant; (2) determine the amount of benefits, if any, payable with respect to any person under the Plan (including, to the extent necessary, making any factual findings with respect thereto); and (3) conduct the claims and review procedures set forth herein.  All determinations or interpretations of the Policy Committee shall be final and binding on all parties unless determined to be arbitrary and capricious by a court of appropriate jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.2.  Employee Benefits Investment Committee .  There shall be an Employee Benefits Investment Committee consisting of not less than 3 persons appointed annually at the organizational meeting of the Board and serving at the pleasure of the Board.  Members of the Investment Committee shall be officers, employees and/or directors of a Participating Employer.

 

Section 10.3.  Responsibility and Authority of the Investment Committee .  The duties and authority of the Investment Committee shall be as follows:

 

(a)                                  to direct the establishment of Investment Funds and determine the investment characteristics and establish general investment guidelines for such Investment Funds, and to add to or change the number and nature of the Investment Funds from time to time; and

 

(b)                                  to periodically review the performance of the Trustee and each Investment Fund, and report to the Board with respect to such performance at least annually.

 

Section 10.4.  Organization and Procedure .  Each committee shall have a chairman, a secretary, and such other officers as may be deemed appropriate.  Action on any matter shall be taken on the vote of at least a majority of all members of the committee at any meeting or upon unanimous written consent of all members without a meeting.  Minutes of meetings shall be kept and all major actions of the committees shall be recorded in such minutes or other appropriate written form.  The committees may adopt such bylaws, procedures and operating rules as they may deem appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a committee has less than 3 members as a result of the resignation of a member, the committee shall nonetheless be permitted to administer the Plan as provided herein pending appointment of a new member.

 

Section 10.5.  Delegation of Authority and Responsibility .

 

(a)                                  Delegation to Member .  Each committee may delegate to any one or more of its members the authority to execute documents on behalf of such committee and to represent such committee in any matters or dealings involving such committee.  Any such delegation of authority shall be set forth in writing.

 

(b)                                  Delegation to Employees .  The committees may delegate certain of their powers to a person employed by a Participating Employer or Affiliate under such terms and

 

39



 

conditions as may be specified by the committee.  Any such delegation of the powers shall be set forth in writing.

 

(c)                                   Reservation of Authority .  Employees of a Participating Employer or its Affiliate who are not members of any committee or persons to whom powers are delegated under (b) above may perform such duties and functions relating to the Plan as a committee shall direct and supervise.  It is expressly provided, however, that the committees shall retain full and exclusive authority and responsibility for and respecting any such activities by other employees, and nothing contained in this subsection 10.5 shall be construed to confer upon any such employee any discretionary authority or control respecting the administration or operation of the Plan.

 

Section 10.6.  Use of Professional Services .  Any committee may obtain the services of such attorneys, actuaries, accountants or other persons they deem appropriate, any of whom may be the same persons who are providing services to a Participating Employer or Affiliate.  In any case in which a committee utilizes such services, it shall retain exclusive discretionary authority and control respecting the administration and operation of the Plan.

 

Section 10.7.  Fees and Expenses .  Committee members who are employees of a Participating Employer or Affiliate shall serve without compensation from the Plan but shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in their capacity as committee members.  No employee members of any committee or persons performing services pursuant to Section 10.3 shall receive greater than reasonable compensation for their services and expenses.  All compensation for services and expenses shall be paid from the Trust unless the Participating Employers, in their sole discretion, elect to pay them.

 

Section 10.8.  Claims Procedure .

 

(a)                                  Initial Claim .  Any Participant, Spouse or other Beneficiary under this Plan who believes that a benefit has been denied him or her hereunder (including, but not limited to, the belief that the amount or form of payment is incorrect or that payment was made to the incorrect beneficiary), who desires to determine or clarify his or her rights to future benefits hereunder (including, but not limited to, any questions relating to the vesting schedules, break in service rules, or a Participant’s beneficiary designation), or who believes an operational error has occurred affecting his or her benefit hereunder (a “claimant”) must file, or have his or her duly authorized representative file, a claim with the Administrator under this Section. Any such claim must be filed in writing stating the nature of the claim, the facts supporting the claim, the amount claimed, and the name and address of the claimant.  The claim must be filed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date the claimant knew (or should have known with reasonable diligence) of the existence of the facts giving rise to the claim.  Any claim filed after such date shall be considered untimely.  The Policy Committee shall designate one or more persons (who may or may not be members of the Policy Committee) to consider the claim and answer it in writing stating whether the claim is granted or denied.  A determination of the claim shall be made within 90 days of receipt, provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, an extension of time is needed to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have up to 180 days to consider the claim if the claim reviewer provides written notice of the extension, the reasons therefor and the expected date of determination to the claimant prior to the end of the original 90-day period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for disability benefit claims filed on or after January 1, 2002, the determination shall be made within 45 days after the Policy Committee’s receipt of the claim; provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of

 

40



 

the claim reviewer, an extension of time is necessary to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have an additional 30 days to consider the claim if the claim reviewer provides written notice of the extension to the claimant before the end of the initial 45-day period; and further provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, a further extension of time is necessary to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have a second 30-day extension if the claim reviewer provides written notice to the claimant before the end of the first 30-day extension.  In the case of any extension outlined in the preceding sentence, the notice of extension shall include (1) an explanation for the circumstances requiring the extension, (2) the date by which the reviewer expects to render a decision, (3) an explanation of the standards upon which the entitlement to benefits is based, (4) the unresolved issues preventing a decision on the claim, and (5) the additional information needed to resolve those issues (the claimant shall be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information, during which time, the period for making the benefit determination will be tolled.)  If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant shall be furnished with a written notice of such denial containing: (1) the specific reasons for the denial; (2) specific references to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (3) a description of any additional material or information which it is necessary for the claimant to submit and (4) an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and an explanation of the Plan’s appeal procedure, including the claimant’s right to bring a civil suit under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination upon review.

 

(b)                                  Appeals .  If a claimant wishes to appeal the denial of his or her claim, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative shall file a written notice of appeal to the Policy Committee within 60 days (180 days for disability benefit claims) of receipt of the notice of claim denial.  The claimant will have the opportunity, upon request and free of charge, to have reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s appeal.  In order that the Policy Committee may expeditiously decide such appeal, the written notice of appeal should contain:  (1) a statement of the ground(s) for the appeal, (2) a specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the appeal is based, (3) a statement of the arguments and authority (if any) supporting each ground for appeal, and (4) any other pertinent documents or comments which the appellant desires to submit in support of his or her appeal. The Policy Committee shall decide the claimant’s appeal within 60 days of receipt of the appeal; provided that, if due to circumstances beyond the Policy Committee’s control, an extension of time is necessary in order to review the appeal, the Policy Committee shall have up to 120 days to consider the appeal if the Policy Committee provides written notice of the extension, the reason therefore and the expected date of determination to the claimant prior to end of the original 60-day period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for disability benefit claims, the appellant’s appeal shall be decided within 45 days of the receipt of the appeal; provided that, if due to circumstances beyond the Policy Committee’s control, an extension of time is necessary in order to review the appeal, the Policy Committee shall have an additional 45 days to consider the appeal if the Policy Committee provides, prior to the termination of the initial 45 days, written notice to the claimant of such extension, the reason therefor, and the expected date of determination.  Furthermore, the Policy Committee shall adhere to the following guidelines when deciding appeals of disability benefit claims filed on or after January 1, 2002: (1) the Policy Committee shall not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination, (2) if the initial adverse benefit determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the Policy Committee shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment, (3) the Policy Committee

 

41



 

shall provide for the identification of the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained in connection with the adverse benefit determination, regardless of whether such advice was relied upon, and (4) any health care professional consulted for the appeal shall not be the same health care professional consulted in the initial determination nor the subordinate of such individual.  If the appeal is denied in whole or in part, the Policy Committee shall provide the claimant with written notice of the denial which shall contain: the reasons for the decision and reference to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based; a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) or proceed to the voluntary final level of appeal described in subsection 10.08(c).  If the claimant fails to receive a written notice before the end of the applicable period, the claim shall be deemed denied upon review.

 

(c)                                   Optional Level of Appeal .  If a claimant’s claim for benefits is denied in whole or part upon first appeal under subsection 10.08(b), such claimant, or his duly authorized representative, may request a final review, upon written application to the Policy Committee, of the determination on the first appeal.  After receiving a request for review of a determination on the first appeal, the Policy Committee shall respond within the same time periods and in a manner that would satisfy the requirements for a first appeal as set forth above.  If the appeal is denied, the Policy Committee shall provide the appellant with written notice of the denial which shall contain:  (i) the reasons for the decision and reference to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based; (ii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; and (iii) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a).  If the claimant fails to receive a written notice before the end of the applicable period, the claim shall be deemed denied upon review.

 

(d)                                  Limitation on Actions .  No claimant may commence a legal action or proceeding for benefits until after the claims and appeals procedures of subsection (b) above have been exhausted and in no event after the earlier of (i) 180 days after the claimant receives, or is deemed to receive, notice of a denial of his or her claim upon review under subsection (b), or (ii) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations period under applicable federal law; provided that, the 180-day period shall be tolled during the period the appeal described in subsection (c) above is under review.

 

Section 10.9.  Recovery of Plan Overpayments

 

(a)                                  Qualified Domestic Relations Order — If a Participant, beneficiary or alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order receives benefits under the Plan in excess of the amount that they are entitled to receive, then such individual (or their estate or legal representative, if applicable) shall hold such excess benefits in constructive trust for the benefit of the Plan (as an agent of the Plan for this limited purpose), and the Plan has the right to be reimbursed for such excess benefits in full.  In the event the individual does not fully repay the excess benefits to the Plan upon the Plan’s request, the Plan may exercise the full rights allowed to it by law, including ERISA, to seek recovery of the excess benefit payments.

 

42



 

(b)                                  Other Overpayments — The Plan shall have the right to offset from any future benefit payments due hereunder to (or with respect to) such individual the amount of such excess in such manner as the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion.

 

(c)                                   Appeal Rights — If the individual disagrees with the Plan’s determination that an excess benefit payment has been made, the individual shall have the right to appeal such decision in accordance with the Plan’s appeals process.

 

Section 10.10.  Communications .  All communications shall be addressed to the Employee Benefits Policy Committee at the address set forth in the Plan’s summary plan description.

 

43



 

ARTICLE 11

TRUSTEE AND TRUST AGREEMENT

 

Section 11.1.  Appointment and Removal .

 

(a)                                  Appointment .  The Company shall enter into a trust agreement or trust agreements with one or more persons or corporations selected by the Board to act as Trustee of the Trust.  The Trustee shall receive all Before-Tax Contributions and rollover contributions and shall hold, manage, administer and invest the same, reinvest any income, and make distributions in accordance with the provisions of the respective trust agreement.  The trust agreement shall be in such form and contain such provisions as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate to effectuate the purposes of the Plan and to qualify the Plan and Trust under the Code.

 

(b)                                  Removal or Resignation .  The Board may, from time to time, remove the Trustee or any successor Trustee at any time and any such Trustee or any successor Trustee may resign and, the Board shall, upon removal or resignation of a Trustee, appoint a successor Trustee.  In any such case, the Board shall give due consideration to the reports and recommendations of the Investment Committee.

 

Section 11.2.  Fees and Expenses .  The Trustee’s fee, and other fees and expenses, shall be paid by such Trustee out of the Trust, unless the Company elects to pay them.  Brokerage fees and other direct investment costs, if paid out of the Trust, shall be charged to the fund of the Trust to which such fees and costs are attributable.

 

Section 11.3.  Exclusive Benefit .  All property and funds of the Trust allocable to the Plan, including income from investments and from all other sources, shall be managed solely in the interest of Participants and their beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of:

 

(a)                                  providing benefits to Participants and beneficiaries; and

 

(b)                                  defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

 

44



 

ARTICLE 12  COMMON STOCK AND THE COMMON STOCK FUND

 

Section 12.1.  Stock Rights, Stock Splits and Stock Dividends .  A Participant shall have no right of request, direction or demand upon the Investment Committee or the Trustee to exercise rights to purchase shares of Company Stock or other securities of the Company.  The Trustee may exercise or sell any rights to purchase shares of Company Stock held by the Trustee under the Trust, and the Accounts of Participants shall be appropriately credited.  Shares of Company Stock received by the Trustee by reason of a stock split or a stock dividend shall be allocated to the appropriate Accounts of the Participants.  For purposes hereof, references to the “Company” with respect to shares of Company Stock shall mean and refer to both Adient plc and Johnson Controls, Inc. (or any successor thereto), where the context so requires.

 

Section 12.2.  Voting of Company Stock .

 

(a)                                  General .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the provisions of this Section shall govern the voting of Company Stock held in the Trust Fund.

 

(b)                                  Notice .  When the Company files preliminary proxy solicitation materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company shall send a copy of all such materials to the Trustee.  Based on these materials, the Trustee shall prepare a voting instruction form.  At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special Company stockholders’ meeting, the Company shall cause a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to be sent to each Participant with an interest in the Company Stock held in the Trust, together with the foregoing voting instruction form to be returned to the Trustee or its designee.  The form shall show the proportional interest, in the number of full and fractional shares, of Company Stock credited to the Participant’s Accounts invested in the Common Stock Fund.  The Company shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any materials provided to the Participants and shall certify to the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.

 

(c)                                   Participant Direction .  Each Participant with an interest in the Company Stock held in the Trust shall have the right, acting in the capacity of a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA Section 402, to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee is to vote (including, to not vote) that number of shares of Company Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund (both vested and unvested).  Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the voting of Company Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by mailgram or similar means.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, those directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to any Participating Employer, any officer or employee thereof, or any other person.  Upon its receipt of the directions of a Participant, the Trustee shall vote the shares of Company Stock which are subject to such directions in the manner directed by such Participant.

 

Section 12.3.  Tender Offers for Company Stock .

 

(a)                                  General .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the provisions of this Section shall govern the tender of Company Stock in response to a tender offer for any shares of Company Stock held in the Trust.

 

45



 

(b)                                  Notice .  Upon commencement of a tender offer for any Company Stock held in the Trust, the Company shall notify each Participant with an interest in such Company Stock of the tender offer and shall utilize its best efforts to timely distribute or cause to be distributed to such Participant the same information as is distributed to shareholders of the Company in connection with the tender offer, and, after consulting with the Trustee, shall provide and pay for a means by which each such Participant may direct the Trustee whether or not to tender the Company Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund (both vested and unvested).  The Company shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any material provided to the Participants and shall certify to the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.

 

(c)                                   Participant Direction .  Each Participant shall have the right, acting as a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA Section 402, to direct the Trustee to tender or not to tender the shares of Company Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund (both vested and unvested).  Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the tender of Company Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by mailgram or such similar means as is agreed upon by the Trustee and the Company under the preceding paragraph.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, these directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Company, any Participating Employer or Affiliate, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports regularly communicated to any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee’s services.  Upon its receipt of the directions of a Participant, the Trustee shall tender or not tender the shares of Company Stock which are subject to such directions in the manner directed by such Participant.  The Trustee shall not tender any shares of Company Stock with respect to which it has received no directions from the Participant.

 

(d)                                  Withdrawal of Shares .  A Participant who has directed the Trustee to tender some or all of the shares of Company Stock as to which he or she is a named fiduciary may, at any time prior to the tender offer withdrawal date, direct the Trustee to withdraw some or all of the tendered shares, and the Trustee shall withdraw the directed number of shares from the tender offer prior to the tender offer withdrawal deadline.  A Participant shall not be limited as to the number of directions to tender or withdraw that the Participant may give to the Trustee.

 

(e)                                   Investment of Proceeds .  A direction by a Participant to the Trustee to tender shares of Company Stock shall not be considered a written election under the Plan by the Participant to withdraw, or have distributed, any or all of his or her withdrawable shares.  The Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Account from which the tendered shares were taken the proceeds received by the Trustee in exchange for the shares of Company Stock tendered from that interest.  Pending receipt of directions (through the Company) from the Participant or the Investment Committee as to which of the remaining investment options the proceeds should be invested in, the Trustee shall invest the proceeds in accordance with applicable provisions of the Trust.

 

Section 12.4.  Common Stock Fund Accounting as of Spin Date .  On and after the Spin Date, the Common Stock Fund shall consist of two components, which will be separately

 

46



 

accounted for with respect to each Participant whose Account is invested in the Common Stock Fund immediately prior to the Spin Date:

 

(a)                                  the portion consisting of Johnson Controls International plc ordinary shares (as adjusted thereafter for dividend reinstatements).  This portion shall be a “sell-only” fund from and after the Spin Date, meaning that Participants can elect to re-allocate their balance in this component to other available Funds, but Participants may not elect that new contributions be invested in this component or that accounts invested in other Funds be reallocated to this Fund; and

 

(b)                                  the portion consisting of Adient plc ordinary shares (as adjusted for dividend reinvestments).

 

47



 

ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1.  Non-Guarantee of Employment .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between a Participating Employer or Affiliate and a Participant, or as a right of any Participant to be continued in the employment of his or her employer, or as a limitation of the right of an employer to discharge any Participant with or without cause.

 

Section 13.2.  Rights to Trust Assets .

 

(a)                                  General .  No participant or any other person shall have any right to, or interest in, any part of the Trust assets upon termination of his or her employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the amounts due and payable to such person out of the assets of the Trust.  All payments as provided for in this Plan shall be made solely out of the assets of the Trust and neither the Participating Employers, their Affiliates, the Trustee, nor any member of a committee shall be liable therefor in any manner.

 

(b)                                  Return of Contributions .  The Participating Employers shall have no beneficial interests of any nature whatsoever in any contributions after the same have been received by the Trustee, or in the assets, income or profits of the Trust or any part thereof.  However, (1) to the extent a tax deduction for any contribution is disallowed, such contribution shall be returned to the Participating Employer within 1 year after such disallowance, or (2) if a contribution is made by a mistake of fact, such contribution shall be returned to the Participating Employer within one year of the date of contribution.

 

Section 13.3.  Non-Recommendation of Investment .  The availability of any security hereunder shall not be construed as a recommendation to invest in such security.  The decision as to the choice of investment of a Participant’s Accounts must be made solely by each Participant, and no officer or employee of any Participating Employer or the Trustee is authorized to make any recommendation to any Participant concerning the allocation of his or her Accounts hereunder.

 

Section 13.4.  Indemnification of Committees .  The Company shall indemnify each member of the committees, the President  and the Board and hold each of them harmless from the consequences of his or her acts or conduct in his or her official capacity, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be solely in the best interests of the Participants and their beneficiaries, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  Such indemnification shall cover any and all attorneys’ fees and expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, but only to the extent that such amounts are not paid to such person(s) under the Company’s fiduciary insurance policy and to the extent that such amounts are actually and reasonably incurred by such person(s).

 

Section 13.5.  Selection of Investments .  Except to the extent it may be subject to the instruction of Participants, the Trustee shall have the sole discretion to select investments for the various funds provided for herein.

 

48



 

Section 13.6.  Non-Alienation .

 

(a)                                  General .  Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) or permitted under Code Section 401(a)(13), no right or interest of any Participant or beneficiary in the Plan and the Trust shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, attachment, garnishment, execution, levy, bankruptcy, or any other disposition of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, prior to actual receipt of payment by the person entitled to such right or interest under the provisions hereof, and any such disposition or attempted disposition shall be void.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Assignment .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall recognize and give effect to a qualified domestic relations order with respect to child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights if it determines that such order meets the applicable requirements of Code Section 414(p).  If a qualified domestic relations order directs or allows, distribution may be made to an alternate payee designated in such order at a time not permitted for distribution to the Participant himself or herself.  The Policy Committee shall establish procedures concerning the notification of interested parties, the determination of the validity of such orders, the determination of the source of funds to be used to provide for distribution pursuant to such orders, and such other issues as may be necessary or appropriate to deal with such orders in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, which procedures are incorporated by reference herein.

 

Section 13.7.  Facilitation of Payment .

 

(a)                                  Inability to Locate Payee .  In the event that any person who is entitled to benefits hereunder cannot be located despite reasonable and diligent efforts to do so, then such person’s benefits shall be automatically forfeited as of the last day of the Plan Year next following the year in which such benefits became payable; provided, however, in the event that such person subsequently makes a claim for such forfeited benefits prior to the termination of the Plan, such benefits shall be reinstated (without adjustment for gain or losses since the date of forfeiture) from current year forfeitures or pursuant to a special contribution from the Participating Employer.

 

(b)                                  Incapacity of Payee .  In the event the Policy Committee shall find that any Participant to whom a benefit is payable is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, any payment due (unless prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly qualified guardian or other legal representative) may be paid to the Spouse, parent, brother or sister or other person deemed by the Policy Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant otherwise entitled to payment.  Any such payment shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and shall be in complete satisfaction and full payment of the Participant’s Accounts hereunder.  In addition, if any benefits are improperly paid to the estate, Spouse, parent, brother or sister or other person for the account of the Participant by reason of mistake of fact, any such payment shall be deemed (1) a payment for the account of the Participant or his or her Spouse, and (2) in complete satisfaction and full payment of the Participant’s Accounts hereunder.

 

Section 13.8.  Board Action .  Any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Board under the Plan may be taken by the Executive Committee of the Board or any other authorized committee of the Policy Committee.

 

49



 

Section 13.9.  Transfers from Other Qualified Plans . There may be transferred to and deposited with the Trustee to be held, invested and distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and as an integral part of the assets held by the Trustee thereunder, assets subject to any other defined contribution plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) which is maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliate and is merged into the Plan.  Such transfer and merger shall be affected on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Policy Committee.

 

Section 13.10.  Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers of Plan Assets .

 

(a)                                  Plan Mergers and Transfers .  In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to or from any other plan, each Participant in the Plan must be entitled (if the Plan then terminated) to receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

 

(b)                                  Transfers Incident to Employment Changes .  If a Participant in this Plan transfers to employment with a Participating Employer or Affiliate in a capacity in which he or she is eligible to participate in another plan which utilizes the Trust, then his or her interests in his or her Accounts under this Plan may be transferred to such other plan at the direction of the Policy Committee, provided that such transfer does not result in a reduction of his or her accrued benefits or vesting rights, the elimination of any optional form of benefits or the reduction or elimination of an early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy, except as permitted by the Code.  Similarly, if a participant in another plan maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliate which utilizes the Trust becomes eligible to participate in this Plan, then his or her interests in such other plan may be transferred to this Plan.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event of such a transfer to this Plan, the vested interest in the portion of any Participant’s Accounts derived from benefits accrued under such other plan shall not at any time be less than it would have been under the terms of such plan as in effect immediately prior to such transfer.

 

(c)                                   No Reduction in Benefits .  No provision of the Plan shall be construed or applied so as to result in a decrease of the accrued benefit (within the meaning of Code Section 411(d)(6)) which any Participant had under any Prior Plan before January 1, 1989 or under any other plan merged, in whole or in part, with the Plan, except as permitted by Treasury regulations.

 

Section 13.11.  Fiduciaries .  Any person may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.  Any fiduciary hereunder, as an individual, may employ such legal, actuarial, accounting or other assistant as he or she may deem necessary to fulfill his or her obligations hereunder, which assistants may be those consulted by any Participating Employer, Affiliate, the Trustee, the Plan or other fiduciaries.

 

Section 13.12.  USERRA .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

 

Section 13.13.  HEART Act .

 

(a)                                  Death Benefits .  If a Participant dies on or after January 1, 2007, while performing qualified military service, the beneficiaries of such Participant shall be entitled to the additional death benefits, if any (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) that would have been available had the Participant resumed employment with

 

50



 

the Participating Employers immediately prior to the date of his or her death and thereafter severed from employment as a result of death.  For purposes of this section, “qualified military service” is defined as service in the uniformed services of the United States for which an individual has reemployment rights under chapter 43 of title 38 of the United States Code.

 

(b)                                  Differential Pay .  Effective January 1, 2009, in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(u), during the period a Participant on military leave is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)), to the extent required by the Code, such Participant shall be treated as remaining in the employment of the Company and such differential wage payments shall be considered compensation for purposes of applying the provisions of the Code to the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Distribution .  Effective January 1, 2009, notwithstanding subsection (b), a Participant performing qualified military service that exceeds 30 days shall be treated as having incurred a severance from employment for purposes of receiving a distribution of his or her Before-Tax Deferrals Account from the Plan.  A Participant who takes such a distribution while performing qualified military service that exceeds 30 days may not make Before-Tax Deferrals or, if applicable, any type of Employee Contribution during the 6-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.

 

Section 13.14.  Effective Dates .  The provisions of this amended and restated Plan are effective January 1, 2016, except to the extent provided herein or required by law.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

51



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, on behalf of the Company, has executed this Plan as amended and restated effective July 1, 2016, this 1 st  day of July, 2016.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaare A. Lein

 

 

Kaare A. Lein

 

 

Director, Retirement Plan Design

 

 

Johnson Controls, Inc.

 

52



 

APPENDIX A
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

 

Name of Employer

 

Effective Date

 

 

 

Adient US LLC

 

 

 

53



 

APPENDIX B
PARTICIPATING COLLECTIVELY-BARGAINED GROUPS

 

LOCATION

 

UNION

 

MAXIMUM RATE
OF PRE-TAX
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

RETIREMENT
INCOME
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

EXCEPTIONS TO
VESTING
SCHEDULE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kansas City, MO

 

United Automobile Workers
Local 710

 

25%

 

50% on the first 3% of Compensation

Made annually

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shreveport, LA

 

United Automobile Workers
Local 2297

 

25%

 

50% on the first 3% of Compensation

Made annually

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earth City, MO

 

United Automobile Workers
Local 282

 

25%

 

50% on the first 3% of Compensation

Made annually

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Battle Creek. MI

 

United Paperworkers Int’l Union, Local 332

 

25%

 

N/A

 

2% of Compensation for Participants who are initially hired, rehired or transfer to the eligible class on or after January 1, 2010

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highland Park. MI
(effective May 1, 2010)

 

United Automobile Workers, Local 400

 

25%

 

100% on the first 3% of Compensation, 50% on the next 2% of Compensation

Made per payroll

 

N/A

 

Vest upon completion of one year of Vesting Service

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suwanne, GA (Johns Creek)

Norcross, GA (Green Pointe)

 

United Automobile Workers
Local 2378

 

25%

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

54



 

APPENDIX C
SPECIAL SERVICE RULE

 

1.                                       Vesting Service from the American Fibrit Plan (Battle Creek) .  Any Participant who was a participant in the American Fibrit Retirement Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees as of December 31, 2004, the date as of which such plan was merged into this Plan, shall be credited with Vesting Service for service with the Company and its Affiliates prior to that date as determined in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

2.                                       Vesting Service with Prior Employer (Highland Park) .  Any Participant who was an employee at the Highland Park, Michigan location as of April 30, 2010, shall be credited with Vesting Service for service with the employee’s prior employer as of such employee’s most recent date of hire or rehire with the prior employer in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

55


Exhibit 4.5

 

BRIDGEWATER INTERIORS, LLC

SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

Effective January 1, 1999

 

As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2016

 



 

BRIDGEWATER, LLC

SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

2

Section 1.1. Definitions

2

Section 1.2. Construction and Applicable Law

7

 

 

ARTICLE 2. PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

8

Section 2.1. Participation

8

Section 2.2. Vesting Service

8

 

 

ARTICLE 3. CONTRIBUTIONS

10

Section 3.1. Employee Contributions

10

Section 3.2. Rollover Contributions

12

Section 3.3. Employer Matching Contributions

13

Section 3.4. Employer Contributions

14

Section 3.5. Exclusive Benefit of Participants

14

Section 3.6. Payment to the Trustee

15

 

 

ARTICLE 4. LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

16

Section 4.1. Excess Deferrals (Code Section 402(g))

16

Section 4.2. Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test)

17

Section 4.3. Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test)

19

Section 4.4. Annual Addition Limitation (Code Section 415)

21

 

 

ARTICLE 5. INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

23

Section 5.1. Establishment of Participant’s Accounts

23

Section 5.2. Adjustments to Account Balances

23

Section 5.3. Investment Election

24

 

 

ARTICLE 6. VESTING

25

Section 6.1. Before-Tax and Rollover Accounts

25

Section 6.2. Matching and Employer Contribution Accounts

25

Section 6.3. Termination of Employment

25

Section 6.4. Total and Permanent Disability

26

 

 

ARTICLE 7. INSERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

27

Section 7.1. General Rules

27

Section 7.2. Inservice Withdrawal After Age 59½

27

Section 7.3. Inservice Withdrawal After Disability

27

Section 7.4. In-service Withdrawal from Rollover Account

28

Section 7.5. Required Inservice Withdrawal For 5-Percent Owners

28

Section 7.6. Hardship Withdrawals

28

Section 7.7. Loans

30

 

i



 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 8. POST-EMPLOYMENT DISTRIBUTIONS

32

Section 8.1. Payment Events

32

Section 8.2. Amount of Payment

32

Section 8.3. Form and Timing of Payment

32

Section 8.4. Designation of Beneficiaries; Payment After Death

33

Section 8.5. Required Distributions

35

Section 8.6. Direct Rollover

35

Section 8.7. Required Minimum Distribution Rules

36

 

 

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

41

Section 9.1. Amendments and Termination

41

Section 9.2. Delegation to Policy Committee

41

 

 

ARTICLE 10. PLAN ADMINISTRATION

42

Section 10.1. Employee Benefits Policy Committee

42

Section 10.2. Employee Benefits Investment Committee

43

Section 10.3. Responsibility and Authority of the Investment Committee

43

Section 10.4. Organization and Procedure

43

Section 10.5. Delegation of Authority and Responsibility

43

Section 10.6. Use of Professional Services

44

Section 10.7. Fees and Expenses

44

Section 10.8. Claims Procedure

44

Section 10.9. Communications

47

Section 10.10. Delegation of Authority

47

 

 

ARTICLE 11. TRUSTEE AND TRUST AGREEMENT

48

Section 11.1. Appointment and Removal

48

Section 11.2. Fees and Expenses

48

Section 11.3. Exclusive Benefit

48

 

 

ARTICLE 12. COMMON STOCK AND THE COMMON STOCK FUND

49

Section 12.1. Stock Rights, Stock Splits and Stock Dividends

49

Section 12.2. Voting of Common Stock

49

Section 12.3. Tender Offers for Common Stock

50

Section 12.4. Common Stock Fund Accounting as of Spin Date

51

 

 

ARTICLE 13. MISCELLANEOUS

52

Section 13.1. Non-Guarantee of Employment

52

Section 13.2. Rights to Trust Assets

52

Section 13.3. Non-Recommendation of Investment

52

Section 13.4. Indemnification of Committees

52

Section 13.5. Selection of Investments

53

Section 13.6. Non-Alienation

53

Section 13.7. Facilitation of Payment

53

Section 13.8. Board Action

54

Section 13.9. Transfers from Other Qualified Plans

54

Section 13.10. Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers of Plan Assets

54

 

ii



 

 

Page

 

 

Section 13.11. Fiduciaries

55

Section 13.12. Top-Heavy Restrictions

55

Section 13.13. USERRA

57

Section 13.14. HEART Act

57

Section 13.15. Recovery of Plan Overpayments

58

Section 13.16. Effective Dates

58

 

 

APPENDIX A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

60

 

 

APPENDIX B SPECIAL SERVICE RULES

61

 

iii



 

BRIDGEWATER, LLC

SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

The Plan, established effective January 1, 1999, and as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016, is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to qualified profit-sharing plans and the requirements of Section 401(k) of such Code relating to “qualified cash or deferred arrangements”.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide retirement benefits to eligible Participants and to stimulate Participant savings for financial security.

 



 

ARTICLE 1.  DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 1.1.  Definitions .  For purposes of the Plan, unless the context clearly or necessarily indicates the contrary, the following words and phrases shall have the meaning set forth in the definitions below:

 

(a)                                  “Account” means the book-keeping accounts under the Plan to be maintained for each Participant as provided in Article 5.

 

(b)                                  “Affiliate” means each corporation or unincorporated trade or business which is a member of a controlled group of corporations, a group of trades or businesses under common control or an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), (c) or (m)) that includes a Participating Employer.  Solely for purposes of Sections 2.2 and 12.10(b), the term “Affiliate” shall include any corporation at least 48% of the voting power or value of the outstanding capital stock of which is owned by the Company or an Affiliate (within the meaning of the preceding sentence) of the Company.

 

(c)                                   “Before-Tax Contributions” means amounts contributed under the Plan by or at the direction of Participants in accordance with Article 3.

 

(d)                                  “Board” means the Board of Managers of the Company.

 

(e)                                   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the rulings and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Any reference to a specific provision of the Code shall be deemed to include reference to any successor provision thereto.

 

(f)                                    “Common Stock” means:

 

(1)                                  prior to the Merger Date, the common stock, par value $0.16 2/3 per share, of Johnson Controls, Inc.;

 

(2)                                  effective on the Merger Date, the ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share, of Johnson Controls International plc; and

 

(3)                                  effective on the Spin Date, the ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, of Adient plc.

 

(g)                                   “Common Stock Fund” means an Investment Fund invested primarily in Common Stock but a portion of which may be invested in short-term securities or cash.

 

(h)                                  “Company” means Bridgewater Interiors, LLC or any successor thereto.

 

(i)                                      “Compensation” will have the following meanings for the following purposes:

 

2



 

(1)                                  Contributions (“Plan Compensation”) .  For purposes of determining the amount that each Participant can contribute and the amount of Employer Contributions to which the Participant may be entitled, Plan Compensation is an Employee’s total salary or wages including vacation and holiday pay, overtime pay, bonuses, commissions and shift premium paid by a Participating Employer for the Plan Year and reported as taxable income on his or her Form W-2, plus employee Before-Tax Contributions to this Plan and salary reduction amounts contributed to any other plan maintained by a Participating Employer under Code Sections 125 or 401(k), but excluding Participating Employer contributions (other than Before-Tax Contributions) made to, or benefits received under, this Plan and any other benefit plan, all expense reimbursements and allowances, severance pay, imputed income, income from the exercise of stock options, cost of living allowances, special awards, signing bonuses, special foreign service premiums and awards, payments under the Adient plc Long-Term Incentive Performance Plan (or any successor plan thereto), and other similar forms of compensation determined by the Policy Committee to not be considered regular salary or wages for services performed.  Compensation for the Participant who becomes a Participant after the beginning of a Plan Year will include only amounts earned after his or her effective date of participation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions may only be made from compensation that would be included in compensation for purposes of Code Section 415.  Compensation for the Participant who becomes a Participant after the beginning of a Plan Year will include only amounts earned after his or her effective date of participation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions may only be made from compensation that would be included in compensation for purposes of Code Section 415.

 

(2)                                  Nondiscrimination Testing (“Test Compensation”) .  For purposes of (1) calculating the ADP and ACP Tests, (2)  determining Highly Compensated Employee status under Section 1.1(m), (3) calculating the Code Section 415 limits under Section 4.4 and (4)  determining Key Employee status under Section 12.12, Test Compensation includes wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) paid by a Participating Employer and its Affiliates for a Plan Year, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the service performed, plus any elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is contributed or deferred at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the Employee’s gross

 

3



 

income by reason of Code Section 125 or 132(f)(4), to any plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates.

 

(3)                                  Statutory Limit .  Each Participant’s Compensation taken into account for all purposes under the Plan for a Plan Year will be limited to $265,000 as indexed under Code Section 401(a)(17).  The Plan will not prorate the statutory cap on Compensation for any Participant who participates in the Plan for less than a full Plan Year.

 

(j)             “Current Market Value” means the value on any day determined by the Trustee which shall be: (1) with respect to any securities traded on a National or Regional Stock Exchange, the closing composite quotations price on that day, or if the securities were not traded on such day, the closing price on the next preceding trading day on which the securities were traded, and (2) except as provided in (1) above, determined in accordance with generally accepted valuation principles on a consistent basis acceptable to the Investment Committee.

 

(k)                                  “Eligible Employee” means an Employee of a Participating Employer, excluding: (1) any member of a bargaining unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an employee representative and a Participating Employer, unless otherwise provided in the agreement; (2) a resident of a country other than the United States of America; (3) any person who is classified by the Participating Employer as a “leased employee” or as an “independent contractor;” or (4) any person in a group of employees that has been specifically excluded by the Policy Committee or the board of directors of the Participating Employer as set forth on Appendix A.  The term shall not include persons employed by a Participating Employer at an acquired business unless and until the Policy Committee designates the persons so employed as Eligible Employees.

 

(l)                                      “Employee” means an individual who is reported on the payroll records of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate as a common-law employee, and to the extent required by the Code, leased employees of a Participating Employer or Affiliate as defined in Section 2.1(c).  In the event a person who is classified as a “leased employee” or “independent contractor” is subsequently reclassified by a court or administrative agency as a common-law employee, such reclassification will for purposes of the Plan apply on a prospective basis only from the date of such decision, regardless of the effective date of the reclassification for any other purpose.

 

(m)                              “Employer Contributions” means amounts contributed under the Plan by a Participating Employer as provided in Section 3.2.

 

(n)                                  “Employment Commencement Date” means the first day for which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service, provided that, as to any Employee whose Vesting Service for any period of employment has been cancelled pursuant to Section 2.2 on account of a Period of Severance (or would have been cancelled pursuant to such Section had the Plan been in effect at the time of such Period of Severance), the term means the first day following such Period of Severance for which the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

4



 

(o)                                  “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the rulings and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall be deemed to include reference to any successor provision thereto.

 

(p)                                  “Highly Compensated Employer (HCE)” means, for any Plan Year for which the determination is being made (“determination year”):

 

(1)                                  each Employee who was at any time a five percent (5%) owner (within the meaning of Code Sections 414(q)(3)) of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate at any time during the determination year or immediately preceding Plan Year (the “look-back year”); or

 

(2)                                  each Employee who received Test Compensation during the look-back year from the Participating Employers and their Affiliates that, in the aggregate, equals or exceeds $80,000 as indexed in accordance with Code Section 414(q)(1) and 415(d) for cost-of-living adjustments, and is among the highest paid twenty percent (20%) of all employees of the Participating Employers and their Affiliates.  For this purpose, employees who have not completed six (6) months of service, employees who normally do not work more than six months in any year, employees who normally work fewer than 17.5 hours per week, employees who have not attained age twenty-one (21), and non-resident aliens who receive no earned income from sources within the United States, are excluded from consideration.

 

(q)                                  “Hour of Service” means each hour for which an Employee has been directly or indirectly compensated or paid, or entitled to such compensation or other payment, by a Participating Employer or an Affiliate for the performance of work (whether as an Employee or in any other capacity).

 

(r)                                     “Investment Committee” means the committee appointed pursuant to Article 10 of the Plan.

 

(s)                                    “Investment Fund” means an unsegregated fund established at the direction of the Investment Committee and invested in securities, insurance contracts or other property of such type and general characteristics as the Investment Committee shall determine.  If authorized by the Investment Committee, the Common Stock Fund is one of the Investment Funds.

 

(t)                                     “Matching Contributions” means amounts contributed by a Participating Employer as provided in Section 3.3.

 

(u)                                  “Nonhighly Compensated Employee (NCE)” means an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year.

 

5



 

(v)                                  “Normal Retirement Age” means an Employee’s attainment of age 65 while an Employee.

 

(w)                                “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the requirements of Section 2.1, and where the context so requires, includes any other individual for whom an Account is maintained under the Plan.

 

(x)                                  “Participating Employer” means the Company and each Affiliate that has adopted the Plan with the consent of the Company as listed on Appendix A.

 

(y)                                  “Period of Severance” means the period of time, calculated in years and monthly fractions thereof, elapsing between an individual’s Severance Date and his or her Reemployment Commencement Date, if any.

 

(z)                                   “Plan” means the Bridgewater, LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan as set forth herein and from time to time amended.

 

(aa)                           “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

 

(bb)                           “Policy Committee” means the Employee Benefits Policy Committee, which shall have primary responsibility for the administration of the Plan under Article 10.

 

(cc)                             “Reemployment Commencement Date” means the first day after a Severance Date on which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

(dd)                           “Severance Date” means the earlier to occur of:

 

(1)                                  the date on which the Participant’s service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates ends because he or she quits, retires, is terminated or dies, whichever occurs first; or

 

(2)                                  the first anniversary of the date on which the Participant commences a continuous absence from service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates for any other reason such as military service, layoff, vacation, leave of absence, etc.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Participant who is absent from service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates as a consequence of his or her performing military service in the armed forces of the United States of America or of any state thereof under circumstances entitling him or her to veterans’ reemployment rights pursuant to federal statute, the first anniversary of the commencement of such military service absence shall not constitute a Severance Date hereunder if, but only if, he or she returns to service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates within the applicable time limit and under the other conditions prescribed by such statute for his or her exercise of such reemployment rights.

 

(ee)                             “Spouse” means the person to whom a Participant is lawfully married (as recognized under federal law).

 

6



 

(ff)                               “Total and Permanent Disability” means bodily injuries or disease on account of which (i) a Participant has received long-term disability benefits for a period of at least 12 months or (ii) the Policy Committee determines that the Participant will be eligible for long-term disability benefits for at least 12 months.  If the Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan sponsored by a Participating Employer, “Total and Permanent Disability” means bodily injuries or disease which, in the judgment of the Policy Committee, wholly disables a Participant and will permanently, continuously and wholly prevent him or her for life from engaging in his or her occupation or employment for wage or profit with an employer.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit such medical evidence as the Policy Committee determines is necessary or desirable to make a determination hereunder.

 

(gg)                             “Trust” means the fund or funds maintained under the trust agreement executed by and between the Company and the Trustee to hold the assets of the Plan.

 

(hh)                           “Trustee” means the trustee of the Trust.

 

(ii)                                   “Valuation Date” means each day when the United States financial markets are open for business, as of which the Trustee will determine the fair market value of the Trust Fund and each Account, and will make allocations to Accounts under Article 5.

 

(jj)                                 “Vesting Service” means the period of an Employee’s service with the Participating Employers and Affiliates which is considered in determining his or her nonforfeitable right to Employer Contributions hereunder, as determined pursuant to Article 2.

 

Section 1.2.  Construction and Applicable Law .

 

(a)                                  Construction .  Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular or the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.  The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, and other similar compounds of the word “here” mean and refer to this entire document and not to any particular Article or Section unless context indicates otherwise.  Titles of Articles and Sections are for general information only, and the Plan is not to be construed by reference thereto.

 

(b)                                  Applicable Law .  The Plan is a profit sharing plan intended to qualify under Code Section 401(a).  The Plan includes a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under Code Section 401(k).  It is intended that the investment options offered under the Plan comply with the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c) and regulations promulgated thereunder and is intended to be an “eligible individual account plan” for purposes of ERISA Section 407(b).  The Plan shall be interpreted so as to comply with the applicable requirements thereof, where such requirements are not clearly contrary to the express terms hereof.  In all other respects, the Plan shall be construed and its validity determined according to the laws of the State of Wisconsin to the extent such laws are not preempted by applicable requirements of federal law.  In case any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provisions had never been included herein.

 

7



 

ARTICLE 2.  PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

 

Section 2.1.  Participation .

 

(a)                                  General .  Every person who on December 31, 2000, was a Participant under the Plan as then in effect shall continue as a Participant herein on January 1, 2001, without interruption. Each other Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on his or her date of hire as an Eligible Employee.

 

(b)                                  Transfer to Employment .  Each Employee who is not an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the date he or she becomes an Eligible Employee (i.e., by transferring to an eligible status, or from a nonparticipating Affiliate to a Participating Employer).

 

(c)                                   Leased Employees and Independent Contractors .  A leased employee will be treated as an Employee to the extent required under Code Section 414(n) but will not be eligible to participate in this Plan.  If a leased employee becomes an Eligible Employee, the Plan will give him or her credit for the period when he or she worked as a leased employee for vesting purposes as if he or she had been an Employee during that period.  For purposes of this Section and the Plan, a “leased employee” means any person who is not a common-law employee of the Company or an Affiliate, and who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate, if:  (i) such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and a leasing organization; (ii) such person has performed such services for the Company or an Affiliate on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year; and (iii) such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Section 2.2.  Vesting Service .

 

(a)                                  General .  Each Participant shall be credited with Vesting Service calculated in years and monthly fractions thereof equal to the sum of the following:

 

(1)                                  the period commencing with the Participant’s Employment Commencement Date and ending with a Severance Date; plus

 

(2)                                  any subsequent periods commencing with a Reemployment Commencement Date and ending with the Participant’s next Severance Date; plus

 

(3)                                  any Period of Severance which is less than 12 months in duration; minus

 

(4)                                  any period credited above which has been cancelled pursuant to subsection (b).

 

(b)                                  Loss of Vesting Service .  The Vesting Service of a Participant who at the time he or she incurs a Period of Severance has any vested right to any portion of his or her Account shall not be subject to cancellation.  In any other case, the Vesting Service of a person

 

8



 

who incurs a 72 consecutive month Period of Severance shall be cancelled and disregarded for all purposes of the Plan, and such individual, upon becoming re-employed by a Participating Employer or Affiliate, shall be treated as if he or she had never been an Employee.

 

(c)                                   Transfer of Employment .  A Participant who transfers employment within the service of a Participating Employer or Affiliate into a status other than an Eligible Employee shall continue to accumulate Vesting Service during the period he or she is employed in such other status.

 

(d)                                  Service Prior to Becoming Affiliate .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Vesting Service shall be credited for any period of employment with an Affiliate prior to the date it became an Affiliate, or after the date it ceased to be an Affiliate, of a Participating Employer, except to the extent approved by the Policy Committee and set forth on Appendix B.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 3.  CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 3.1.  Employee Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Before-Tax .  A Participant may elect to contribute a percentage of his or her Plan Compensation as Before-Tax Contributions within the limitations and subject to the rules described below.

 

(1)                                  Amount .  Each Participant may make Before-Tax Contributions in an aggregate amount equal to a whole percentage of 1 to 25% of his or her Plan Compensation for each payroll period.  Before-Tax Contributions will be allocated to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account.  With respect to each Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002, a Participant who has attained age forty-nine (49) as of the end of the preceding Plan Year may elect to make additional “catch-up” Before Tax Contributions in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(v) and such rules as the Policy Committee may prescribe.  Such catch-up contributions shall not be subject to the limits of Code Sections 401(k), 415 and 416.

 

(2)                                  Limitations on Amount .  The Policy Committee may limit the amount of the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for any Plan Year to avoid exceeding the annual limitation described in Section 4.1, the ADP Test described in Section 4.2, and/or the annual addition limitation described in Section 4.4.

 

(3)                                  Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave .  The Policy Committee will permit each Participant who resumes active employment (pursuant to USERRA) as an Eligible Employee after an unpaid military leave to make a special Before-Tax Contribution (“make-up contribution”) in an amount up to the maximum amount he or she could have contributed if he or she had remained in employment as an Eligible Employee during his or her period of leave.  Each make-up contribution will be subject to the limitations under Code Sections 402(g) and 415 in effect for the year to which the contribution relates, but will be ignored for purposes of the ADP Test.  The Policy Committee will permit the Participant to make the make-up contributions during the period beginning on the date when he or she resumes employment as an Eligible Employee and continuing for a period equal to the lesser of three times the length of his or her military leave, or five years.  The amount of his or her make-up contributions will be based on the Plan Compensation he or she would have received if he or she had remained in active employment, at his or her rate of pay in effect when he or she began his or her leave.  If that pay rate cannot be determined with certainty, the Policy Committee will

 

10



 

treat the Participant as having Plan Compensation equal to the amount he or she received during the 12-month period preceding his or her leave, or during the entire period of his or her employment if shorter than 12 months.

 

(b)                                  Election to Participate .

 

(1)                                  Election to Make or Resume Contributions .  To make (or resume) Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan, the Participant must make an election designating the whole percentage of his or her Plan Compensation to be deferred as his or her Before-Tax Contributions for the pay period, within the limitations described in subsections (a)(1) and (2).  Such election shall be given effect as soon as administratively possible after receipt, and will remain in effect until the Participant modifies or revokes his or her election or the election is suspended.  The elected percentage will apply automatically to increased or decreased Plan Compensation.

 

(2)                                  Rate Change and Revocations .  A Participant who has elected to make Before-Tax Contributions may change or revoke his or her election as of any date by making a new election.  Such election shall be given effect as soon as administratively possible after receipt, and will remain in effect until the Participant again modifies, revokes or resumes his or her election, or the election is suspended.  The elected percentage will apply automatically to increased or decreased Plan Compensation.

 

(3)                                  Automatic Suspension of a Participant’s Deposits . A Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions shall be automatically suspended commencing with and continuing throughout any period during which he or she fails to qualify as an Eligible Employee; he or she ceases to have Plan Compensation because, e.g., of an unpaid leave of absence; or as provided in Section 7.5 in the case of certain restricted withdrawals.  Participants will not be permitted to make up suspended Before-Tax Contributions except as provided in subsection(a)(3).  A Participant whose Before-Tax Contributions have been suspended may resume making such contributions as follows:

 

(A)                                In the case of an individual who ceases to be an Eligible Employee and resumes employment as an Eligible Employee, as provided in subsection (b)(1);

 

(B)                                In the case of an individual who ceases to have Plan Compensation, the Participant’s election shall be automatically reinstated as of the pay period coincident

 

11



 

with or next following his or her resumption of active employment status; or

 

(C)                                In the case of an individual who takes a hardship withdrawal, the Participant may elect to resume making Before-Tax Contributions, as provided in subsection (b)(1), 6 months after the date of the withdrawal.

 

(c)                                   Committee Regulations .  The Policy Committee may from time to time establish and uniformly apply rules governing elections, including rules regarding the form and manner in which elections may be made, modified, suspended or revoked in order to be effective.

 

Section 3.2.  Rollover Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution .  For purposes of this Section, an Eligible Rollover Distribution will mean a payment received by a Participant from another qualified plan, an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), an eligible plan described in Code Section 457, or a conduit individual retirement account or plan (IRA) that includes only money distributed from such contracts or plans and earnings or gains therein, that is either (1) a lump sum payment (other than a hardship distribution), or (2) periodic payments over a period of less than 10 years. Eligible Rollover Distributions shall include after-tax contributions. Payments that are part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over a period of at least 10 years, or over the lifetime or life expectancy of the Participant or the joint lifetimes or life expectancies of the Participant and his or her named beneficiary, are not Eligible Rollover Distributions.  The Trustee also will not treat any distribution required under Code Section 401(a)(9) or any hardship distribution as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.  The Trustee will not treat any hardship distribution from any source as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(b)                                  Rollover or Direct Plan Transfer .  A Participant who receives an Eligible Rollover Distribution may roll over all or part of the distribution to the Trustee including as a direct plan-to-plan transfer.   A rollover that is not a direct plan-to-plan transfer must be made within 60 days after the Participant receives the Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(c)                                   Required Information .  The Policy Committee may adopt such procedures, and may require such information from the Participant who desires to make a rollover contribution, as it considers necessary to determine whether the proposed rollover or direct plan transfer will meet the requirements of this Section.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit a written certification that he or she received his or her Eligible Rollover Distribution from another qualified plan or from a conduit IRA, or after January 1, 2002, from another eligible plan.  Upon approval by the Policy Committee, the rollover contribution will be deposited in the Trust Fund and will be credited to the Participant’s Rollover Account.

 

(d)                                  Prohibited Rollovers and Transfers .  The Plan will not accept rollover contributions from any plan that is subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements set forth in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, unless the Participant’s Spouse consented in writing to the distribution from such plan in a manner which complies with the spousal consent

 

12



 

requirements prescribed under Code Section 417.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit a written certification either that he or she received his or her distribution from a plan that was not subject to the spousal consent requirements, or that his or her Spouse properly consented to the distribution.

 

(e)                                   Refund of Prohibited Rollovers .  In the event the Policy Committee discovers that a Participant has made a rollover contribution to the Plan which fails to comply with this Section, the Plan will refund the contribution and all earnings attributable to it as soon as practicable.

 

(f)                                    Reliance on Participant’s Representations .  The Policy Committee may in good faith rely on the representations made by the Eligible Employee in his or her application to make a Rollover Contribution and will not be held accountable for any misrepresentation of which it did not have actual knowledge.

 

Section 3.3.  Employer Matching Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Amount .  Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Matching Contributions for each eligible Participant for each Plan Year shall be such percentage of the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions as the Participating Employer of such Participant shall determine from time to time.  Matching Contributions, if any, shall be made in cash as soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year or more frequently if determined by the Participating Employer.  Until the Participating Employer determines otherwise, there shall be no Matching Contributions hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Allocation .  The Participants eligible to share in the Matching Contributions for any Plan Year shall be all Participants who made Before-Tax Contributions during the year, except those who have withdrawn all of such Before-Tax Contributions pursuant to Article 7 and those whose Severance Date occurs before the last day of the Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant whose separation from employment occurred during the Plan Year under circumstances described in Section 6.3(a), or whose account was transferred to the plan of another Participating Employer or Affiliate, during the Plan Year shall be eligible to share in Matching Contributions for the period employed during such Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing rules shall not apply if the Participating Employer elects to make Matching Contributions each payroll period, in which event the Participants eligible to share in such Matching Contributions shall be Participants who made Before-Tax Contributions during such payroll period.

 

(c)                                   Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave .  A Participating Employer will make special Matching Contributions for each of its Participants who returns to employment as an Eligible Employee from unpaid military leave and contributes the make-up Before-Tax Contributions described in Section 3.1(a)(3).  Each Matching Contribution will relate to the year for which the make-up Before-Tax Contribution is made and will be subject to the percentage-of-Compensation limit and Code Section 415 limit in effect for that year.  The Policy Committee will ignore the make-up Matching Contributions for purposes of the ADP and ACP Tests.  No investment earnings will be allocated to the make-up Matching Contribution for the period of

 

13



 

leave.  The may require the Participating Employer to make a special contribution to fund the make-up Matching Contribution described herein.

 

Section 3.4.  Employer Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Amount .  For each Plan Year, the Participating Employers shall contribute as an Employer Contribution for each eligible Participant (as defined in subsection (b)) an amount equal to 3% of such Participant’s Plan Compensation credited during the Plan Year and earned while an Eligible Employee.

 

(b)                                  Eligible Participants .  A Participant shall be entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions for such year if the Participant:

 

(1)                                  is actively employed by the Participating Employers or their Affiliates as of the last day of the Plan Year; or

 

(2)                                  terminated from active employment with the Participating Employers or Affiliates during the Plan Year on account of retirement on or after the Participant’s 55 th  birthday if at the time of such retirement the Participant had completed at least 10 years of Vesting Service, Total and Permanent Disability or death, or is absent from active employment with the Participating Employers or Affiliates as of the last day of the Plan Year due to an authorized leave of absence; or

 

(3)                                  terminated from active employment with the Participating Employers or Affiliates during the Plan Year in accordance with Section 6.3(a).

 

(c)                                   Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave .  A Participating Employer will make Employer Contributions for each of its Participants who returns to employment as an Eligible Employee from unpaid military leave (pursuant to USERRA) in an amount that would have been allocated had the Participant remained in employment during such leave.  The amount of the make-up Employer Contribution will be based on the Plan Compensation he or she would have received if he or she had remained in active employment, at his or her rate of pay in effect when he or she began his or her leave.  If that pay rate cannot be determined with certainty, the Policy Committee will treat the Participant as having Plan Compensation equal to the amount he or she received during the 12-month period preceding his or her leave or during the entire period of his or her employment if shorter than 12 months.  Each Employer Contribution will relate to the year for which it is made and will be subject to the percentage-of-Compensation limit and Code Section 415 limit in effect for that year.  No investment earnings will be allocated to the make-up Employer Contribution for the period of leave.  The Policy Committee may require the Participating Employer to make a special contribution to fund the make-up Employer Contribution described herein.

 

Section 3.5.  Exclusive Benefit of Participants .  All employer contributions will be irrevocable when made and will not revert to the Participating Employers or Affiliates, except as provided in Section 12.2(b).  All Before-Tax Contributions, Matching Contributions and

 

14



 

Employer Contributions and attributable earnings will be used for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries.

 

Section 3.6.  Payment to the Trustee .  Each Participating Employer will transfer to the Trustee, as soon as administratively practicable but in any event not later than 15 business days after the end of each month, the Before-Tax Contributions withheld for all of its Participants during the payroll periods ending in that month.  Each Participating Employer will transfer its Matching Contributions and Employer Contributions with respect to a Plan Year to the Trustee no later than the extended due date of the Participating Employer’s federal income tax return for the fiscal year which ends within the Plan Year for which the contribution is made.

 

15



 

ARTICLE 4.  LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.1.  Excess Deferrals (Code Section 402(g)) .

 

(a)                                  General .  The Plan will limit each Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for each calendar year to the annual dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 402(g) and Code Section 414(v), as applicable for such year.  In the event any Participant makes contributions that exceed such limitation (“Excess Deferrals”) for any calendar year, the Excess Deferrals will or may be distributed under the following rules.

 

(b)                                  Time of Distribution . If the Participant makes an Excess Deferral solely to this Plan, or to this Plan and to another plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates, the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Policy Committee of such excess, and the Plan will distribute the Excess Deferral (or the pro rata portion of the Excess Deferral allocable to this Plan if the Excess Deferral was made to more than one plan) and attributable earnings (calculated pursuant to subsection (f)) as soon as practicable after it discovers the excess, but not later than the April 15 th  of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess Deferral was made.  If the Participant made his or her Excess Deferral to this Plan and the plan of another employer, the Participant must notify the Policy Committee in writing of the amount of such Excess Deferral that will be allocated to this Plan no later than March 1 of the following year, and the Policy Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute the allocated Excess Deferral and attributable earnings (calculated pursuant to subsection (f)) by the April 15 th  of the following year.  The Participant must certify to the Policy Committee the amount of the Excess Deferral to be allocated to this Plan.  At the same time as Excess Deferrals are distributed, Matching Contributions that were made with respect to such Excess Deferrals will be forfeited and will be used as described in Section 6.3(d); provided that, when refunding Excess Deferrals, Before-Tax Contributions for which no Matching Contribution is made will be refunded before Before-Tax Contributions for which a Matching Contribution is made.

 

(c)                                   Order of Distributions .  The Plan will refund Excess Deferrals before it refunds any Before-Tax Contributions under Section 4.2 to avoid failing the ADP Test.

 

(d)                                  Inclusion in ADP Test .  Excess Deferrals made by HCEs will be included in the ADP Test under Section 4.2 for the Plan Year in which they were made, whether or not they are refunded in the same or next following Plan Year.  Excess Deferrals timely refunded to NCEs will not be included in the ADP Test.  However, Excess Deferrals which are also Excess Annual Additions and which are refunded under Section 4.4 as such, will not be included in the ADP Test.

 

(e)                                   Inclusion in Annual Additions .  Excess Deferrals made by HCEs and by NCEs which are refunded in the same Plan Year or by April 15 of the next following Plan Year will not be included as part of their Annual Additions under Section 4.4.

 

(f)                                    Determination of Earnings .  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s Excess Deferrals, including gap period income to the extent required by applicable regulations.

 

16



 

Section 4.2.  Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test) .

 

(a)                                  ADP Test .  The Policy Committee will conduct the ADP Test for each Plan Year to determine whether the actual deferral percentage (ADP) for the HCE group and the ADP for the NCE group are within the maximum disparity described in subsection (3).  The Policy Committee will conduct the ADP Test as follows:

 

(1)                                  Actual Deferral Ratio (ADR) .  The Policy Committee will determine for each HCE group member and each NCE group member, the ratio of the member’s Before-Tax Contributions (excluding catch-up contributions), any of his or her Matching Contributions recharacterized as qualified Matching Contributions and/or any corrective contributions used in the ADP Test, to his or her Test Compensation.  If an HCE is a participant in more than one cash and deferred arrangement of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates, the HCE’s ratio hereunder shall be calculated as if all such arrangements were one arrangement and all such arrangements had the same plan year as this Plan.  Any Before-Tax Contributions which are distributed under Section 4.4 will not be included in the ADP Test.

 

(2)                                  Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) .  The ADP for the HCE group is the average of their individual ADRs, calculated separately for each employee in the HCE group.  The ADP for the NCE group is the average of their individual ADRs, calculated separately for each employee in the NCE group.  If this Plan is aggregated with another plan(s) for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), this Plan and such other plan(s) shall be treated as a single plan for purposes of the ADP Test.

 

(3)                                  Maximum Disparity .  In no Plan Year will the ADP of the HCE group exceed the greater of: (A) the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (B) the lesser of the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year plus 2 percentage points, or the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 2.  Effective January 1, 1997, the Plan has elected to use the current year testing method until amended in accordance with the Code.

 

(b)                                  Correction Before Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Policy Committee determines that the Plan will fail to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year, it may limit the Before-Tax Contributions for the HCE group by such amount and beginning as of such pay period as it considers necessary to prevent failing the ADP Test.

 

(c)                                   Correction After Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Policy Committee determines that the Plan failed to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year, it will select one or more of the following methods to cure the failure no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the test failed.

 

17



 

(1)                                  Recharacterization .  The Policy Committee may elect to correct the ADP test failure by recharacterizing Matching Contributions for the NCE group as qualified matching contributions that are treated as elective contributions and that with the Before-Tax contributions satisfy the test described in subsection (a).  Matching Contributions recharacterized as Before-Tax Contributions will be treated as, and will be subject to the same distribution restrictions as are imposed on, Before-Tax Contributions. In the event of a recharacterization, the Policy Committee will determine the aggregate dollar amount to be recharacterized by using ratio leveling (similar to that required under Section 401(k)), and will then recharacterize such aggregate dollar amount (and earnings thereon) in the order of the dollar amount contributed, beginning with the Participant with the highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions to be recharacterized, as applicable, and continuing the recharacterization, if necessary, until all Participants have the same dollar amount, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally.  Recharacterization must occur within 2½  months of the end of the Plan Year.

 

(2)                                  Corrective Contribution (QNECs and QMACs) .  The Policy Committee may require a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in the amount necessary to satisfy the ADP Test.  The Policy Committee will cause each corrective contribution to be allocated by one of the following methods, and may select the group(s) of NCEs to whom the contributions will be allocated and the percentages to be allocated to each group; provided that the group of NCEs selected and the method of allocation, as discussed below, shall be consistent with Internal Revenue Service requirements.  All corrective contributions will be allocated to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account.

 

(A)                                Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution to match a percentage of the Before-Tax Contributions made by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year in the amount necessary to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant.

 

(B)                                Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in an amount equal to a percentage of the Test Compensation earned by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year, in the amount necessary to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy

 

18



 

Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant.

 

(C)                                Fixed-Dollar Method .  The Policy Committee may determine the amount of the corrective contribution needed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year, and may allocate those dollars among selected NCE Participants on the basis of performance or by any method selected by the Policy Committee.

 

(3)                                  Refund .  The Policy Committee may elect to correct the ADP test failure by making refunds.   In such event, it will determine the aggregate dollar amount of the excess to be refunded by reducing the ADR of the HCE with the highest ratio to the extent necessary to  meet the ADP test or to cause such ratio to equal the ADR of the HCE with the next highest ratio.  This process will be repeated until the ADP test is passed.  The amount of Before-Tax Contributions made by each HCE in excess of his revised ratio shall then be added together to determine the aggregate amount to be distributed.  The aggregate excess ADP contributions (and earnings thereon) determined under the preceding sentence will then be refunded to the HCEs, in the order of the dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions contributed, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions and continuing the refunds, if necessary, until all HCEs have the same dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally.  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s allocation of excess ADP contributions, but excluding gap period income to the extent required by applicable regulations.

 

Section 4.3.  Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test) .

 

(a)                                  ACP Test .  The Policy Committee will conduct the ACP Test for each Plan Year to determine whether the actual contribution percentage (ACP) for the HCE group and the ACP for the NCE group are within the maximum disparity described in subsection (3).  The Policy Committee will conduct the ACP Test by the following steps:

 

(1)                                  Actual Contribution Ratio (ACR) .  The Policy Committee will determine, for each HCE group member and each NCE group member, the ratio of the member’s Matching Contributions, and/or corrective contributions used in the ACP Test, to his or her Test Compensation.  Matching Contributions recharacterized as qualified matching contributions under the ADP Test will not be considered.  Matching Contributions allocated to a suspense account under Section 4.4 will also not be taken into account.  If an

 

19



 

HCE is a participant in more than one plan of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates to which matching contributions or employee after-tax contributions are made, the HCE’s ratio hereunder shall be calculated as if all such arrangements were one arrangement and all such arrangements had the same plan year as this Plan.

 

(2)                                  Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) .  The ACP for the HCE group is the average of their individual ACRs, calculated separately for each employee in the HCE group.  The ACP for the NCE group is the average of their individual ACRs, calculated separately for each employee in the NCE group.  If the Plan and another plan(s) of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of Code Section 410(b), such plans shall be treated as one plan for purposes of the ACP Test.

 

(3)                                  Maximum Disparity .  In no Plan Year will the ACP of the HCE group exceed the greater of (A) the ACP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (B) the lesser of the ACP of the NCE group for the Plan Year plus 2 percentage points, or the ACP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 2.  The Plan has elected to use the current year testing method until amended in accordance with the Code.

 

(b)                                  Correction Before Excess Aggregate Contributions Made .  In the event the Policy Committee determines that the Plan will fail to meet the ACP Test for the Plan Year, it may limit the Matching Contributions for the HCE group by such amount as it considers necessary to prevent failing the ACP Test.

 

(c)                                   Correction After Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Plan fails to meet the ACP Test for a Plan Year, it will select one or more of the following methods to cure the failure no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the excess amount was contributed.

 

(1)                                  Corrective Contribution (QNECs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in an amount equal to a percentage of the Test Compensation earned by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year, in the amount necessary to meet the ACP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant; provided that, the group of NCEs selected and the method of allocation shall be consistent with Internal Revenue Service requirements.  Such corrective contributions will be allocated to the eligible NCE Participants’ Before-Tax Account.

 

20



 

(2)                                  Distribution/Forfeiture .  The Policy Committee may elect to distribute and/or forfeit (to the extent not vested) Matching Contributions (and earnings thereon) to HCEs. The Policy Committee will determine the aggregate dollar amount of the excess to be refunded by reducing the ACR of the HCE with the highest ratio to the extent necessary to  meet the ACP test or to cause such ratio to equal the ACR of the HCE with the next highest ratio.  This process will be repeated until the ACP test is passed.  The amount of Matching Contributions made on behalf of each HCE in excess of his revised ratio shall then be added together to determine the aggregate amount to be distributed.  The aggregate excess ACP contributions (and earnings thereon) determined under the preceding sentence will then be refunded to the HCEs (or forfeited if not vested), in the order of the dollar amount of Matching Contributions, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions and continuing the refunds or forfeitures, if necessary, until all HCEs have the same dollar amount of Matching Contributions, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally.  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s allocation of excess ACP contributions, but excluding gap period income to the extent required by applicable regulations.

 

Section 4.4.  Annual Addition Limitation (Code Section 415) .  In any limitation year, the annual additions (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Code Section 415(c) allocated to a Participant’s account shall not exceed the limitations imposed by Code Section 415(c)(3), which are incorporated herein by reference.  If the annual additions to be allocated to the Participant’s Account for a limitation year would exceed the limit prescribed by Code Section 415, then the Participant’s contributions shall be reduced in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph to the extent necessary to ensure that such limitation will not be exceeded.  The limitation shall first be satisfied by reducing (i.e., automatically reducing the Participant’s election) the Participant’s non-matched Before-Tax Contributions and then all other Before-Tax Contributions.  If, however, such contributions have already been allocated to the Participant’s account for the limitation year,  then an amount of Matching Contributions (if any) that would otherwise be allocated to the Participant’s Account for such year shall not be allocated to the extent needed for the limitation to be met, and then, to the extent necessary, the amount of Employer non-matching contributions (if any) that would otherwise be allocated to the Participant’s Account for such year shall not be allocated to the extent needed for the limitation to be met.  If the Participant received an annual addition to both this Plan and another plan of the Company or its Affiliates in the limitation year in which such annual additions would exceed the limit prescribed by Code Section 415, the correction of such excess contributions shall be made first from the Participant’s annual additions in the plan to which the Participant most recently became a participant prior to the end of the limitation year, and then, if necessary, from the other plan.

 

21



 

For purposes hereof:

 

(a)                                  The limitation year shall be the calendar year.

 

(b)                                  The term “compensation” for purposes of the Code Section 415(c) limit means the Participant’s wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) paid by the Company and its Affiliates, plus amounts that would be included in wages but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).  Any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or services performed are disregarded for this purpose.  To be taken into account, compensation must be paid or treated as paid to the Participant prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Company and its Affiliates, or paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the date of severance from employment but only if such post-severance payments are regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses or other similar payments and such payments would have been paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Company and its Affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, compensation paid to an individual who does not currently perform services by reason of qualified military service (to the extent such compensation does not exceed the amounts the individual would have earned if the individual had continued to perform services for the Company or an Affiliate) shall be included.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, compensation paid to an individual who is permanently and totally disabled (within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)) shall be counted to the extent the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(4)(ii)(A) and (C) are satisfied.

 

No other amounts paid after a Participant’s severance from employment, such as severance, shall be included in compensation hereunder.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, compensation in excess of the limit in effect under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the limitation year shall not be considered.

 

22



 

ARTICLE 5.  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

 

Section 5.1.  Establishment of Participant’s Accounts .  Each Participant shall have a separate Account established and maintained for him or her for the portion of his or her interests in the Trust Fund.   To the extent necessary or appropriate to provide for the proper administration of the Plan, the Accounts of Participants shall include separate balances or subaccounts for interests invested in the Investment Funds, and may be further subdivided into accounts derived from Before-Tax Contributions (matched and unmatched), Matching Contributions, Employer Contributions (which shall include an additional subaccount called the “Pre-2013 Employer Contributions Account” which accounts for all Employer Contributions that were made for Plan Years prior to 2013), rollover contributions, and such other separate balances as the Policy Committee shall determine.

 

Section 5.2.  Adjustments to Account Balances .

 

(a)                                  Regular Valuation Dates .  As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee will determine the current fair market value of the Trust Fund and the value of each Account.  The Trustee will adjust the Account balances of each Participant to reflect his or her allocations of contributions, payments from his or her Accounts and investment gains or losses and expenses.

 

(b)                                  Valuations Binding .  In determining the value of the Trust Fund and each individual Account, the Trustee and the Policy Committee will exercise their best judgment, and all determinations of value will be binding upon all Participants and their beneficiaries.

 

(c)                                   Statement of Account Balances .  As soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, the Policy Committee will provide to each Participant and other payee for whom an Account is maintained, a statement showing all allocations to, and distributions and withdrawals from, each of his or her Accounts, and the current value of each of his or her Accounts.  For any Plan Year, the Policy Committee may provide statements more frequently than annually or may permit Participants to access statements on a web site.  Within 90 days after the account holder’s receipt of such statement, the account holder will be deemed to have accepted the statement as true, correct and complete.

 

(d)                                  Correction of Mistakes .  In the event the Policy Committee discovers that a mistake has been made in an allocation to, or a distribution from, any Participant’s Account or in the Plan’s recordkeeping, or any other mistake which affects an Account balance, it will correct the mistake as soon as practicable.  If a mistake has been made in an allocation, the Policy Committee will adjust the allocation in a manner to correct the Account balance so that it reflects, to the greatest extent possible, the amount it would have reflected if the mistake had not been made.  If an overpayment has been made, the Policy Committee will seek cash reimbursement to the extent that recovery efforts would not be more expensive and/or burdensome than is justified under the circumstances.  If an underpayment has been made, the Policy Committee will pay the amount of the underpayment in a single sum.  The Policy Committee will treat any other addition to the Account as an expense of the Plan, and will treat any other subtraction from the Account as a forfeiture and will use it in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.3(d).  In the event the Plan makes an error which is reflected in any

 

23



 

communication or statement issued to the affected Participant, and the Participant fails to notify the Policy Committee of the error within 90 days of the Participant’s receipt of such communication or statement, the Plan will not be liable for any loss resulting from the error which occurs after the Participant receives the communication.

 

Section 5.3.  Investment Election .

 

(a)                                  Available Funds .  At the Investment Committee’s direction, the Trustee will maintain various Investment Funds from time to time, each of which will be described to Participants in such manner as is determined by the Policy Committee.  Each fund may hold cash and other liquid investments in such amounts as the Investment Committee and/or Trustee consider necessary to meet the Plan’s liquidity requirements and to pay administrative expenses.

 

(b)                                  Participant Elections .  Participants may elect to allocate and reallocate their Accounts among the various Investment Funds made available from time to time in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee pursuant to rules uniformly applied.  Such investment elections shall remain in effect unless change by the Participant in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee.  The Account balance of any Participant who fails to timely make an investment election will be invested in the default Investment Fund determined by the Policy Committee, which may be a “lifestyle” fund in which the investment mix varies depending upon the Participant’s assumed retirement age.  As of the Spin Date, a Participant’s investment election with respect to the Common Stock Fund will be automatically cancelled, and such investment election will be changed to the default Investment Fund then provided under the Plan.  A Participant must affirmatively elect, after the Spin Date, to allocate contributions into, or re-allocate his or her Accounts into, the Company Stock Fund as it exists thereafter.

 

(c)                                   Allocation of Earnings .  All earnings attributable to the Account balances invested in each Investment Fund will be reinvested in that Investment Fund.

 

(d)                                  Restrictions on Investments .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Investment Committee determines that any reallocation of funds held in the Common Stock Fund or any other Investment Fund might violate applicable securities laws or is for any other reasons impracticable or contrary to the best interests of the Participants as a whole, the Investment Committee may suspend or limit the right of any Participant to reallocate the funds under this Section and/or defer the execution of any reallocation election.

 

24



 

ARTICLE 6. VESTING

 

Section 6.1.  Before-Tax and Rollover Accounts .  A Participant shall be fully vested in the balance of his or her Before-Tax Account and Rollover Account at all times.

 

Section 6.2.  Matching and Employer Contribution Accounts .  A Participant shall be vested in the balance of his or her Matching Account and Employer Contribution Account at any given time in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Full Years of
Vesting Service

 

Nonforfeitable Percentage
of Account

 

Less than 1

 

0

%

1

 

20

%

2

 

40

%

3

 

60

%

4

 

80

%

5 or more

 

100

%

 

Section 6.3.  Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Termination by Reason of Retirement, Death, or Job Elimination .  Notwithstanding Section 6.2, if a Participant’s termination of employment with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates occurs:

 

(1)                                  on or after attainment of Normal Retirement Age;

 

(2)                                  after qualifying for early retirement under a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliate;

 

(3)                                  on or after attainment of age 55 with ten (10) years of Vesting Service;

 

(4)                                  by reason of death; or

 

(5)                                  on account of the elimination of the Participant’s job in connection with:  a sale or permanent closing of a plant, facility, unit or similar operation; permanent reductions due to curtailment of business; reorganization or outsourcing if job not offered by successor employer; or any other similar event (as determined by the Policy Committee in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards),

 

then the entire balance of such Participant’s Matching Account and Employer Contribution Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of such termination of employment.

 

25



 

(b)                                  Other Termination of Employment .  If a Participant’s termination of employment with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates occurs other than by reason of one of the events described in subsection (a), then the vested portion of the Participant’s Matching Account and Employer Contribution Account shall be determined as of his or her Severance Date based on the schedule set forth in Section 6.2.

 

(c)                                   Forfeiture of Unvested Account .  The portion of the Participant’s Matching Account and Employer Contribution Account which is forfeitable under subsection (b) shall be forfeited from the Participant’s Accounts upon the earlier of the date (1) the Participant incurs a Period of Severance of at least 72 consecutive months in duration, or (2) the Participant receives a distribution of the vested portion of his or her Accounts.  Prior to forfeiture, such unvested portion shall continue to share in allocations of earnings, gains or losses pursuant to Article 5.  For purposes of this Section, a Participant who has no vested interest in any portion of his or her Accounts shall be deemed to have received distribution of the Account upon his or her termination of employment.

 

(d)                                  Use of Forfeitures .  Any amounts forfeited during a Plan Year shall be used to reinstate forfeited accounts under subsection (e), reduce Matching and Employer Contributions which would otherwise have been made for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs (including such contributions that are required to restore losses to a Participant’s Account due to administrative error), and/or to pay for administrative expenses of the Plan.

 

(e)                                   Reemployment after Forfeiture .  If an Employee who has suffered a forfeiture from his or her Employer Contributions Account as a result of taking a distribution (or deemed distribution) returns to employment as an Eligible Employee before the duration of his or her Period of Severance equals 72 consecutive months, then the dollar amount forfeited pursuant to subsection (c) shall be reinstated to the Participant’s Employer Contributions Account if and only if the Participant repays the full amount of the distribution from his or her Employer Contributions Account (if any) prior to the fifth anniversary of the date on which he or she subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee.  An Employee described in the prior sentence who is deemed to receive a distribution of his or her entire nonforfeitable interest under the last sentence of subsection (c) shall be deemed to have repaid such distribution on the date he or she again becomes an Eligible Employee.  The restored amount shall be funded out of forfeitures for the Plan Year in which such amounts are to be restored, or, if such forfeitures are not sufficient, out of additional contributions made by the Participating Employer(s).

 

Section 6.4.  Total and Permanent Disability .  Notwithstanding Section 6.2, if a Participant becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled while employed with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates, then the entire balance of such Participant’s Matching Account and Employer Contribution Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of such Total and Permanent Disability.

 

26



 

ARTICLE 7.  INSERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

 

Section 7.1.  General Rules .

 

(a)                                  General .  The provisions of this Article 7 govern the availability of loans and withdrawals while a Participant is employed by a Participating Employer or any Affiliate.  If a Participant who submits a request for a loan or withdrawal terminates employment prior to the issuance of the loan proceed or prior to the distribution, the Participant will be deemed to have withdrawn such request.

 

(b)                                  Available Amount .  The amount available to the Participant who makes an inservice withdrawal or loan will be based on his or her available vested Account balances (minus any outstanding loan balance) determined as of the Valuation Date on which the withdrawal or loan is processed.  The Policy Committee may prescribe the order of Accounts from which amounts will be withdrawn or loaned, pursuant to rules uniformly applied.

 

(c)                                   Pro Rata Withdrawals or Loans from Investment Funds .  The Policy Committee will subtract each inservice withdrawal or loan pro rata from the Investment Funds in which the Account balances available for the withdrawal or loan are invested.  The Policy Committee will determine the amount to be subtracted from each Investment Fund by multiplying the amount of the withdrawal or loan by the ratio of the amount invested in each Investment Fund to the total aggregate available Account balances.

 

(d)                                  Application and Payment .  All requests for withdrawals or applications for loans shall specify the amount to be withdrawn or loaned, and shall be made in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee pursuant to rules uniformly applied in order to be effective.  The amount withdrawn or loaned will be paid to the Participant in a single payment as promptly as practicable after the request is processed and/or approved.

 

Section 7.2.  Inservice Withdrawal After Age 59½ .  After a Participant reaches age 59 ½, he or she may withdraw all or part of his or her available vested Account balances at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.  The available Account balances are:  (a) his or her Before-Tax Contributions Account, (b) the vested portion of his or her Matching Contributions Account, and (c) effective January 1, 2013, the vested portion of his or her Pre-2013 Retirement Income Contributions Account.  Any amount withdrawn pursuant to an election hereunder will first be taken from the available Account balances other than the Pre-2013 Retirement Income Contributions Account.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pre-2013 Retirement Income Contributions Account will no longer be an available Account balance after a Participant has made one election hereunder during his or her lifetime.

 

Section 7.3.  Inservice Withdrawal After Disability .  At any time after a Participant becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled, he or she may withdraw all or part of his or her vested Account balances.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

27



 

Section 7.4.  In-service Withdrawal from Rollover Account .  A Participant may withdraw all or part of his or her Rollover Account at any time. There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Section 7.5.  Required Inservice Withdrawal For 5-Percent Owners .  A Participant who is a 5-percent owner of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate must withdraw each year from his or her vested Account balances, beginning with the year in which he or she reaches age 70½, at least the minimum amount required by Code Section 401(a)(9) to be distributed with respect to such year.  If such a Participant does not elect a withdrawal amount, the Plan will automatically distribute such minimum amount to the Participant no later than the last date for which such distribution may be made under Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

Section 7.6.  Hardship Withdrawals .  A Participant may request a hardship withdrawal upon showing an immediate and heavy financial need that cannot be met from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant.  The Policy Committee (or its delegates) must approve the request.

 

(a)                                  Available Amount .  The amount withdrawn may not exceed the amount of any immediate heavy financial need (including actual expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Participant because of his or her hardship), plus (as part of the same withdrawal) the reasonably estimated amount of taxes and penalties he or she must pay on the withdrawal.  In addition, the sum of the Participant’s outstanding loan balance under Section 7.6 (if any), plus the amount of his or her hardship withdrawal, may not exceed his or her total aggregate vested “available account balances” (as defined in subsection (b)) determined as of the hardship withdrawal date.

 

(b)                                  Available Accounts .  The Participant’s “available account balances” are his or her vested Matching Contribution Account and Before-Tax Contribution Account, excluding any earnings credited to his or her Before-Tax Contribution Account after January 1, 1989.  The Participant must first make withdrawals from the vested portion of his or her Matching Contribution Account.  If such amounts are insufficient, then the withdrawal may be taken from the Participant’s Before-Tax Account but only if: (i) the Participant has first withdrawn or borrowed all amounts available to him or her under this or any other plan of a Participating Employer or Affiliate, (ii) the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions are suspended for a period of 6 months following such withdrawal, and (iii) the withdrawal does not exceed the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including taxes due on the withdrawal).   The Employer Contribution Account is not an available account balance for Hardship Withdrawal.

 

(c)                                   Immediate and Heavy Financial Need .  The Participant may make a hardship withdrawal only if he or she incurs a hardship which creates an immediate and heavy financial need which he or she cannot meet without the withdrawal.  A hardship withdrawal must be necessitated by either:

 

(1)                                  Medical expenses (within the meaning of Code Section 213(d)) previously incurred by either the Participant, his or her Spouse or dependents (within the meaning of Code Section 152), or medical care needed in the future for any such person;

 

28



 

(2)                                  Costs directly related to the purchase of the Participant’s principal residence (including land purchase and all construction costs but excluding mortgage payments);

 

(3)                                  Tuition payments, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his or her Spouse or dependents (within the meaning of Code Section 152);

 

(4)                                  Payments necessary to prevent the Participant’s eviction from, or foreclosure of the mortgage on, the Participant’s principal residence; or

 

(5)                                  Burial or funeral expenses of the Participant’s deceased parent, Spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Section 152(d)(1)(B); or

 

(6)                                  Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 162 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

(d)                                  Withdrawal Necessary to Meet Need .  In order to demonstrate that the need cannot be met from other resources, the Participant may be required to represent in writing that he or she cannot meet his or her hardship from personal savings and/or the resources listed below that are reasonably available to him or her, or that the effect of drawing upon these resources would be to increase his or her existing hardship or to create an additional hardship:

 

(1)                                  Cessation of Before-Tax Contributions to this Plan and before-tax deposits under any qualified or nonqualified plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates;

 

(2)                                  Insurance or other reimbursement for the loss that created the hardship;

 

(3)                                  Sale of assets at fair market value including assets owned by his or her Spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to him or her; and/or

 

(4)                                  Withdrawals or nontaxable loans from this or any other plan maintained by the Participating Employer or an Affiliate, or loans from commercial lenders on reasonable terms.

 

(e)                                   Nondiscrimination .  The determination of the existence of the Participant’s immediate and heavy financial need and the necessity of the withdrawal to meet the need will be made by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

29



 

(f)                                    Reliance on Participant’s Representations .  The Policy Committee will in good faith rely on the representations made by the Participant in his or her application for the hardship withdrawal and will not be held accountable for any misrepresentation.

 

Section 7.7.  Loans .  Participants may receive loans from the Plan in accordance with rules prescribed by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, which are incorporated by reference herein, subject to the following rules.

 

(a)                                  Application and Eligibility .  The Participant who wishes to make a loan during his or her employment may request the loan, in such form and manner as is specified by the Policy Committee, specifying the amount to be borrowed.  Except as otherwise required under Section 408(b)(1) of ERISA, no Participant may receive a loan after he or she terminates employment, and no beneficiary will be eligible for a loan.  In addition, a Participant who is on leave of absence and is not being paid sufficient compensation from the payroll of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate to cover the expected loan repayments shall not be eligible to initiate a loan.

 

(b)                                  Available Amount .  The Participant may request a loan from the aggregate of his or her vested loanable Account balances (as defined in subsection (e)).  The total principal amount of the Participant’s outstanding loans may not exceed the lesser of (1) 50 percent of his or her aggregate loanable Account balances as of the date the loan is approved, or (2) $50,000, reduced by an amount equal to his or her highest aggregate outstanding loan balance(s) during the twelve months immediately preceding the date of his or her current loan.  The minimum amount of the loan must be $1,000.00.  Only two loans may be outstanding at any time.

 

(c)                                   Interest .  The loan will bear interest at a reasonable rate established by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner on the basis of rates currently charged by commercial lenders.

 

(d)                                  Investment of Account Balances .  The Policy Committee will treat each loan as an investment of the Participant’s Account balances and will credit his or her principal and interest payments to the Accounts from which his or her loan proceeds were taken.  Principal and interest payments will be invested according to the Participant’s current election for his or her contributions.

 

(e)                                   Available Accounts .  Each loan will be made from the Participant’s following Accounts:  (1) Before-Tax Contributions and (2) the vested balance of his or her Matching Contributions Account (the “loanable account balances”). No other accounts are available for loans.

 

(f)                                    Security .  Each loan will be treated as an investment of the Participant’s borrowed Account balances, and must be evidenced by his or her execution of a note in such form and in such manner as is determined by the Policy Committee.  The loan must be secured by the Participant’s pledge of fifty percent (50%) of the balances in his or her Accounts from which his or her loan is made.

 

(g)                                   Term .  Each loan will be for a term of one, two, three, four or five years as requested by the Participant.  A Participant may prepay his or her loan in full at any time without penalty.

 

30



 

(h)                                  Suspension of Repayments During Military Leave .  Each Participant may elect to suspend his or her loan repayments while he or she is on unpaid military leave.  The five-year maximum repayment period will be extended by the length of the suspension.

 

(i)                                      Suspension of Repayments During Other Leaves .  In the case of a Participant who is on a leave of absence without pay (or a reduced work schedule such that the Participant earns less, after applicable tax withholding, than the amount necessary to pay a required installment on a loan), the Policy Committee may allow the Participant to suspend payments of the loan for up to one year; provided that such suspension does not operate to extend the maturity date of the loan.  In any case in which repayments have been suspended, upon the Participant’s return to work or the end of the suspension period, as applicable, the Participant’s loan shall be re-amortized over its remaining term.

 

(j)                                     Repayment by Payroll Deductions .  So long as the Participant continues to earn Compensation, he or she must make his or her loan repayments by payroll deductions in equal amounts throughout the term of the loan.

 

(k)                                  Termination of Employment .  Upon a Participant’s termination of employment, the outstanding loan balance (other than with respect to a Participant who qualifies as a party in interest) shall be accelerated to the date of termination and, unless paid in full as of the date of termination, the provisions of subsection (1) shall apply.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Policy Committee may permit Participants to continue to pay outstanding loans after termination of employment in accordance with such rules and procedures as are prescribed by the Policy Committee on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

 

(l)                                      Default .  If a Participant fails to pay his or her loan payments when due (including repayment in full upon termination of employment), he or she shall be given a grace period through the end of the calendar quarter after the calendar quarter in which the default arose to bring the loan current.  If the Participant fails to do so, his or her loan shall be considered in default and a deemed distribution for purposes of Code Section 72(p) shall occur as of the end of the grace period. A Participant who takes a distribution of the entire vested balance of his or her Account shall have his or her portion of the Account used to secure the loan distributed to him or her in satisfaction of the loan.

 

(m)                              Fees .  The Trustee may charge loan origination and annual maintenance fees in connection with any loan.  Any such fees shall be deducted directly from the Account of the Participant who incurs such fees.

 

31



 

ARTICLE 8.  POST-EMPLOYMENT DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 8.1.  Payment Events .  A Participant who incurs a severance from employment from the Participating Employers and their Affiliates for any reason, or the beneficiary of a deceased Participant, will be eligible for a distribution of his or her aggregate vested Account balances, subject to the provisions of this Article 8.  Except as provided in Section 8.3(a), the Participant or beneficiary must apply for payment in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee, and the lump sum payment will be made as soon as practicable after a proper application for a distribution is received and processed.  If a Participant’s status changes from an Employee to a leased employee (within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)), the Participant shall not be considered to have a severance from employment until the Participant ceases to be a leased employee.

 

Section 8.2.  Amount of Payment .  The Participant or beneficiary will receive the amount of the vested Account balances (minus any outstanding loan balance which is not repaid by the earlier of the end of the grace period or the date of distribution) determined as of the last Valuation Date preceding the payment date.

 

Section 8.3.  Form and Timing of Payment .  Except as provided in subsection (c), the lump sum is the only form of payment available under the Plan.  All distributions will be made in cash.

 

(a)                                  Payment of Account Balance Not Over $1,000 .  The Policy Committee will direct the Trustee to make a lump sum payment (not later than the last day of the Plan Year following the year in which the Participant’s severance from employment occurs) to any Participant whose aggregate vested Account balances do not exceed $1,000 as of the date distribution is to be made, and the Participant may not defer the lump sum payment; provided that the Participant may elect a direct rollover of any payment in excess of $200 under Section 8.6.  This provision shall also apply with respect to any Participant who incur a severance from employment prior to the effective date of this subsection.

 

(b)                                  Balance Over $1,000 .  If the Participant’s aggregate vested Account balances are greater than $1,000 after his or her date of severance from employment, he or she may either apply for an immediate lump sum payment or may defer payment of his or her aggregate Account balances until a date no later than the later of (1) the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ or (2) the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant incurs a severance from employment (the “required distribution date”).  No distribution shall be made prior to the required distribution date until a Participant files a form with the Policy Committee requesting such a distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant fails to request a distribution as of the required distribution date, the Policy Committee will cash-out the Participant’s vested Account balance as of such date without Participant consent or application if the Participant can be located, or will forfeit the Account under Section 12.7 if the Participant cannot be located.

 

32



 

(c)                                   Minimum Required Distributions .  Effective October 1, 2001, a Participant described in subsection (b) who is required to begin receiving distributions from his or her Account pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) for a Plan Year may elect, in lieu of a lump sum distribution, to receive an annual payment equal to at least the minimum amount required to be distributed pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9).  Such a Participant may elect, at any time, to receive the remaining vested balance of his or her Account in a lump sum.

 

(d)                                  Lump Sum Distribution .  A lump sum distribution shall consist of a cash distribution equal to the Current Market Value (as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution) of the Participant’s vested interest in his or her Account; provided that with respect to the portion of the Participant’s Account that on the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution is invested in the Common Stock Fund, the Participant may, but need not, elect to receive a distribution in full shares of Common Stock attributable to the Participant’s vested interest in the Common Stock Fund, together with cash equal to the Current Market Value (determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution date) of any units under the Common Stock Fund whose value equates to a fractional share of Common Stock.

 

(e)                                   Notice .  The Policy Committee shall provide the Participant with a written notice explaining:  (1) the Participant’s right to defer commencement of benefits to the date described in subsection (b), including the consequences of failing to defer receipt of a distribution, (2) the normal form of distribution and the Participant’s right to elect one of the optional forms described herein, if any, and (3) the right of the Participant to have at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the normal form of distribution and elect an optional form, if any.

 

Section 8.4.  Designation of Beneficiaries; Payment After Death .

 

(a)                                  Procedure .  The primary beneficiary of a Participant who is married on the date his or her death shall be the Participant’s surviving Spouse, unless the Participant previously designated another beneficiary with the written consent of such Spouse; provided that spousal consent will not be required if the Participant provides the Policy Committee with a valid decree of abandonment or legal separation, or with satisfactory evidence that he or she cannot obtain consent because he or she has been unable to locate his or her Spouse after reasonable effort.  A married Participant may name one or more contingent beneficiaries to receive any vested Account balances in the event his or her Spouse does not survive him or her, and will not need his or her Spouse’s consent.

 

The unmarried Participant, and the married Participant who has his or her Spouse’s written consent, may name one or more primary beneficiaries and one or more contingent beneficiaries.  If the Participant names multiple beneficiaries, he or she must indicate the percentage payable to each.  Beneficiaries can be individuals, religious organizations, educational organizations, charitable organizations, trusts, or the Participant’s estate.  Subject to the spousal consent requirement, the Participant may change his or her designation at any time, and each change will revoke all his or her prior designations.

 

To be effective, each designation must be made in writing on a form provided by the Policy Committee and must be signed and filed with the Policy Committee before the

 

33



 

Participant’s death, and if spousal consent is required, the election (1) must be signed by the Participant’s Spouse; (2) the Spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect of the election and that he/she cannot later revoke the waiver; (3) the Spouse’s consent must either specifically approve each named beneficiary, or must permit the Participant to name any beneficiary; and (4) the Spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a notary public.  If the Spouse is incompetent, the Spouse’s legal guardian may give consent, even if the guardian is the Participant.

 

If a married Participant designates his or her Spouse as a primary or contingent beneficiary and the Participant and his or her Spouse subsequently divorce or legally separate, the following rules shall apply:

 

(1)                                  If the Policy Committee receives notice of the Participant’s divorce or legal separation from such Spouse prior to April 1, 2010, such designation (to the extent applicable to such Spouse) will be automatically null and void as of the date of the receipt of such notice and such Spouse’s interest shall be divided among the remaining primary or contingent beneficiaries pro rata according to their respective portions, or shall be payable according to the default rules described below, unless otherwise required by the terms of a qualified domestic relations order or the Participant redesignates his or her former Spouse as a beneficiary after the date of divorce or legal separation.

 

(2)                                  Notice to the Policy Committee of the Participant’s divorce or legal separation on or after April 1, 2010 shall not affect the Participant’s designation of his or her former Spouse as a primary or contingent beneficiary unless or until the Participant revokes the designation in accordance with this Section 8.4.

 

If the Participant’s designated beneficiary(ies) fails to survive the Participant, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be the Participant’s Spouse, or if non, the Participant’s estate.

 

(b)                                  Rights of Beneficiary .  Except as provided in subsection (c), upon the Participant’s death, his or her vested Account balances will be paid in a lump sum to his or her beneficiary(ies) as soon as practicable after the Policy Committee receives proof, satisfactory to the Policy Committee, of the Participant’s death and application for a distribution from the beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the remaining balance of a Participant’s vested Accounts to which a beneficiary is entitled shall be distributed to such beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the 5 th  anniversary of the Participant’s death, or if the beneficiary cannot be located, shall be forfeited as provided in Section 12.7.  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse or other primary beneficiary dies before the lump sum Account balances are paid to him or her, the balances will be paid in a lump sum to the Participant’s surviving contingent beneficiary(ies), if any.  If the contingent beneficiary(ies) dies before the lump sum Account balances are paid to him or her, the vested Account balances will be paid to the Participant’s estate.  No primary beneficiary will have any right to the Participant’s Account balances unless he or she survives the Participant and survives to the payment date, and no contingent beneficiary will have any right unless he or she survives both the Participant and the

 

34



 

primary beneficiary(ies) and survives to the payment date.  No beneficiary will have any right to designate a beneficiary.

 

(c)                                   Optional Form for Spouse .  The surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant may elect to defer distribution of the Participant’s vested accounts until the later of (i) the December 31 of the year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½ or (ii) the December 31 of the year following the year in which the Participant dies.  The surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant may also elect, in lieu of a lump sum distribution, to receive an annual death benefit payment equal to at least the minimum amount required to be distributed pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9).  Such surviving Spouse may elect, at any time, to receive the remaining vested balance of the deceased Participant’s Account in a lump sum.

 

(d)                                  Payment to Minor or Incompetent Beneficiaries .  In the event the deceased Participant’s beneficiary is a minor, or is legally incompetent, the Policy Committee will make payment to the court-appointed guardian or representative of such beneficiary, or to a trust established for the benefit of such beneficiary, as applicable.

 

(e)                                   Judicial Determination .  In the event the Policy Committee considers it appropriate for any reason not to direct the payment of a deceased Participant’s Account balances as specified in this Section, the Policy Committee may have a court of applicable jurisdiction determine to whom payments should be made, in which event all expenses incurred in obtaining the determination may be charged against the payee.

 

Section 8.5.  Required Distributions .  Unless the Participant elects to or is deemed to have elected to defer payment to a later date, the payment of benefits under the Plan to a Participant must be made not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

 

(a)                                  The Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

 

(b)                                  The Participant incurs a severance from employment with the Participating Employer and its Affiliates; or

 

(c)                                   The 10 th  anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan occurs.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who fails to affirmatively elect a deferral will be deemed to have elected to defer payment until the earlier of (x) the date as of which the Participant requests a distribution, or (y) the required distribution date under Section 8.3(b).

 

Section 8.6.  Direct Rollover .

 

(a)                                  Participant Right to Rollover .  A Participant who receives an eligible rollover distribution may instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of his or her payment to (i) another qualified retirement plan; (ii) an individual retirement account or annuity (IRA); (iii) an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code; (iv) an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to

 

35



 

separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan; or (v) a Roth IRA described in section 408A of the Code.

 

(b)                                  Beneficiary and Alternate Payee Right to Rollover .  A surviving Spouse, or spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestics relations order, who receives an eligible rollover distribution shall have the same right to instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of the payment as a Participant under subsection (a).  A non-spousal beneficiary who receives an eligible rollover distribution may instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of the distribution to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

(c)                                   Election of Rollover .  The payee who directs the rollover must timely provide in writing all information required to effect the rollover as determined by the Policy Committee. The Policy Committee will provide timely notice of the right to make a direct rollover.

 

(d)                                  Eligible Rollover Distribution .  Since the Plan does not provide a form of payment that yields substantially equal periodic payments over a lifetime, life expectancy, or period of at least 10 years, all payments are eligible rollover payments except (i) payments of less than $200, (ii) payments required under Code Section 401(a)(9), (iii) return of after-tax contributions, and (iv) hardship distributions.  Notwithstanding subsection (iii), a distribution of after-tax Contributions shall be considered an eligible rollover distribution but such portion may be transferred only to (x) an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code or (y) a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code or an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, that in each case agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred.

 

Section 8.7.  Required Minimum Distribution Rules .

 

(a)                                  General .  The provisions of this Section will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.  This Section shall not be interpreted to provide any additional options to the recipient with respect to the form or timing of payment beyond the other provisions of the Plan, except as necessary to comply with the minimum requirements.  All Plan distributions will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the Plan provisions that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

 

(b)                                  Definitions .

 

(1)                                  Designated Beneficiary .  The designated beneficiary for purposes of this Section is the individual who is the Beneficiary and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

 

(2)                                  Distribution Calendar Year .  A distribution calendar year is a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required.  For

 

36



 

distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date.  For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under subsection (c).  The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date.  The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

(3)                                  Life Expectancy .  Life expectancy means the value computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

 

(4)                                  Participant’s Account Balance .  The Participant’s account balance is the account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (the “valuation calendar year”) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.  The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

 

(5)                                  Required Beginning Date .  The April 1 following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70½ or incurs a severance from employment, whichever is later; provided that for a Participant who is a 5% owner of the Employer, the required beginning date is the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, even if still employed.

 

(c)                                   Time and Manner of Distribution .  The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.  If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

(1)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving Spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately

 

37



 

following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 ½, if later.

 

(2)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to each designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died or the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of  the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(3)                                  If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(4)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving Spouse begin, subparagraphs (2) and (3) will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

 

Unless subparagraph (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date.  If subparagraph (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (1).  If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse under subparagraph (1)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

 

(d)                                  Forms of Distribution .  Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with the rules regarding required minimum distributions during the Participant’s lifetime and after the Participant’s death, as applicable.  If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations.

 

(e)                                   Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .  During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

(1)                                  the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth

 

38



 

in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

 

(2)                                  if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

 

Required minimum distributions will be determined beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death

 

(f)                                    Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .  If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(1)                                  The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that year.  For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(3)                                  If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the

 

39



 

Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in subparagraph (1).  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving Spouse, this subsection will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

 

40



 

ARTICLE 9.  AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1.  Amendments and Termination .

 

(a)                                  General .  While it is intended that the Plan shall continue in effect indefinitely, the Board may from time to time modify, alter or amend the Plan or the Trust, and may at any time order the temporary suspension or complete discontinuance of Employer Contributions or may terminate the Plan; provided however, that in the event of termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of Employer Contributions hereunder, all rights and interests of Participants not theretofore vested shall become vested as of the date of such termination or complete discontinuance.  In addition, upon a partial termination of the Plan pursuant to Section 411 of the Code, the Employer Contributions Accounts of Participants affected by the partial termination shall become vested. With respect to any group of Participants whose participation hereunder is the subject of collective bargaining, any amendment to the collective bargaining agreement covering such Participants shall automatically be considered an amendment hereto on the date set forth in the collective bargaining agreement without necessity of action by the Policy Committee or the Board.

 

(b)                                  Termination by Participating Employer .  If any individual Participating Employer terminates its participation in the Plan or orders the complete discontinuance of its Employer Contributions, all Participants who are employees (or who were employees and have not forfeited any part of their Employer Contributions Account as of the effective date of such termination or complete discontinuance) of such Participating Employer shall become vested in their Accounts as of the date of such termination or complete discontinuance.  In the event that such termination or discontinuance occurs in connection with the sale of substantially all of the Participating Employer’s assets and business, the Participating Employer may, in its discretion, elect to make contributions for the Plan Year in which such event occurs on behalf of all Participants who separate from service in connection with such sale, and such contributions shall be allocated to the Accounts of such Participants notwithstanding Section 3.4.

 

(c)                                   Amendment Required or Permitted by Law .  Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent any modification, alteration or amendment of the Plan or of the Trust which is required in order to comply with the provision of any law or regulation relating to the establishment or maintenance of this Plan and Trust, including but not limited to the establishment and maintenance of the Plan or Trust as a qualified employee plan or trust under the Code, or which is permitted by applicable law, even though such modification, alteration, or amendment is made retroactively or adversely affects the rights or interests of a Participant under the Plan.  The power to amend the Plan which is reserved to the Board shall include the right to amend the Plan at any time to provide a life annuity form of distribution.

 

Section 9.2.  Delegation to Policy Committee .  To the extent, and for the period of time during which Adient plc has the responsibility and authority to administer this Plan under a delegation of authority pursuant to Section 10.5, the Policy Committee shall have the authority to amend this Plan from time to time to the same extent as the Board; provided, however, that the Policy Committee shall have no authority to terminate this Plan without the consent of the Board.

 

41



 

ARTICLE 10.  PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

Section 10.1.  Employee Benefits Policy Committee .  There shall be an Employee Benefits Policy Committee consisting of not less than three persons appointed by and serving at the pleasure of the Chief Executive Officer of Adient plc.  Members of the Policy Committee may, but need not, be officers, employees or directors of the Company, Adient plc or any other Employer.  A Policy Committee member may resign upon notice to the Chief Executive Officer of Adient plc, and shall be considered to have resigned on the date of his or her termination of employment from the Employers.  Pending the Chief Executive Officer’s appointment of a new Policy Committee member following resignation, the Policy Committee may act with less than three persons and such action shall be given the same force and effect as if the action was made by a full committee.

 

The Policy Committee shall be the “administrator” of the Plan for all purposes of ERISA and the “named fiduciary” required under ERISA, and to the extent such responsibility is not specifically allocated otherwise hereunder, shall have the exclusive responsibility and discretionary authority for the administration and operation of the Plan and shall have the power to take any action necessary or appropriate to carry out such responsibilities. In addition to the specific duties and authority described herein, the Policy Committee’s discretionary authority shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 

(a)                                  to prescribe and require the use of appropriate forms;

 

(b)                                  to formulate and issue rules and regulations;

 

(c)                                   to prepare and file reports, notices and any other documents relating to the Plan which may be required by law;

 

(d)                                  to interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, by supplying omissions from, correcting deficiencies in, or resolving inconsistencies or ambiguities in, Plan language);

 

(e)                                   to make factual findings with respect to any issue arising under the Plan;

 

(f)                                    to determine the rights and status under the Plan of Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons; and

 

(g)                                   to decide disputes arising under the Plan and to make determinations and findings (including factual findings) with respect to the benefits payable thereunder and the persons entitled thereto as may be required for Plan purposes.

 

(h)                                  request information from participants or beneficiaries necessary to determine rights to Plan benefits and, if such information is not furnished, to deny, suspend or discontinue Plan benefits at any time and for any length of time (including permanently).

 

(i)                                      if excess Plan benefits are paid due to error (including, for example, a clerical error) or fraud or for any other reason, recover such amounts plus interests and costs,

 

42



 

through whatever means are necessary, including, without limitation, legal action or by offsetting future benefit payments to participants or beneficiaries.

 

In furtherance thereof, but without limiting the foregoing, the Policy Committee is hereby granted the following specific authorities, which it shall discharge in its sole and absolute discretion to (1) resolve all questions (including factual questions) arising under the Plan as to any individual’s entitlement to become a Participant; (2) determine the amount of benefits, if any, payable with respect to any person under the Plan (including, to the extent necessary, making any factual findings with respect thereto); and (3) conduct the claims and review procedures set forth herein.  All determinations or interpretations of the Policy Committee shall be final and binding on all parties unless determined to be arbitrary and capricious by a court of appropriate jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.2.  Employee Benefits Investment Committee .  There shall be an Employee Benefits Investment Committee consisting of not less than 3 persons appointed annually at the organizational meeting of the Board of Directors of Adient plc and serving at the pleasure of such board.  Members of the Employee Benefits Investment Committee may, but need not, be officers, employees or directors of the Company, Adient plc or any other Employer.  An Employee Benefits Investment Committee member may resign upon notice to the Chief Executive Officer of Adient plc, and shall be considered to have resigned on the date of his or her termination of employment from the Employers.  Pending the Board’s appointment of a new Employee Benefits Investment Committee member following resignation, the Employee Benefits Investment Committee may act with less than three persons and such action shall be given the same force and effect as if the action was made by a full committee.

 

Section 10.3.  Responsibility and Authority of the Investment Committee .  The duties and authority of the Investment Committee shall be as follows:

 

(a)                                  to direct the establishment of Investment Funds and determine the investment characteristics and establish general investment guidelines for such Investment Funds, and to add to or change the number and nature of the Investment Funds from time to time; and

 

(b)                                  to periodically review the performance of each Trustee and each Investment Fund and report to the Board with respect to such performance at least annually.

 

Section 10.4.  Organization and Procedure .  Each committee shall have a chairman, a secretary, and such other officers as may be deemed appropriate.  Action on any matter shall be taken on the vote of at least a majority of all members of the committee at any meeting or upon unanimous written consent of all members without a meeting.  Minutes of meetings shall be kept and all major actions of the committees shall be recorded in such minutes or other appropriate written form.  The committees may adopt such bylaws, procedures and operating rules as they may deem appropriate.

 

Section 10.5.  Delegation of Authority and Responsibility .

 

(a)                                  Delegation to Member .  Each committee may delegate to any one or more of its members the authority to execute documents on behalf of such committee and to represent

 

43



 

such committee in any matters or dealings involving such committee.  Any such delegation of authority shall be set forth in writing.

 

(b)                                  Delegation to Employees .  The committees may delegate certain of their powers to a person employed by Adient plc, the Company, a Participating Employer or Affiliate under such terms and conditions as may be specified by the committee.  Any such delegation of the powers shall be set forth in writing.

 

(c)                                   Reservation of Authority .  Employees who are not members of any committee or persons to whom powers are delegated under (b) above may perform such duties and functions relating to the Plan as a committee shall direct and supervise.  It is expressly provided, however, that the committees shall retain full and exclusive authority and responsibility for and respecting any such activities by other employees, and nothing contained in this Section 10.5 shall be construed to confer upon any such employee any discretionary authority or control respecting the administration or operation of the Plan.

 

Section 10.6.  Use of Professional Services .  Any committee may obtain the services of such attorneys, actuaries, accountants or other persons they deem appropriate, any of whom may be the same persons who are providing services to Adient plc, the Company, a Participating Employer or Affiliate.  In any case in which a committee utilizes such services, it shall retain exclusive discretionary authority and control respecting the administration and operation of the Plan.

 

Section 10.7.  Fees and Expenses .  Committee members who are employees of Adient plc, the Company, a Participating Employer or Affiliate shall serve without compensation from the Plan but shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in their capacity as committee members.  No employee members of any committee or persons performing services pursuant to Section 10.4 shall receive greater than reasonable compensation for their services and expenses.  All compensation for services and expenses shall be paid from the Trust unless the Participating Employers, in their sole discretion, elect to pay them.  To the extent that they are not paid by the Participating Employers, such compensation and expenses shall be paid out of the principal or income of the Trust.

 

Section 10.8.  Claims Procedure .

 

(a)                                  Initial Claim .  Any Participant, Spouse or other Beneficiary under this Plan who believes that a benefit has been denied him or her hereunder (including, but not limited to, the belief that the amount or form of payment is incorrect or that payment was made to the incorrect beneficiary), who desires to determine or clarify his or her rights to future benefits hereunder (including, but not limited to, any questions relating to the vesting schedules, break in service rules, or a Participant’s beneficiary designation), or who believes an operational error has occurred affecting his or her benefit hereunder (a “claimant”) must file, or have his or her duly authorized representative file, a claim with the Administrator under this Section. Any such claim must be filed in writing stating the nature of the claim, the facts supporting the claim, the amount claimed, and the name and address of the claimant.  The claim must be filed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date the claimant knew (or should have known with reasonable diligence) of the existence of the facts giving rise to the claim.  Any claim filed after such date

 

44



 

shall be considered untimely. The Policy Committee shall designate one or more persons (who may or may not be members of the Policy Committee) to consider the claim and answer it in writing stating whether the claim is granted or denied.  A determination of the claim shall be made within 90 days of receipt, provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, an extension of time is needed to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have up to 180 days to consider the claim if the claim reviewer provides written notice of the extension, the reasons therefor and the expected date of determination to the claimant prior to the end of the original 90-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for disability benefit claims filed on or after January 1, 2002, the determination shall be made within 45 days after the Policy Committee’s receipt of the claim; provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, an extension of time is necessary to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have an additional 30 days to consider the claim if the claim reviewer provides written notice of the extension to the claimant before the end of the initial 45-day period; and further provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, a further extension of time is necessary to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have a second 30-day extension if the claim reviewer provides written notice to the claimant before the end of the first 30-day extension.  In the case of any extension outlined in the preceding sentence, the notice of extension shall include (1) an explanation for the circumstances requiring the extension, (2) the date by which the reviewer expects to render a decision, (3) an explanation of the standards upon which the entitlement to benefits is based, (4) the unresolved issues preventing a decision on the claim, and (5) the additional information needed to resolve those issues (the claimant shall be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information, during which time, the period for making the benefit determination will be tolled.)  If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant shall be furnished with a written notice of such denial containing:  (1) the specific reasons for the denial; (2) specific references to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (3) a description of any additional material or information which it is necessary for the claimant to submit and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (4) an explanation of the Plan’s appeal procedure, including the claimant’s right to bring a civil suit under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination upon review.

 

(b)                                  Appeals .  If a claimant wishes to appeal the denial of his or her claim, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative shall file a written notice of appeal to the Policy Committee within 60 days (180 days for disability benefit claims) from the date of receipt of notice of the claim denial.  The claimant will have the opportunity, upon request and free of charge, to have reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s appeal.  In order that the Policy Committee may expeditiously decide such appeal, the written notice of appeal should contain (1) a statement of the ground(s) for the appeal, (2) a specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the appeal is based, (3) a statement of the arguments and authority (if any) supporting each ground for appeal, and (4) any other pertinent documents or comments which the appellant desires to submit in support of his or her appeal. The Policy Committee shall decide the claimant’s appeal within 60 days of receipt of the appeal; provided that, if due to circumstances beyond the Policy Committee’s control, an extension of time is necessary in order to review the appeal, the Policy Committee shall have up to 120 days to consider the appeal if the Policy Committee provides written notice of the extension, the reason therefore and the expected date of determination to the claimant prior to end of the original 60-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for disability benefit claims, the appellant’s appeal shall be decided within 45 days of the receipt of the appeal; provided that,

 

45



 

if due to circumstances beyond the Policy Committee’s control, an extension of time is necessary in order to review the appeal, the Policy Committee shall have an additional 45 days to consider the appeal if the Policy Committee provides, prior to the termination of the initial 45 days, written notice to the claimant of such extension, the reason therefor, and the expected date of determination.  Furthermore, the Policy Committee shall adhere to the following guidelines when deciding appeals of disability benefit claims filed on or after January 1, 2002: (1) the Policy Committee shall not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination, (2) if the initial adverse benefit determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the Policy Committee shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment, (3) the Policy Committee shall provide for the identification of the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained in connection with the adverse benefit determination, regardless of whether such advice was relied upon, and (4) any health care professional consulted for the appeal shall not be the same health care professional consulted in the initial determination nor the subordinate of such individual.  If the appeal is denied in whole or in part, the Policy Committee shall provide the claimant with written notice of the denial which shall contain: the reasons for the decision and reference to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based; a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) or proceed to the voluntary final level of appeal described in subsection 10.08(c).  If the claimant fails to receive a written notice before the end of the applicable period, the claim shall be deemed denied upon review.

 

(c)                                   Optional Level of Appeal .  If a claimant’s claim for benefits is denied in whole or part upon first appeal under subsection 10.08(b), such claimant, or his duly authorized representative, may request a final review, upon written application to the Policy Committee, of the determination on the first appeal.  After receiving a request for review of a determination on the first appeal, the Policy Committee shall respond within the same time periods and in a manner that would satisfy the requirements for a first appeal as set forth above.  If the appeal is denied, the Policy Committee shall provide the appellant with written notice of the denial which shall contain:  (i) the reasons for the decision and reference to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based; (ii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; and (iii) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a).  If the claimant fails to receive a written notice before the end of the applicable period, the claim shall be deemed denied upon review.

 

(d)                                  Limitation on Actions .  No claimant may commence a legal action or proceeding for benefits until after the claims and appeals procedures of subsection (b) above have been exhausted and in no event after the earlier of (i) 180 days after the claimant receives, or is deemed to receive, notice of a denial of his or her claim upon review under subsection (b), or (ii) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations period under applicable federal law; provided that, the 180-day period shall be tolled during the period the appeal described in subsection (c) above is under review.

 

46



 

Section 10.9.  Communications .  All communications shall be addressed to the Employee Benefits Policy Committee at the address set forth in the Plan’s summary plan description.

 

Section 10.10.  Delegation of Authority .  Adient plc, the owner of a substantial equity interest in the Company, is (or one of its subsidiaries is) the sponsor of the Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.  It is intended that this Plan be administered and its assets invested, to the extent consistent with the terms hereof, in substantially the same manner as the Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.  Accordingly, in lieu of appointing a committee to administer the Plan, the Company has delegated the responsibility and authority to administer the Plan to the committees and personnel which administer the Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may rescind such delegation and appoint one or more committees to administer the Plan, with the authority and responsibility described herein as may be allocated by the Board.

 

47



 

ARTICLE 11.  TRUSTEE AND TRUST AGREEMENT

 

Section 11.1.  Appointment and Removal .

 

(a)                                  Appointment .  The Company shall enter into a trust agreement or trust agreements with one or more persons or corporations selected by the Board to act as Trustee of the Trust.  The Trustee shall receive all Before-Tax Contributions and all Employer Contributions and shall hold, manage, administer and invest the same, reinvest any income, and make distributions in accordance with the provisions of the respective trust agreement.  The trust agreement shall be in such form and contain such provisions as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate to effectuate the purposes of the Plan and to qualify the Plan and Trust under the Code.

 

(b)                                  Removal or Resignation .  The Board may, from time to time, remove each Trustee or any successor Trustee at any time and any such Trustee or any successor Trustee may resign and, the Board shall, upon removal or resignation of a Trustee, appoint a successor Trustee.  In any such case, the Board shall give due consideration to the reports and recommendations of the Investment Committee.

 

Section 11.2.  Fees and Expenses .  The Trustee’s fee, and other fees and expenses, shall be paid by the Trustee out of the Trust, unless the Company elects to pay them.  Brokerage fees and other direct investment costs, if paid out of the Trust, shall be charged to the fund of the Trust to which such fees and costs are attributable.

 

Section 11.3.  Exclusive Benefit .  All property and funds of the Trust allocable to the Plan, including income from investments and from all other sources, shall be managed solely in the interest of Participants and their beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of:

 

(a)                                  providing benefits to Participants and beneficiaries; and

 

(b)                                  defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

 

48



 

ARTICLE 12.  COMMON STOCK AND THE COMMON STOCK FUND

 

Section 12.1.  Stock Rights, Stock Splits and Stock Dividends .  A Participant shall have no right of request, direction or demand upon the Employee Benefits Investment Committee or the Trustee to exercise rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or other securities of Johnson Controls, Inc. or any successor thereto, or of Adient plc (collectively, the “Issuer”).  The Trustee may exercise or sell any rights to purchase shares of Common Stock held by the Trustee under the Trust, and the Accounts of Participants shall be appropriately credited.  Shares of Common Stock received by the Trustee by reason of a stock split or a stock dividend shall be allocated to the appropriate Accounts of the Participants.

 

Section 12.2.  Voting of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  General .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the provisions of this Section shall govern the voting of Common Stock held in the Trust Fund.

 

(b)                                  Notice .  When the Issuer files preliminary proxy solicitation materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Policy Committee shall send a copy of all such materials to the Trustee.  Based on these materials, the Trustee shall prepare a voting instruction form.  At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Issuer, the Policy Committee shall cause a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to be sent to each Participant with an interest in the Common Stock held in the Trust, together with the foregoing voting instruction form to be returned to the Trustee or its designee.  The form shall show the proportional interest, in the number of full and fractional shares, of Common Stock credited to the Participant’s Accounts invested in the Common Stock Fund.  The Policy Committee shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any materials provided to the Participants and shall certify to the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.

 

(c)                                   Participant Direction .  Each Participant with an interest in the Common Stock Fund shall have the right, acting in the capacity of a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA Section 402, to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee is to vote (including, to not vote) that number of shares of Common Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund (both vested and unvested), plus such Participant’s proportional interest in the shares of Common Stock held in the Common Stock Fund but as to which the Trustee has not received timely voting directions.  Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the voting of Common Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by mailgram or similar means.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, those directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to any Participating Employer, any officer or employee thereof, or any other person.  Upon its receipt of the directions of a Participant, the Trustee shall vote the shares of Common Stock which are subject to such directions in the manner directed by such Participant.

 

49



 

Section 12.3.  Tender Offers for Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  General .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the provisions of this Section shall govern the tender of Common Stock in response to a tender offer for any shares of Common Stock held in the Trust.

 

(b)                                  Notice .  Upon commencement of a tender offer for any Common Stock held in the Trust, the Policy Committee shall notify each Participant with an interest in the Common Stock Fund of the tender offer and shall utilize its best efforts to timely distribute or cause to be distributed to such Participant the same information as is distributed to shareholders of the Company in connection with the tender offer, and, after consulting with the Trustee, shall provide (and the Company shall pay) for a means by which each such Participant may direct the Trustee whether or not to tender the Common Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund (both vested and unvested).  The Policy Committee shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any material provided to the Participants and shall certify to the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.

 

(c)                                   Participant Direction .  Each Participant shall have the right, acting as a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA Section 402, to direct the Trustee to tender or not to tender the shares of Common Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund.  Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the tender of Common Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by mailgram or such similar means as is agreed upon by the Trustee and the Policy Committee under the preceding paragraph.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, these directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Policy Committee, the Company, any Participating Employer or Affiliate, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports regularly communicated to any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee’s services.  Upon its receipt of the directions of a Participant, the Trustee shall tender or not tender the shares of Common Stock which are subject to such directions in the manner directed by such Participant.  The Trustee shall not tender any shares of Common Stock with respect to which it has received no directions from the Participant.

 

(d)                                  Withdrawal of Shares .  A Participant who has directed the Trustee to tender some or all of the shares of Common Stock as to which he or she is a named fiduciary may, at any time prior to the tender offer withdrawal date, direct the Trustee to withdraw some or all of the tendered shares, and the Trustee shall withdraw the directed number of shares from the tender offer prior to the tender offer withdrawal deadline.  A Participant shall not be limited as to the number of directions to tender or withdraw that the Participant may give to the Trustee.

 

(e)                                   Investment of Proceeds .  A direction by a Participant to the Trustee to tender shares of Common Stock shall not be considered a written election under the Plan by the Participant to withdraw, or have distributed, any or all of his or her interest in the Common Stock Fund.  The Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Account from which the tendered shares were taken the proceeds received by the Trustee in exchange for the shares of Common Stock tendered from that interest.  Pending receipt of directions (through the Company) from the Participant or the Investment Committee as to which of the remaining investment options the

 

50



 

proceeds should be invested in, the Trustee shall invest the proceeds in accordance with applicable provisions of the Trust.

 

Section 12.4.  Common Stock Fund Accounting as of Spin Date .  On and after the Spin Date, the Common Stock Fund shall consist of two components, which will be separately accounted for with respect to each Participant whose Account is invested in the Common Stock Fund immediately prior to the Spin Date:

 

(a)                                  the portion consisting of Johnson Controls International plc ordinary shares (as adjusted thereafter for dividend reinvestments).  This portion shall be a “sell-only” fund from and after the Spin Date, meaning that Participants can elect to re-allocate their balance in this component to other available Funds, but Participants may not elect that new contributions be invested in this component or that accounts invested in other Funds be reallocated to this Fund; and

 

(b)                                  the portion consisting of Adient plc ordinary shares (as adjusted for dividend reinvestments).

 

51



 

ARTICLE 13.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1.  Non-Guarantee of Employment .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between a Participating Employer or an Affiliate and a Participant, or as a right of any Participant to be continued in the employment of his or her employer, or as a limitation of the right of an employer to discharge any Participant with or without cause.

 

Section 13.2.  Rights to Trust Assets .

 

(a)                                  General .  No participant or any other person shall have any right to, or interest in, any part of the Trust assets upon termination of his or her employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the amounts due and payable to such person out of the assets of the Trust.  All payments as provided for in this Plan shall be made solely out of the assets of the Trust and neither the Participating Employers, their Affiliates, the Trustee, nor any member of a committee shall be liable therefor in any manner.

 

(b)                                  Return of Contributions .  The Participating Employers shall have no beneficial interests of any nature whatsoever in any contributions after the same have been received by the Trustee, or in the assets, income or profits of the Trust or any part thereof.  However,

 

(1)                                  to the extent a tax deduction for any contribution is disallowed, such contribution shall be returned to the Participating Employer within 1 year after such disallowance,

 

(2)                                  if the Internal Revenue Service initially determines that the Plan, or any part thereof, fails to qualify under Code Section 401(a), any contributions that have been made shall be returned to the Participating Employers within 1 year following such determination, and

 

(3)                                  to the extent a contribution is made by a mistake of fact, such contribution shall be returned to the Participating Employer within one year of the date of such contribution.

 

Section 13.3.  Non-Recommendation of Investment .  The availability of any security hereunder shall not be construed as a recommendation to invest in such security.  The decision as to the choice of investment of a Participant’s Account must be made solely by each Participant, and no officer or employee of any Participating Employer or the Trustee is authorized to make any recommendation to any Participant concerning the allocation of his or her Accounts hereunder.

 

Section 13.4.  Indemnification of Committees .  The Company shall indemnify each member of the Committees, the Board and the Board of Directors of Adient plc and hold each of them harmless from the consequences of his or her acts or conduct in his or her official

 

52



 

capacity, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be solely in the best interests of the Participants and their beneficiaries, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  To the extent and for so long as the Plan utilizes the Adient US LLC Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust and/or the Company delegates any responsibility or authority pursuant to Section 10.8, such indemnification shall extend to the officers, directors and employees of Adient plc, Adient US LLC, and to the members of the committees which have and exercise such responsibility and authority.  Such indemnification shall cover any and all attorneys’ fees and expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, but only to the extent that such amounts are not paid to such person(s) under the Company’s fiduciary insurance policy and to the extent that such amounts are actually and reasonably incurred by such person(s).

 

Section 13.5.  Selection of Investments .  Except to the extent it may be subject to the instruction of Participants, the Trustee shall have the sole discretion to select investments for the various funds provided for herein.

 

Section 13.6.  Non-Alienation .

 

(a)                                  General .  Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) or permitted under Code Section 401(a)(13), no right or interest of any Participant or beneficiary in the Plan and the Trust shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, attachment, garnishment, execution, levy, bankruptcy, or any other disposition of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, prior to actual receipt of payment by the person entitled to such right or interest under the provisions hereof, and any such disposition or attempted disposition shall be void.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Assignment .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall recognize and give effect to a qualified domestic relations order with respect to child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights if it determines that such order meets the applicable requirements of Code Section 414(p).  If a qualified domestic relations order directs or allows, distribution may be made to an alternate payee designated in such order at a time not permitted for distribution to the Participant himself or herself.  The Policy Committee shall establish procedures concerning the notification of interested parties, the determination of the validity of such orders, the determination of the source of funds to be used to provide for distribution pursuant to such orders, and such other issues as may be necessary or appropriate to deal with such orders in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, which procedures are incorporated by reference herein.

 

Section 13.7.  Facilitation of Payment .

 

(a)                                  Inability to Locate Payee .  In the event that any person who is entitled to benefits hereunder cannot be located despite reasonable and diligent efforts to do so, then such person’s benefits shall be automatically forfeited as of the last day of the Plan Year next following the year in which such benefits became payable; provided, however, in the event that such person subsequently makes a claim for such forfeited benefits prior to the termination of the Plan, such benefits shall be reinstated (without adjustment for gain or losses since the date of

 

53



 

forfeiture) from current year forfeitures or pursuant to a special contribution from the Participating Employer.

 

(b)                                  Incapacity of Payee .  In the event the Policy Committee shall find that any Participant to whom a benefit is payable is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, any payment due (unless prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly qualified guardian or other legal representative) may be paid to the Spouse, parent, brother or sister or other person deemed by the Policy Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant otherwise entitled to payment.  Any such payment shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and shall be in complete satisfaction and full payment of the Participant’s Accounts hereunder.  In addition, if any benefits are improperly paid to the estate, Spouse, parent, brother or sister or other person for the account of the Participant by reason of mistake of fact, any such payment shall be deemed (1) a payment for the account of the Participant or his or her Spouse, and (2) in complete satisfaction and full payment of the Participant’s Accounts hereunder.

 

Section 13.8.  Board Action .  Any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Board under the Plan may be taken by the Executive Committee of the Board or any other authorized committee of the Board.

 

Section 13.9.  Transfers from Other Qualified Plans .  There may be transferred to and deposited with the Trustee to be held, invested and distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and as an integral part of the assets held by the Trustee thereunder, assets subject to any other defined contribution plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) which is maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliate and is merged into the Plan.  Such transfer and merger shall be affected on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Policy Committee.

 

Section 13.10.  Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers of Plan Assets .

 

(a)                                  Plan Mergers and Transfers .  In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to or from any other plan, each Participant in the Plan must be entitled (if the Plan then terminated) to receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

 

(b)                                  Transfers Incident to Employment Changes .  If a Participant in this Plan transfers to employment with a Participating Employer or an Affiliate in a capacity in which he or she is eligible to participate in another plan which utilizes the Savings Trust, then his or her interests in his or her Accounts under this Plan may be transferred to such other plan at the direction of the Policy Committee, provided that such transfer does not result in a reduction of his or her accrued benefits or vesting rights, the elimination of any optional form of benefits or the reduction or elimination of an early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy, except as permitted by the Code.  Similarly, if a participant in another plan maintained by a Participating Employer or an Affiliate which utilizes the Savings Trust becomes eligible to participate in this Plan, then his or her interests in such other plan may be transferred to this Plan.  Notwithstanding

 

54



 

any other provision of this Plan, in the event of such a transfer to this Plan, the vested interest in the portion of any Participant’s Accounts derived from benefits accrued under such other plan shall not at any time be less than it would have been under the terms of such plan as in effect immediately prior to such transfer.

 

(c)                                   No Reduction in Benefits .  No provision of the Plan shall be construed or applied so as to result in a decrease of the accrued benefit (within the meaning of Code Section 411(d)(6)) which any Participant had under any Prior Plan before January 1, 1989 or under any other plan merged, in whole or in part, with the Plan, except as permitted by Treasury regulations.

 

Section 13.11.  Fiduciaries .  Any person may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.  Any fiduciary hereunder, as an individual, may employ such legal, actuarial, accounting or other assistant as he or she may deem necessary to fulfill his or her obligations hereunder, which assistants may be those consulted by any Participating Employer, Affiliate, the Trustee, the Plan or other fiduciaries.

 

Section 13.12.  Top-Heavy Restrictions .

 

(a)                                  The Plan shall be a “Top-Heavy Plan” for any Plan Year if either of the following conditions applies:

 

(1)                                  The Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan exceeds 60% and the Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group having a Top-Heavy Ratio of 60% or less.

 

(2)                                  The Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group having a Top-Heavy Ratio which exceeds 60% and is not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group having a Top-Heavy Ratio of 60% or less.

 

If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year the provisions of this Section 13.12 shall supersede any conflicting provisions of the Plan.  The provisions of this Section 13.12 are intended to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Section 13.12 and the provisions of Code Section 416 or the Income Tax Regulations thereunder, such discrepancy shall be resolved by the Policy Committee so as to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations.

 

(b)                                  Solely for purposes of this Section, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(1)                                  “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (and the beneficiary of such employee) whose status as an officer or owner of the Employer makes him or her a “key employee” as determined in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder.

 

(2)                                  “Determination Date” means the last day of the preceding Plan Year.

 

55



 

(3)                                  “Top-Heavy Ratio” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under any defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer for all Key Employees and the present value of accrued benefits under any defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer for all Key Employees and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under such defined contribution plans for all Participants and the present value of accrued benefits under such defined benefit plans for all Participants.  Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio shall be adjusted for any distribution of an account balance or an accrued benefit made in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date and any contribution due but unpaid as of the Determination Date; provided that the phrase “1-year period” shall be substituted for “5-year period” with respect to distributions made on account of death, disability or separation from employment.  For purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio, (A) the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits shall be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date and (B) the account balances and present values of accrued benefits of a Participant who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year shall be disregarded.  The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.  The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account, will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.  When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.  The present value of accrued benefits shall be determined pursuant to Code Section 416(g) using a 5% interest assumption and the UP-1984 Mortality Table.

 

(4)                                  “Permissive Aggregation Group” means the Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

 

(5)                                  “Required Aggregation Group” means (A) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates and (B) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (i) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

 

56



 

(6)                                  “Valuation Date” means (A) in the case of a defined contribution plan, the Determination Date and (B) in the case of a defined benefit plan, the date as of which funding calculations are generally made within the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date.

 

(7)                                  “Employer” means the employer or employers whose employees are covered by this Plan and any other employer which must be aggregated with any such employer under Code Section 414(b), (c) and (m).

 

(c)                                   Minimum Contribution .  If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee and who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year will receive an allocation of Employer contributions equal to the lesser of three percent (3%) of Test Compensation or the highest percentage of Test Compensation allocated to a Key Employee for the Plan Year.  In determining such minimum contribution, Before-Tax Contributions made on behalf of a Non-Key Employee shall not be considered, but Before-Tax Contributions made on behalf of a Key Employee shall be counted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer also maintains a defined benefit plan which covers the same Non-Key Employee, such Non-Key Employee will be entitled to the defined benefit plan minimum and not the defined contribution plan minimum.  If the Employer maintains more than one defined contribution plan that covers the same Non-Key Employee, such Non-Key Employee will be entitled to the minimum contribution under this plan, unless the other plan provides otherwise.

 

Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan.  The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan.  Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the ACP test and other requirements of section 401(m) of the Code.

 

(d)                                  Incorporation by Reference .  The provisions of this Section 13.12 are intended to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Section 13.12 and the provisions of Code Section 416 or the Income Tax Regulations thereunder, such discrepancy shall be resolved by the Policy Committee so as to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations.

 

Section 13.13.  USERRA .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions and service credit with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

 

Section 13.14.  HEART Act .

 

(a)                                  Death Benefits .  If a Participant dies on or after January 1, 2007, while performing qualified military service, the beneficiaries of such Participant shall be entitled to the additional death benefits, if any (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) that would have been available had the Participant resumed employment with a

 

57



 

Participating Employer immediately prior to the date of his or her death and thereafter terminated employment as a result of death.  For purposes of this section, “qualified military service” is defined as service in the uniformed services of the United States for which an individual has reemployment rights under chapter 43 of title 38 of the United States Code.

 

(b)                                  Differential Pay .  Effective January 1, 2009, in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(u), during the period a Participant on military leave is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)), such Participant shall be treated as remaining in the employment of the Company and such differential wage payments shall be considered Test Compensation, to the extent required by the Code.

 

(c)                                   Distribution .  Effective January 1, 2009, notwithstanding subsection (b), a Participant performing qualified military service that exceeds thirty (30) days shall be treated as having incurred a severance from employment for purposes of receiving a distribution of his or her Before-Tax Deferrals Account from the Plan.  A Participant who takes such a distribution while performing qualified military service that exceeds thirty (30) days may not make Before-Tax Deferrals or, if applicable, any type of Employee Contribution during the 6-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.

 

Section 13.15.  Recovery of Plan Overpayments .

 

(a)                                  Qualified Domestic Relations Order .  If a Participant, beneficiary or alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order receives benefits under the Plan in excess of the amount that they are entitled to receive, then such individual (or their estate or legal representative, if applicable) shall hold such excess benefits in constructive trust for the benefit of the Plan (as an agent of the Plan for this limited purpose), and the Plan has the right to be reimbursed for such excess benefits in full.  In the event the individual does not fully repay the excess benefits to the Plan upon the Plan’s request, the Plan may exercise the full rights allowed to it by law, including ERISA, to seek recovery of the excess benefit payments.

 

(b)                                  Other Overpayments .  The Plan shall have the right to offset from any future benefit payments due hereunder to (or with respect to) such individual the amount of such excess in such manner as the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion.

 

(c)                                   Appeal Rights .  If the individual disagrees with the Plan’s determination that an excess benefit payment has been made, the individual shall have the right to appeal such decision in accordance with the Plan’s appeals process.

 

Section 13.16.  Effective Dates .  The provisions of this amended and restated Plan are effective January 1, 2011, except to the extent provided herein or required by law.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

58



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, on behalf of the Company, has executed this Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016, this 1st day of January, 2016.

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaare A. Lein

 

 

Kaare A. Lein

 

 

Director, Retirement Plan Design

 

 

Johnson Controls, Inc.

 

59



 

APPENDIX A
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

 

Name of Employer

 

Effective Date

 

 

 

Bridgewater LLC

 

January 1, 1999

 

60



 

APPENDIX B
SPECIAL SERVICE RULES

 

[RESERVED]

 

61


Exhibit 4.6

 

AVANZAR INTERIOR TECHNOLOGIES, LTD.

SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

Effective September 1, 2005

 

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2014

 



 

AVANZAR INTERIOR TECHNOLOGIES, LTD.
SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

2

Section 1.1. Definitions

2

Section 1.2. Construction and Applicable Law

8

 

 

ARTICLE 2. PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

9

Section 2.1. Participation

9

Section 2.2. Vesting Service

9

 

 

ARTICLE 3. CONTRIBUTIONS

11

Section 3.1. Employee Contributions

11

Section 3.2. Employer Matching Contributions

13

Section 3.3. Retirement Income Contributions

14

Section 3.4. Rollover Contributions

15

Section 3.5. Exclusive Benefit of Participants

16

Section 3.6. Payment to the Trustee

16

 

 

ARTICLE 4. LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

17

Section 4.1. Excess Deferrals (Code Section 402(g))

17

Section 4.2. Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test)

18

Section 4.3. Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test)

20

Section 4.4. Annual Addition Limitation (Code Section 415)

22

 

 

ARTICLE 5. INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

24

Section 5.1. Establishment of Participant’s Accounts

24

Section 5.2. Adjustments to Account Balances

24

Section 5.3. Investment Election

25

 

 

ARTICLE 6. VESTING

26

Section 6.1. Before-Tax Contributions Account and Rollover Accounts

26

Section 6.2. Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account

26

Section 6.3. Termination of Employment

26

Section 6.4. Total and Permanent Disability

27

 

 

ARTICLE 7. IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

28

Section 7.1. General Rules

28

Section 7.2. In-service Withdrawal After Age 59½

28

Section 7.3. In-service Withdrawal After Disability

28

Section 7.4. In-service Withdrawal from Rollover Account

28

Section 7.5. Required In-service Withdrawal For 5-Percent Owners

28

Section 7.6. Hardship Withdrawals

29

 

i



 

 

Page

 

 

Section 7.7. Loans

30

Section 7.8. Special Vesting Rule

32

 

 

ARTICLE 8. POST-EMPLOYMENT DISTRIBUTIONS

33

Section 8.1. Payment Events

33

Section 8.2. Amount of Payment

33

Section 8.3. Form and Timing of Payment

33

Section 8.4. Designation of Beneficiaries; Payment After Death

34

Section 8.5. Compliance with Code Section 401(a)(14)

36

Section 8.6. Direct Rollover

36

Section 8.7. Required Minimum Distribution Rules

37

 

 

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

41

Section 9.1. Amendments and Termination

41

 

 

ARTICLE 10. PLAN ADMINISTRATION

42

Section 10.1. Employee Benefits Policy Committee

42

Section 10.2. Employee Benefits Investment Committee

42

Section 10.3. Organization and Procedure

43

Section 10.4. Delegation of Authority and Responsibility

43

Section 10.5. Use of Professional Services

44

Section 10.6. Fees and Expenses

44

Section 10.7. Claims Procedure

44

Section 10.8. Communications

46

Section 10.9. Rescission of Delegation of Authority

46

 

 

ARTICLE 11. TRUSTEE AND TRUST AGREEMENT

47

Section 11.1. Appointment and Removal

47

Section 11.2. Fees and Expenses

47

Section 11.3. Exclusive Benefit

47

 

 

ARTICLE 12. COMMON STOCK AND THE COMMON STOCK FUND

48

Section 12.1. Stock Rights, Stock Splits and Stock Dividends

48

Section 12.2. Voting of Common Stock

48

Section 12.3. Tender Offers for Common Stock

48

Section 12.4. Common Stock Fund Accounting as of the Spin Date

49

 

 

ARTICLE 13. MISCELLANEOUS

51

Section 13.1. Non-Guarantee of Employment

51

Section 13.2. Rights to Trust Assets

51

Section 13.3. Non-Recommendation of Investment

51

Section 13.4. Indemnification of Committees

51

Section 13.5. Selection of Investments

52

Section 13.6. Non-Alienation

52

Section 13.7. Facilitation of Payment

52

Section 13.8. Board Action

52

Section 13.9. Transfers from Other Qualified Plans

52

 

ii



 

 

Page

 

 

Section 13.10. Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers of Plan Assets

53

Section 13.11. Fiduciaries

53

Section 13.12. Top-Heavy Restrictions

53

Section 13.13. USERRA and The HEART ACT

56

 

 

APPENDIX A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

1

 

iii



 

AVANZAR INTERIOR TECHNOLOGIES, LTD.,

SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT (401k) PLAN

 

The Plan, established effective September 1, 2005, is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to qualified profit-sharing plans and the requirements of Section 401(k) of such Code relating to “qualified cash or deferred arrangements”.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide retirement benefits to eligible Participants and to stimulate Participant savings for financial security.

 



 

ARTICLE 1.  DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 1.1.  Definitions .  For purposes of the Plan, unless the context clearly or necessarily indicates the contrary, the following words and phrases shall have the meaning set forth in the definitions below. Definitions of other words and phrases are set forth throughout the Plan.  Section references indicate sections of the Plan unless otherwise stated.

 

(a)                                  “Account” means the accounting records which the Trustee maintains to record the contributions and attributable gains, losses and expenses allocated to each Participant, for accounting purposes only, without segregating Plan assets among Accounts, and may include some or all of the following sub-accounts or other accounts as the Policy Committee may determine:  (1) Matching Contributions Account; (2) Retirement Income Contributions Account (which shall include an additional subaccount called the “Pre-2013 Retirement Income Contributions Account” which accounts for all Retirement Income Contributions that were made for Plan Years prior to 2013); (3) Before-Tax Contributions Account; and (4) Rollover Account.

 

(b)                                  “Affiliate” means each corporation, trade or business which is a member, with the Company, of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), or a member with the Company of a group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury under regulations adopted under Code Section 414(c), or a member with the Company of an affiliated service group as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury under regulations adopted under Code Section 414(m); provided that for purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the phrase “more than 50 percent” shall be substituted for the phrase “more than 80 percent” each place it appears in Code Section 1563(a)(1).

 

(c)                                   “Before-Tax Contributions” means the sum of (1) Before-Tax Matched Contributions, which are contributions made at the direction of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1 and with respect to which the Participant may be eligible to receive a Matching Contribution, and (2) Before Tax Unmatched Contributions, which are contributions made at the direction of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1 and with respect to which the Participating Employers do not make Matching Contributions.

 

(d)                                  “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the rulings and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Any reference to a specific provision of the Code shall be deemed to include reference to any successor provision thereto.

 

(f)                                    “Company” means Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership or any successor thereto.

 

(g)                                   “Common Stock” means:

 

(1)                                  prior to the Merger Date, the common stock, par value $0.16 2/3 per share, of Johnson Controls, Inc.;

 

2



 

(2)                                  effective on the Merger Date, the ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share, of Johnson Controls International plc; and

 

(3)                                  effective on the Spin Date, the ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, of Adient plc.

 

(h)                                  “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.16 2/3 per share, of Johnson Controls, Inc.

 

(i)                                      “Common Stock Fund” means an unsegregated fund invested primarily in Common Stock, but a small portion of which may be invested in short-term securities or cash as necessary to make any distribution or payment.

 

(j)                                     “Compensation” will have the following meanings for the following purposes:

 

(1)                                  Contributions (“Plan Compensation”) .  For purposes of determining the amount that each Participant can contribute and the amount of Retirement Income Contributions to which the Participant may be entitled, Plan Compensation is an Employee’s total salary or wages including vacation and holiday pay, overtime pay, and shift premium paid by a Participating Employer for the Plan Year and reported as taxable income on his or her Form W-2, plus employee before-tax contributions to this Plan and salary reduction amounts contributed to any other plan maintained by a Participating Employer under Code Sections 125 or 401(k), but excluding Participating Employer contributions (other than Before-Tax Contributions) made to, or benefits received under, this Plan and any other benefit plan, all expense reimbursements and allowances, severance pay, imputed income, income from the exercise of stock options or restricted stock, cost of living allowances, special awards, signing bonuses, special foreign service premiums and awards, and similar forms of Compensation determined by the Policy Committee to not be considered regular salary or wages for services performed.  Compensation for the Participant who becomes a Participant after the beginning of a Plan Year will include only amounts earned after his or her effective date of eligibility for participation.

 

(2)                                  Nondiscrimination Testing (“Test Compensation”) .  For purposes of (1) calculating the ADP Test and the ACP Test, (2) determining Highly Compensated Employee status under Section 1.1(p), (3) calculating the Code Section 415 limits under Section 4.4 and (4) determining Key Employee status under Section 13.12, Test Compensation includes wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) paid by a Participating Employer and its Affiliates for a Plan Year, but determined without regard to any rules that

 

3



 

limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the service performed, plus any elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is contributed or deferred at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the Employee’s gross income by reason of Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b) to any plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates.  In addition, “Test Compensation” for a terminated Participant shall include all of the following if such payments are made by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the date of the Participant’s severance from employment:

 

(i)                                      regular compensation for services during the employee’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the employee’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments if any of such payments would have been paid to the employee prior to severance from employment if the employee had continued in employment with the Company or an Affiliate;

 

(ii)                                   payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued; and

 

(iii)                                payments received from a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the employee at the same time if the employee had continued in employment with the Company or an Affiliate and only to the extent the payment is includible in the employee’s gross income.

 

No other post-severance compensation shall be included.  In addition, compensation in excess of the limit in effect under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the limitation year shall not be considered.

 

(3)                                  Statutory Limit .  Each Participant’s Compensation taken into account for all purposes under the Plan for a Plan Year will be limited to $200,000, as indexed under Code Section 401(a)(17).  The Plan will not prorate the statutory cap on Compensation for any Participant who participates in the Plan for less than a full Plan Year.

 

4



 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions may only be made from compensation that would be included in compensation for purposes of Code Section 415.

 

(k)                                  “Current Market Value” means the value on any day determined by the Trustee which shall be: (1) with respect to any securities traded on a National or Regional Stock Exchange, the closing composite quotations price on that day, or if the securities were not traded on such day, the closing price on the next preceding trading day on which the securities were traded, and (2) except as provided in (1) above, determined in accordance with generally accepted valuation principles on a consistent basis acceptable to the Policy Committee.

 

(l)                                      “Eligible Employee” means an Employee of a Participating Employer, excluding: (1) any member of a bargaining unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an employee representative and a Participating Employer, unless otherwise provided in the agreement; (2) any person who is classified by the Participating Employer as a “leased employee” or as an “independent contractor;” or (3) any person in a group of employees that has been specifically excluded by the Policy Committee or the board of directors of the Participating Employer as set forth on Appendix A.  The term shall not include persons employed by a Participating Employer at an acquired business unless and until the Policy Committee designates the persons so employed as Eligible Employees. An individual who is not reported by a Participating Employer on its payroll as a common law employee, including but not limited to independent contractors, is not eligible to participate in the Plan even if such individual is later determined to be a common law employee.

 

(m)                              “Employee” means an individual who is reported on the payroll records of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate as a common-law employee, and to the extent required by the Code, for purposes of non-discrimination testing but not for any other purpose, “leased employees” (as defined in Section 2.1(c)) of a Participating Employer or Affiliate.

 

(n)                                  “Employee Benefits Investment Committee” means the Employee Benefits Investment Committee of Adient plc or such other committee appointed by the Board of Directors of Adient plc.

 

(o)                                  “Employment Commencement Date” means the first day for which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service, provided that, as to any Employee whose Vesting Service for any period of employment has been cancelled pursuant to Section 2.2 on account of a Period of Severance (or would have been cancelled pursuant to such Section had the Plan been in effect at the time of such Period of Severance), the term means the first day following such Period of Severance for which the Employee is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

(p)                                  “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time, and the rulings and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA shall be deemed to include reference to any successor provision thereto.

 

(q)                                  “Highly Compensated Employee (HCE)” means, for any Plan Year for which the determination is being made (“determination year”):

 

5



 

(1)                                  each Employee who was a five percent (5%) owner (within the meaning of Code Sections 414(q)(3)) of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate at any time during the determination year or immediately preceding Plan Year (the “look-back year”); or

 

(2)                                  each Employee who earned at least $80,000 (indexed under Code Section 415(d)) during the look-back year from the Participating Employers and their Affiliates and was in the top-paid 20 percent of all employees of the Participating Employer or any Affiliate, based on Test Compensation.  To determine the number (but not the identity) of Employees in the top-paid group, the Policy Committee may exclude an Employee who is: (a) under age 21; (b) has fewer than 6 months of employment; (c) normally works fewer than 17-1/2 hours per week; (d) normally works no more than 6 months per Plan Year; (e) is included in a collective bargaining unit; or (f) is a nonresident alien with no U.S. source income.

 

(r)                                     “Hour of Service” means each hour for which an Employee has been directly or indirectly compensated or paid, or entitled to such compensation or other payment, by a Participating Employer or an Affiliate for the performance of work (whether as an Employee or in any other capacity).

 

(s)                                    “Investment Fund” means an unsegregated fund established at the direction of the Employee Benefits Investment Committee and invested in securities, insurance contracts or other property of such type and general characteristics as the Employee Benefits Investment Committee shall determine.  The Common Stock Fund shall be one of the Investment Funds.

 

(t)                                     “Matching Contributions” means amounts contributed by a Participating Employer as provided in Section 3.2.

 

(u)                                  “Nonhighly Compensated Employee (NCE)” means an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year.

 

(v)                                  “Normal Retirement Age” means an Employee’s attainment of age 65 while an Employee.

 

(w)                                “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the requirements of Section 2.1, and where the context so requires, includes any other individual for whom an Account is maintained under the Plan.

 

(x)                                  “Participating Employer” means the Company and each Affiliate that has adopted the Plan with the consent of the Company as listed on Appendix A.

 

(y)                                  “Period of Severance” means the period of time, calculated in years and monthly fractions thereof, beginning on a Participant’s Severance Date and ending on his or her next subsequent Reemployment Commencement Date, if any.

 

6



 

(z)                                   “Plan” means the Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd., Savings and Investment (401k) Plan as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.

 

(aa)                           “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

 

(bb)                           “Policy Committee” means the Employee Benefits Policy Committee of Adient plc, which will have primary responsibility for administration of the Plan (other than matters assigned to the Employee Benefits Investment Committee).

 

(cc)                             “Reemployment Commencement Date” means the first day after a Severance Date on which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

(dd)                           “Retirement Income Contributions” means amounts contributed under the Plan by a Participating Employer as provided in Section 3.3.

 

(ee)                             “Severance Date” means the earlier to occur of:

 

(1)                                  the date on which the Participant’s service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates ends because he or she quits, retires, is terminated or dies, whichever occurs first, or

 

(2)                                  the first anniversary of the date on which the Participant commences a continuous absence from service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates for any other reason such as military service, layoff, vacation, authorized leave of absence, etc.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Participant who is absent from service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates as a consequence of performing military service in the armed forces of the United States of America or of any state thereof under circumstances entitling the Participant to veterans’ reemployment rights under USERRA, no Severance Date shall occur during such absence if, but only if, he or she returns to service with the Participating Employers or their Affiliates within the applicable time limit and under the other conditions prescribed by such statute for his or her exercise of such reemployment rights.

 

(ff)                               “Total and Permanent Disability” means bodily injuries or disease on account of which (i) a Participant has received long-term disability benefits for a period of at least 12 months or (ii) the Policy Committee determines that the Participant will be eligible for long-term disability benefits for at least 12 months.  If the Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan sponsored by a Participating Employer, “Total and Permanent Disability” means bodily injuries or disease which, in the judgment of the Policy Committee, wholly disables a Participant and will permanently, continuously and wholly prevent him or her for life from engaging in his or her occupation or employment for wage or profit with an employer.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit such medical evidence as the Policy Committee determines is necessary or desirable to make a determination hereunder.

 

7



 

(gg)                             “Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the fund or funds maintained under the trust agreement with the Trustee to receive and invest the amounts contributed on behalf of Participants, and from which distributions will be made.

 

(hh)                           “Trustee” means Fidelity Management Trust Company or such other individual(s) or corporation(s) appointed to hold and manage the Trust Fund.

 

(ii)                                   “Valuation Date” means each day when the United States financial markets are open for business, as of which the Trustee will determine the fair market value of the Trust Fund and each Account.

 

(jj)                                 “Vesting Service” means the period of an Employee’s service with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates which is considered in determining his or her nonforfeitable right to Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions hereunder, as determined pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

Section 1.2.  Construction and Applicable Law .  (a)  Construction .  Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were used in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the singular or the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.  The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, and other similar compounds of the word “here” means and refer to this entire document and not to any particular Article or Section unless context indicates otherwise.  Titles of Articles and Sections are for general information only, and the Plan is not to be construed by reference thereto.

 

(b)                                  Applicable Law .  The Plan is a profit sharing plan intended to qualify under Code Section 401(a).  The Plan includes a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under Code Section 401(k).  It is intended that the investment options offered under the Plan comply with the requirements of ERISA Section 404(c) and regulations promulgated thereunder.  It is further intended that the Plan constitute an “eligible individual account plan” that may hold employer securities in excess of the limitations otherwise described in Section 407 of ERISA.  The Plan shall be interpreted so as to comply with the applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code, where such requirements are not clearly contrary to the express terms hereof.  In all other respects, the Plan shall be construed and its validity determined according to the laws of the State of Wisconsin to the extent such laws are not preempted by applicable requirements of federal law.  In case any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provisions had never been included herein.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 2.  PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE

 

Section 2.1.  Participation .  (a)  General .  Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the later of his or her date of hire as an Eligible Employee or September 1, 2005.

 

(b)                                  Transfer to Employment .  Each Employee who is not an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the date he or she becomes an Eligible Employee (i.e., by transferring to an eligible status, or from employment with an Affiliate that is not a Participating Employer to employment as an Eligible Employee with a Participating Employer).

 

(c)                                   Leased Employees and Independent Contractors .  A leased employee within the meaning of Code Section 414(n) will be treated as an Employee to the extent required under Code Section 414(n) but will not be eligible to participate in this Plan.  If a leased employee becomes an Eligible Employee, the Plan will give him or her credit for the period when he or she worked as a leased employee for vesting purposes as if he or she had been an Employee during that period, unless (a) the leased employee was covered by a money purchase plan sponsored by the leasing organization, with 10 percent contributions and immediate participation and vesting, and (b) leased employees constitute no more than 20 percent of the nonhighly compensated employees of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates.  For purposes of this Section and the Plan, a “leased employee” means any person who is not a common-law employee of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate, and who provides services to the Participating Employer or an Affiliate, if:  (i) such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the Participating Employer or an Affiliate and a leasing organization; (ii) such person has performed such services for the Participating Employer or an Affiliate on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year; and (iii) such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Participating Employer or an Affiliate.

 

Section 2.2.  Vesting Service .  (a)  General .  Each Participant shall be credited with Vesting Service calculated in years and monthly fractions thereof equal to the sum of the following:

 

(1)                                  the period commencing with the Participant’s Employment Commencement Date and ending with a Severance Date; plus

 

(2)                                  any subsequent periods commencing with a Reemployment Commencement Date and ending with the Participant’s next Severance Date; plus

 

(3)                                  any Period of Severance which is less than 12 months in duration; minus

 

(4)                                  any period credited above which has been cancelled pursuant to subsection (b).

 

(b)                                  Loss of Vesting Service .  The Vesting Service of a Participant who at the time he or she incurs a Period of Severance has any vested right to any portion of his or her Account shall not be subject to cancellation.  In any other case, the Vesting Service of a person

 

9



 

who incurs a 72 consecutive month Period of Severance shall be cancelled and disregarded for all purposes of the Plan, and such individual, upon becoming re-employed by a Participating Employer or Affiliate, shall be treated as if he or she had never been an Employee.

 

(c)                                   Transfer of Employment .  A Participant who transfers employment within the service of a Participating Employer or Affiliate into a status other than an Eligible Employee shall continue to accumulate Vesting Service during the period he or she is employed in such other status.

 

(d)                                  Service Prior to Becoming Affiliate .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Vesting Service shall be credited for any period of employment with an Affiliate prior to the date it became an Affiliate, or after the date it ceased to be an Affiliate, of a Participating Employer, except to the extent approved by the Policy Committee.

 

10



 

ARTICLE 3.  CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 3.1.  Employee Contributions .  (a)  Before-Tax .  A Participant may elect to contribute a percentage of his or her Plan Compensation as Before-Tax Contributions within the limitations and subject to the rules described below.

 

(1)                                  Amount .  Each Participant may make Before-Tax Contributions in an aggregate amount equal to a whole percentage of 1 to 25 percent of his or her Plan Compensation for each payroll period; provided that only the first 6 percent of his or her Plan Compensation contributed as a Before-Tax Contribution during any payroll period shall be considered Before-Tax Matched Contributions.  Before-Tax Contributions will be allocated to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account. A Participant who has attained age forty-nine (49) as of the end of the preceding Plan Year may elect to make additional “catch-up” Before Tax Contributions in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(v) and such rules as the Policy Committee may prescribe.  Such catch-up contributions shall not be subject to the limits of Code Sections 401(k), 415 and 416.

 

(2)                                  Limitations on Amount .  The Policy Committee may limit the amount of the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for any Plan Year to avoid exceeding the annual limitation described in Section 4.1, the ADP Test described in Section 4.2, and/or the annual addition limitation described in Section 4.4.

 

(3)                                  Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave .  The Policy Committee will permit each Participant who resumes active employment (pursuant to USERRA) as an Eligible Employee after an unpaid military leave to make a special Before-Tax Contribution (“make-up contribution”) in an amount up to the maximum amount he or she could have contributed if he or she had remained in employment as an Eligible Employee during his or her period of leave.  Each make-up contribution will be subject to the limitations under Code Sections 402(g) and 415 in effect for the year to which the contribution relates, but will be ignored for purposes of the ADP Test.  The Policy Committee will permit the Participant to make the make-up contributions during the period beginning on the date when he or she resumes employment as an Eligible Employee and continuing for a period equal to the lesser of three times the length of his or her military leave, or five years.  The amount of his or her make-up contributions will be based on the Plan Compensation he or she would have received if he or she had remained in active employment, at his or her rate of pay in effect when he or she began his or her leave.  If that pay rate

 

11



 

cannot be determined with certainty, the Policy Committee will treat the Participant as having Plan Compensation equal to the amount he or she received during the 12-month period preceding his or her leave, or during the entire period of his or her employment if shorter than 12 months.

 

(b)                                  Election to Participate.

 

(1)                                  Election to Make or Resume Contributions .  To make (or resume) Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan, the Participant must make an election designating the whole percentage of his or her Plan Compensation to be deferred as his or her Before-Tax Contributions for the pay period, within the limitations described in subsections (a)(1) and (2).  Such election shall be given effect as soon as administratively possible after receipt, and will remain in effect until the Participant modifies or revokes his or her election or the election is suspended.  The elected percentage will apply automatically to increased or decreased Plan Compensation.

 

(2)                                  Rate Change and Revocations .  A Participant who has elected to make Before-Tax Contributions may change or revoke his or her election as of any date by making a new election.  Such election shall be given effect as soon as administratively possible after receipt, and will remain in effect until the Participant again modifies, revokes or resumes his or her election, or the election is suspended.  The elected percentage will apply automatically to increased or decreased Plan Compensation.

 

(3)                                  Automatic Suspension of a Participant’s Deposits . A Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions shall be automatically suspended commencing with and continuing throughout any period during which he or she fails to qualify as an Eligible Employee; he or she ceases to have Plan Compensation because, e.g., of an unpaid leave of absence; or as provided in Section 7.6 in the case of certain restricted withdrawals.  Participants will not be permitted to make up suspended Before-Tax Contributions except as provided in subsection (a)(3).  A Participant whose Before-Tax Contributions have been suspended may resume making such contributions as follows:

 

(A)                                In the case of an individual who ceases to be an Eligible Employee and resumes employment as an Eligible Employee, as provided in subsection (b)(1);

 

(B)                                In the case of an individual who ceases to have Plan Compensation, the Participant’s election shall be automatically reinstated as of the pay period coincident

 

12



 

with or next following his or her resumption of active employment status; or

 

(C)                                In the case of an individual who takes a hardship withdrawal, the Participant may elect to resume making Before-Tax Contributions, as provided in subsection (b)(1), 6 months after the date of the withdrawal.

 

(c)                                   Policy Committee Regulations .  The Policy Committee may from time to time establish and uniformly apply rules governing elections, including rules regarding the form and manner in which elections may be made, modified, suspended or revoked in order to be effective.

 

Section 3.2.  Employer Matching Contributions .  (a)  Eligibility for Matching Contribution .  Each Participant who made Before-Tax Matched Contributions for a Plan Year will be eligible to receive a Matching Contribution for such year, unless the Participant withdrew such Before-Tax Matched Contribution before the end of the Plan Year or incurred a Severance Date before the last day of the Plan Year other than as a result of an event described in Section 6.3(a) or as a result of retirement on or after the Participant’s 55 th  birthday if at the time of such retirement the Participant had completed at least 10 years of Vesting Service.  The Matching Contribution will be made in the form of cash.  Allocations of Matching Contributions will be made as of the last day of the Plan Year to the eligible Participant’s Matching Contributions Account.

 

(b)                                  Amount of Matching Contribution .  The Matching Contribution for each Plan Year shall be such percentage of a Participant’s Before-Tax Matched Contributions as the Participating Employer may, in its discretion, from time to time determine.

 

(c)                                   Determination of Before-Tax Matched Deposits .  The determination of the portion of the Participant’s total Before-Tax Contributions that are Before-Tax Matched Contributions is determined on a pay period by pay period basis based upon the Participant’s level of Before-Tax Contributions during the payroll period, with Before-Tax Contributions not in excess of six percent (6%) of the Participant’s Plan Compensation for that payroll period being Before-Tax Matched Contributions and Before-Tax Contributions in excess of six percent (6%) of the Participant’s Plan Compensation for that payroll period being Before-Tax Unmatched Contributions.  No adjustment will be made in the amount of a Participant’s Before-Tax Matched Contributions to reflect the fact that the Participant might have made Before-Tax Contributions at a rate greater than six percent (6%) of Plan Compensation during certain payroll periods during the Plan Year while making Before-Tax Contributions at a rate less than or equal to six (6%) of Plan Compensation during other payroll periods during the Plan Year.  Further, “catch-up” Before-Tax Contributions will always be Before-Tax Unmatched Contributions.

 

(d)                                  Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave .  A Participating Employer will make special Matching Contributions for each of its Participants who returns to employment as an Eligible Employee from unpaid military leave and contributes the make-up Before-Tax Contributions described in Section 3.1(a)(3).  Each Matching Contribution will relate to the year for which the make-up Before-Tax Contribution is made and will be subject to the

 

13



 

percentage-of-Compensation limit and Code Section 415 limit in effect for that year.  The Policy Committee will ignore the make-up Matching Contributions for purposes of the ADP and ACP Tests.  No investment earnings will be allocated to the make-up Matching Contribution for the period of leave.  The Policy Committee may require the Participating Employer to make a special contribution to fund the make-up Matching Contribution described herein.

 

Section 3.3.  Retirement Income Contributions .  (a)  Amount .  Subject to the limitations of Article 4, the amount of the Retirement Income Contribution to be allocated to each eligible Participant shall be equal to the percentage of the Participant’s Plan Compensation shown in the schedule below, based on the sum total of the Participant’s attained age (no decimals) plus the number of whole years of Vesting Service as of the end of the applicable Plan Year (“Points”):

 

If the Participant’s Total Points for a
Plan Year are:

 

The Participant’s Retirement Income
Contribution Will be Equal to the Following
Percentage of the Participant’s Plan
Compensation for that Plan Year:

 

Less than 35

 

 

1

%

35 to 44

 

 

2

%

45 to 54

 

 

3

%

55 to 64

 

 

4

%

65 to 74

 

 

5

%

75 to 84

 

 

6

%

85 or over

 

 

7

%

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of the Retirement Income Contribution to be allocated in any Plan Year to an eligible Participant who was employed by the Company on December 31, 2010, shall be no less than 3% of such Participant’s Plan Compensation.  If such a Participant terminates employment from and is later rehired by the Company, the foregoing sentence shall not apply and the Participant’s Retirement Income Contribution shall be determined solely based on the schedule above.

 

(b)                                  Eligible Participants .  A Participant shall be entitled to an allocation of the Employer Retirement Contribution for such year if the Participant:

 

(1)                                  is actively employed by the Participating Employers or their Affiliates as of the last day of the Plan Year; or

 

(2)                                  either (A) terminated from active employment with the Participating Employers or Affiliates during the Plan Year on account of (i) retirement on or after the Participant’s 55 th  birthday if at the time of such retirement the Participant had completed at least 10 years of Vesting Service, (ii) Total and Permanent Disability or (iii) death, or (B) is absent from active employment with the Participating Employers or Affiliates as of the last day of the Plan Year due to an authorized leave of absence; or

 

14



 

(3)                                  terminated from active employment with the Participating Employers or Affiliates during the Plan Year in accordance with Section 6.3(a).

 

(c)                                   Make-Up Contributions After Military Leave .  A Participating Employer will make Retirement Income Contributions for each of its Participants who returns to employment as an Eligible Employee from unpaid military leave (pursuant to USERRA and the HEART Act) in an amount that would have been allocated had the Participant remained in employment during such leave.  The amount of the make-up Employer Retirement Contribution will be based on the Plan Compensation he or she would have received if he or she had remained in active employment, at his or her rate of pay in effect when he or she began his or her lease.  If that pay rate cannot be determined with certainty, the Committee will treat the Participant as having Plan Compensation equal to the amount he or she received during the 12-month period preceding his or her leave or during the entire period of his or her employment if shorter than 12 months.  Each Employer Retirement Contribution will relate to the year for which it is made and will be subject to the percentage-of-Compensation limit and Code Section 415 limit in effect for that year.  No investment earnings will be allocated to the make-up Employer Retirement Contribution for the period of leave.  The Committee may require the Participating Employer to make a special contribution to fund the make-up Employer Retirement Contribution described herein.

 

Section 3.4.  Rollover Contributions .  (a)  Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution .  For purposes of this Section, an Eligible Rollover Distribution will mean a payment received by a Participant from another qualified plan, an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), an eligible government deferred compensation plan described in Code Section 457(b), or a conduit individual retirement account or plan (IRA) that includes only money distributed from a qualified plan and earnings or gains therein, that is either (1) a lump sum payment (other than a hardship distribution), or (2) periodic payments over a period of less than 10 years.  Eligible Rollover Distributions shall include after-tax contributions.  Payments that are part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments, made at least annually, over a period of at least 10 years, or over the lifetime or life expectancy of the Participant or the joint lifetimes or life expectancies of the Participant and his or her named beneficiary, are not Eligible Rollover Distributions.  The Trustee also will not treat any distribution required under Code Section 401(a)(9) or any hardship distribution as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(b)                                  Rollover or Direct Plan Transfer .  A Participant who receives an Eligible Rollover Distribution may roll over all or part of the distribution to the Trustee including as a direct plan-to-plan transfer.  A rollover that is not a direct plan-to-plan transfer must be made within 60 days after the Participant receives the Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(c)                                   Required Information .  The Policy Committee may adopt such procedures, and may require such information from the Participant who desires to make a rollover contribution, as it considers necessary to determine whether the proposed rollover or direct plan transfer will meet the requirements of this Section.

 

(d)                                  Prohibited Rollovers and Transfers .  The Plan will not accept rollover contributions from any plan that is subject to the joint and survivor annuity requirements set

 

15



 

forth in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, unless the Participant’s spouse consented in writing to the distribution from such plan in a manner which complies with the spousal consent requirements prescribed under Code Section 417.  The Policy Committee may require the Participant to submit a written certification either that he or she received his or her distribution from a plan that was not subject to the spousal consent requirements, or that his or her spouse properly consented to the distribution.

 

(e)                                   Refund of Prohibited Rollovers .  In the event the Policy Committee discovers that a Participant has made a rollover contribution to the Plan which fails to comply with this Section, the Plan will refund the contribution and all earnings attributable to it as soon as practicable.

 

(f)                                    Reliance on Participant’s Representations .  The Policy Committee may in good faith rely on the representations made by the Eligible Employee in his or her application to make a rollover contribution and will not be held accountable for any misrepresentation of which it did not have actual knowledge.

 

Section 3.5.  Exclusive Benefit of Participants .  All contributions will be irrevocable when made and will not revert to the Participating Employers or Affiliates, except as provided in Section 13.2(b).  All contributions and attributable earnings will be used for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries.

 

Section 3.6.  Payment to the Trustee .  Each Participating Employer will transfer to the Trustee, as soon as administratively practicable but in any event not later than 15 business days after the end of each month, the Before-Tax Contributions withheld for all of its Participants during the payroll periods ending in that month.  Each Participating Employer will transfer its Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions with respect to a Plan Year to the Trustee no later than the extended due date of the Participating Employer’s federal income tax return for the fiscal year which ends within the Plan Year for which the contribution is made.

 

16



 

ARTICLE 4.  LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.1.  Excess Deferrals (Code Section 402(g)) .  (a)  General .  The Plan will limit each Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions for each calendar year to the annual dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 402(g) and Code Section 414(v), as applicable for such year.  In the event any Participant makes contributions that exceed such limitation (“Excess Deferrals”) for any calendar year, the Excess Deferrals will or may be distributed under the following rules.

 

(b)                                  Time of Distribution .  If the Participant makes an Excess Deferral solely to this Plan, or to this Plan and to another plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates, the Participant will be deemed to have notified the Policy Committee of such excess, and the Plan will distribute the Excess Deferral (or the pro rata portion of the Excess Deferral allocable to this Plan if the Excess Deferral was made to more than one plan) and attributable earnings (calculated pursuant to subsection (f)) as soon as practicable after it discovers the excess, but not later than the April 15 th  of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess Deferral was made.  If the Participant made his or her Excess Deferral to this Plan and the plan of another employer, the Participant must notify the Policy Committee in writing of the amount of such Excess Deferral that will be allocated to this Plan no later than March 1 of the following year, and the Policy Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute the allocated Excess Deferral and attributable earnings (calculated pursuant to subsection (f)) by the April 15 th  of the following year.  The Participant must certify to the Policy Committee the amount of the Excess Deferral to be allocated to this Plan.  At the same time as Excess Deferrals are distributed, Matching Contributions that were made with respect to such Excess Deferrals will be forfeited and will be used as described in Section 6.3(d); provided that, when refunding Excess Deferrals, Before-Tax Unmatched Contributions will be refunded before Before-Tax Matched Contributions.

 

(c)                                   Order of Distributions .  The Plan will refund Excess Deferrals before it refunds any Before-Tax Contributions under Section 4.2 to avoid failing the ADP Test.

 

(d)                                  Inclusion in ADP Test .  Excess Deferrals made by HCEs will be included in the ADP Test under Section 4.2 for the Plan Year in which they were made, whether or not they are refunded in the same or next following Plan Year.  Excess Deferrals timely refunded to NCEs will not be included in the ADP Test.  However, Excess Deferrals which are also Excess Annual Additions and which are refunded under Section 4.4 as such, will not be included in the ADP Test.

 

(e)                                   Inclusion in Annual Addition .  Excess Deferrals made by HCEs and by NCEs which are refunded in the same Plan Year or by April 15 of the next following Plan Year will not be included as part of their Annual Additions under Section 4.4.

 

(f)                                    Determination of Earnings .  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s Excess Deferrals, including gap period income to the extent required to be taken into account under regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 

17



 

Section 4.2.  Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test) .  (a)  ADP Test .  The Policy Committee will conduct the ADP Test for each Plan Year to determine whether the actual deferral percentage (ADP) for the HCE group and the ADP for the NCE group are within the maximum disparity described in subsection (3).  The Policy Committee will conduct the ADP Test as follows:

 

(1)                                  Actual Deferral Ratio (ADR) .  The Committee will determine for each HCE group member and each NCE group member, the ratio of the member’s Before-Tax Contributions (excluding catch-up contributions), any of his or her Matching Contributions recharacterized as qualified Matching Contributions and/or any corrective contributions used in the ADP Test, to his or her Test Compensation. If an HCE is a participant in more than one cash and deferred arrangement of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates, the HCE’s ratio hereunder shall be calculated as if all such arrangements were one arrangement and all such arrangements had the same plan year as this Plan.  Any Before-Tax Contributions which are distributed under Section 4.4 will not be included in the ADP Test.

 

(2)                                  Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) .  The ADP for the HCE group is the average of their individual ADRs, calculated separately for each employee in the HCE group.  The ADP for the NCE group is the average of their individual ADRs, calculated separately for each employee in the NCE group.  If this Plan is aggregated with another plan(s) for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), this Plan and such other plan(s) shall be treated as a single plan for purposes of the ADP Test.

 

(3)                                  Maximum Disparity .  In no Plan Year will the ADP of the HCE group exceed the greater of: (A) the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (B) the lesser of the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year plus 2 percentage points, or the ADP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 2.  The Plan has elected to use the current year testing method until amended in accordance with the Code.

 

(b)                                  Correction Before Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Policy Committee determines that the Plan will fail to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year, it may limit the Before-Tax Contributions for the HCE group by such amount and beginning as of such pay period as it considers necessary to prevent failing the ADP Test.

 

(c)                                   Correction After Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Policy Committee determines that the Plan failed to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year, it will select one or more of the following methods to cure the failure no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the test failed.

 

18



 

(1)                                  Recharacterization .  The Policy Committee may elect to correct the ADP test failure by recharacterizing Matching Contributions for the NCE group as qualified matching contributions.  In such event, it will recharacterize the Matching Contributions of NCEs in the order of the dollar amount contributed, beginning with the NCE with the highest dollar amount and continuing the recharacterization, if necessary, until all NCEs have the same dollar amount of Matching Contributions, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally.

 

(2)                                  Corrective Contribution (QNECs and QMACs) .  The Policy Committee may require a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in the amount necessary to satisfy the ADP Test.  The Policy Committee will cause each corrective contribution to be allocated by one of the following methods, and may select the group(s) of NCEs to whom the contributions will be allocated and the percentages allocated to each group; provided that the group of NCEs selected and the method of allocation shall be consistent with Internal Revenue Service requirements.  All corrective contributions will be allocated to the Participant’s Before-Tax Account.

 

(A)                                Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution to match a percentage of the Before-Tax Contributions made by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year in the amount necessary to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant.

 

(B)                                Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs).  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in an amount equal to a percentage of the Test Compensation earned by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year, in the amount necessary to meet the ADP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant.

 

(C)                                Fixed-Dollar Method.  The Policy Committee may determine the amount of the corrective contribution needed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year, and may allocate those dollars among selected NCE Participants on the basis of performance or by any method selected by the Policy Committee.

 

19



 

(3)                                  Refund .  The Policy Committee may elect to correct the ADP test failure by making refunds.  In such event, it will determine the aggregate dollar amount to be refunded by reducing the ADR of the HCE with the highest ratio to the extent necessary to meet the ADP test or to cause such ratio to equal the ADR of the HCE with the next highest ratio.  This process (“Ratio Leveling”) will be repeated until the ADP test is passed.  The amount of Before-Tax Contributions made by each HCE in excess of his revised ratio shall then be added together to determine the aggregate amount to be distributed.  The aggregate excess ADP contributions (and earnings thereon) determined under the preceding sentence will then be refunded to the HCEs, in the order of the dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions contributed, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions and continuing the refunds, if necessary, until all HCEs have the same dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally (“Dollar Leveling”).  The Policy Committee will first refund Before-Tax Unmatched Contributions to each affected HCE, and will then refund Before-Tax Matched Contributions.  If any Before-Tax Matched Contributions are refunded, the related Matching Contributions will be forfeited and used as provided in Section 6.3(d). The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s allocation of excess ADP contributions, including gap period income to the extent required to be taken into account under Code Section 401(k) or the regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 

Section 4.3.  Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test) .  (a)  ACP Test .  The Policy Committee will conduct the ACP Test for each Plan Year to determine whether the actual contribution percentage (ACP) for the HCE group and the ACP for the NCE group are within the maximum disparity described in subsection (3).  The Policy Committee will conduct the ACP Test as follows:

 

(1)                                  Actual Contribution Ratio (ACR) .  The Policy Committee will determine, for each HCE group member and each NCE group member, the ratio of the member’s Matching Contributions, and/or corrective contributions used in the ACP Test, to his or her Test Compensation.  Matching Contributions recharacterized as qualified matching contributions under the ADP Test will not be considered.  Matching Contributions allocated to a suspense account under Section 4.4 will also not be taken into account.  If an HCE is a participant in more than one plan of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates to which matching contributions or employee after-tax contributions are made, the HCE’s ratio hereunder shall be calculated as if all such arrangements were one

 

20



 

arrangement and all such arrangements had the same plan year as this Plan.

 

(2)                                  Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) .  The ACP for the HCE group is the average of their individual ACRs, calculated separately for each employee in the HCE group.  The ACP for the NCE group is the average of their individual ACRs, calculated separately for each employee in the NCE group.  If the Plan and another plan(s) of a Participating Employer and its Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of Code Section 410(b), such plans shall be treated as one plan for purposes of the ACP Test.

 

(3)                                  Maximum Disparity .  In no Plan Year will the ACP of the HCE group exceed the greater of (A) the ACP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or (B) the lesser of the ACP of the NCE group for the Plan Year plus 2 percentage points, or the ACP of the NCE group for the Plan Year multiplied by 2.  The Plan has elected to use the current year testing method until amended in accordance with the Code.

 

(b)                                  Correction Before Excess Aggregate Contributions Made .  In the event the Committee determines that the Plan will fail to meet the ACP Test for the Plan Year, it may limit the Matching Contributions for the HCE group by such amount as it considers necessary to prevent failing the ACP Test.

 

(c)                                   Correction After Excess Contributions are Made .  In the event the Plan fails to meet the ACP Test for a Plan Year, it will select one or more of the following methods to cure the failure no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the excess amount was contributed.

 

(1)                                  Corrective Contribution (QNECs) .  The Policy Committee may direct a Participating Employer to make a corrective contribution in an amount equal to a percentage of the Test Compensation earned by selected NCE Participants for the Plan Year, in the amount necessary to meet the ACP Test for the Plan Year.  The Policy Committee may direct uniform or nonuniform percentages for each selected NCE Participant, all in accordance with such nondiscriminatory rules and requirements as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe with respect to such contributions.  All Corrective Contributions will be allocated to the eligible Participants’ Before-Tax Account.

 

(2)                                  Distribution/Forfeiture .  The Policy Committee may elect to distribute and/or forfeit (to the extent not vested) Matching Contributions (and earnings thereon) to HCEs. The Policy Committee will determine the aggregate dollar amount of the excess to be refunded by reducing the ACR of the HCE with the

 

21



 

highest ratio to the extent necessary to  meet the ACP test or to cause such ratio to equal the ACR of the HCE with the next highest ratio.  This process (“Ratio Leveling”) will be repeated until the ACP test is passed.  The amount of Matching Contributions made on behalf of each HCE in excess of his revised ratio shall then be added together to determine the aggregate amount to be distributed.  The aggregate excess ACP contributions (and earnings thereon) determined under the preceding sentence will then be refunded to the HCEs (or forfeited if not vested), in the order of the dollar amount of Matching Contributions, beginning with the HCE with the highest dollar amount of Matching Contributions and continuing the refunds or forfeitures, if necessary, until all HCEs have the same dollar amount of Matching Contributions, and then reducing those dollar amounts equally (“Dollar Leveling”).  The Policy Committee will use the Plan’s normal method of calculating earnings to determine the amount of earnings attributable to each Participant’s allocation of excess ACP contributions, including gap period income to the extent required to be taken into account under Code Section 401(m) or regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 

Section 4.4.  Annual Addition Limitation (Code Section 415) .

 

(a)                                  General Rule .  The annual additions allocated to a Participant’s Account for a limitation year may not exceed the limitation in effect under Code Section 415(c)(3).  The requirements of Code Section 415, including the limitation in effect under Code Section 415(c)(3), are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b)                                  Definitions .  For purposes hereof:

 

(1)                                  The limitation year shall be the calendar year.

 

(2)                                  The term “annual additions” means annual additions within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(2) and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(3)                                  The term “compensation” for purposes of the Code Section 415(c) limit means the Participant’s wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) paid by the Company and its affiliates, plus amounts that would be included in wages but for an election under Code Section 125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b).  Any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or services performed are disregarded for this purpose.  To be taken into account, compensation must be paid or treated as paid to the Participant prior to the Participant’s severance from employment with the Company and its affiliates, or paid by the later of 2½

 

22



 

months after severance from employment or the end of the limitation year that includes the date of severance from employment but only if such post-severance payments are regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses or other similar payments and such payments would have been paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Company and its affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(A)                                Compensation paid to an individual who does not currently perform services by reason of qualified military service (to the extent such compensation does not exceed the amounts the individual would have earned if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer or a Related Employer) shall be included.

 

(B)                                Compensation paid to an individual who is permanently and totally disabled (within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)) shall be counted to the extent the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(g)(4)(ii)(A) and (C) are satisfied.

 

(C)                                No amounts, other than amounts described in the first paragraph of this subsection (b)(3), that are paid after a Participant’s severance from employment, such as severance, shall be included in compensation hereunder.

 

(D)                                Compensation in excess of the limit in effect under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the limitation year shall not be considered.

 

(c)                                   Correction .  If the annual additions to be allocated to the Participant’s Account for a limitation year exceed the limit prescribed by Code Section 415, then the sole method of correction shall be through the EPCRS program.  If the Participant received an annual addition to both this Plan and another plan of the Company or its Affiliates in the limitation year in which such annual additions would exceed the limit prescribed by Code Section 415, the correction of such excess contributions shall be made first from the Participant’s annual additions in the plan to which the Participant most recently became a participant prior to the end of the limitation year, and then, if necessary, from the other plan.

 

23



 

ARTICLE 5.  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS

 

Section 5.1.  Establishment of Participant’s Accounts .  Each Participant shall have a separate Account established and maintained for him or her for the portion of his or her interests in the Trust Fund.

 

Section 5.2.  Adjustments to Account Balances .  (a)  Regular Valuation Dates .  As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee will determine the Current Fair Value of the Trust Fund and of each Account.  The Trustee will adjust the Account balances of each Participant to reflect his or her allocations of contributions, payments from his or her Accounts and investment gains or losses and expenses.

 

(b)                                  Valuations Binding .  In determining the value of the Trust Fund and each individual Account, the Trustee and the Policy Committee will exercise their best judgment, and all determinations of value will be binding upon all Participants and their beneficiaries.

 

(c)                                   Statement of Account Balances .  Following the close of each Plan Year, the Policy Committee will provide to each Participant and other payee for whom an Account is maintained, a statement showing all allocations to, and distributions and withdrawals from, each of his or her Accounts, and the current value of each of his or her Accounts.  For any Plan Year, the Policy Committee may provide statements more frequently than annually or may permit Participants to access statements on a website.  Within 90 days after the account holder’s receipt of such statement, the account holder will be deemed to have accepted the statement as true, correct and complete.

 

(d)                                  Correction of Mistakes .  In the event the Policy Committee discovers that a mistake has been made in an allocation to, or a distribution from, any Participant’s Account or in the Plan’s recordkeeping, or any other mistake which affects an Account balance, it will correct the mistake as soon as practicable.  If a mistake has been made in an allocation, the Policy Committee will adjust the allocation in a manner to correct the Account balance so that it reflects, to the greatest extent possible, the amount it would have reflected if the mistake had not been made.  If an overpayment has been made, the Policy Committee will seek cash reimbursement to the extent that recovery efforts would not be more expensive and/or burdensome than is justified under the circumstances.  If an underpayment has been made, the Policy Committee will pay the amount of the underpayment in a single sum.  The Policy Committee will treat any other addition to the Account as an expense of the Plan, and will treat any other subtraction from the Account as a forfeiture and will use it in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.3(d).  In the event the Plan makes an error which is reflected in any communication or statement issued to the affected Participant, and the Participant fails to notify the Policy Committee of the error within 90 days of the Participant’s receipt of such communication or statement, the Plan will not be liable for any loss resulting from the error which occurs after the Participant receives the communication.

 

24



 

Section 5.3.  Investment Election .  (a)  Available Funds .  At the direction of the Employee Benefits Investment Committee, the Trustee will maintain various Investment Funds from time to time, each of which will be described to Participants in such manner as is determined by the Employee Benefits Investment Committee.  The Common Stock Fund shall be one of the available Investment Funds.  Each fund may hold cash and other liquid investments in such amounts as the Employee Benefits Investment Committee and/or Trustee consider necessary to meet the Plan’s liquidity requirements and to pay administrative expenses.

 

(b)                                  Participant Elections .  Except as otherwise provided in this Article 5 and subject to any restrictions imposed by a particular Investment Fund, Participants may elect to allocate and reallocate their Accounts among the various Investment Funds made available from time to time in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee pursuant to rules uniformly applied.  Such investment elections shall remain in effect unless change by the Participant in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee.  The Account balance of any Participant who fails to timely complete and submit his or her investment election will be invested in one or more default Investment Funds determined by the Employee Benefits Investment Committee.  As of the Spin Date, a Participant’s investment election with respect to the Common Stock Fund will be automatically cancelled, and such investment election will be changed to the default Investment Fund then provided under the Plan.  A Participant must affirmatively elect, after the Spin Date, to allocate contributions into, or re-allocate his or her Accounts into, the Company Stock Fund as it exists thereafter.

 

(c)                                   Allocation of Earnings .  All earnings attributable to the Account balances invested in each Investment Fund will be reinvested in that Investment Fund.

 

(d)                                  Restrictions on Investments .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if either the Policy Committee or the Employee Benefits Investment Committee determines that any reallocation of funds held in any Investment Fund might violate applicable securities laws or is for any other reasons impracticable or contrary to the best interests of the Participants as a whole, the Policy Committee or the Employee Benefits Investment Committee may suspend or limit the right of any Participant to reallocate the funds under this Section and/or defer the execution of any reallocation election.

 

25



 

ARTICLE 6.  VESTING

 

Section 6.1.  Before-Tax Contributions Account and Rollover Accounts .  A Participant shall be fully vested in the balance of his or her Before-Tax Contributions Account and Rollover Contributions Account.

 

Section 6.2.  Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account .  A Participant shall be vested in the balance of his or her Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account at any given time in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Full Years of

 

Nonforfeitable Percentage

 

Vesting Service

 

of Account

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1

 

0

%

1

 

20

%

2

 

40

%

3

 

60

%

4

 

80

%

5 or more

 

100

%

 

Section 6.3.  Termination of Employment .  (a)  Termination by Reason of Retirement, Death or Job Elimination .  Notwithstanding Section 6.2, if a Participant’s termination of employment with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates occurs:

 

(1)                                  on or after attainment of Normal Retirement Age,

 

(2)                                  by reason of death, or (3) on account of the elimination of the Participant’s job in connection with:  a sale or permanent closing of a plant, facility, unit or similar operation; permanent reductions due to curtailment of business, reorganization or outsourcing; or any other similar event (as determined by the Policy Committee in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards),

 

then the entire balance of such Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of such termination of employment.

 

(b)                                  Other Termination of Employment .  If a Participant’s termination of employment with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates occurs other than by reason of one of the events described in subsection (a), then the vested portion of the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Employer Retirement Contribution Account shall be determined as of his or her Severance Date based on the schedule set forth in Section 6.2.

 

(c)                                   Forfeiture of Unvested Account .  The portion of the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Employer Retirement Contribution Account which is not

 

26



 

vested shall be forfeited from the Participant’s Accounts upon the earlier of the date (1) the Participant incurs a Period of Severance of at least 72 consecutive months in duration, or (2) the Participant receives a distribution of the vested portion of his or her Accounts.  Prior to forfeiture, such unvested portion shall continue to share in allocations of earnings, gains, or losses pursuant to Article 5.  For purposes of this Section, a Participant who has no vested interest in any portion of his or her Accounts shall be deemed to have received distribution of the Account upon his or her termination of employment.

 

(d)                                  Use of Forfeitures .  Any amounts forfeited during a Plan Year shall first be used to reinstate forfeited accounts under subsection (e), and then used to reduce Matching Contributions, Retirement Income Contributions and/or any other required employer contributions, including employer nonelective contributions due for the year in which the forfeiture occurred.  Any forfeitures remaining after such allocation shall be used to pay permissible Plan expenses, to the extent determined by the Company.  Any forfeitures remaining thereafter shall be allocated among the Accounts of Participants who are employed on the last day of the Plan Year in which such forfeitures arose, in the ratio that the amount of such Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions eligible for Company Matching Contributions bears to the total amount of Before-Tax Contributions eligible for Company Matching Contributions of all Plan Participants who are eligible for an allocation of forfeitures hereunder.

 

(e)                                   Reemployment after Forfeiture .  If an Employee who has suffered a forfeiture from his or her Matching Contributions Account or Retirement Income Contributions Account as a result of taking a distribution (or deemed distribution) returns to employment as an Eligible Employee before the duration of his or her Period of Severance equals 72 consecutive months, then the dollar amount forfeited pursuant to subsection (c) shall be reinstated to the Participant’s Matching Contributions or Retirement Income Contributions Account, as applicable, if and only if the Participant repays the full amount of the distribution from his or her Matching Contributions and/or Retirement Income Contributions Account (if any) prior to the fifth anniversary of the date on which he or she subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee.  An Employee described in the prior sentence who is deemed to receive a distribution of his or her entire nonforfeitable interest under the last sentence of subsection (c) shall be deemed to have repaid such distribution on the date he or she again becomes an Eligible Employee.  The restored amount shall be funded out of forfeitures for the Plan Year in which such amounts are to be restored, or, if such forfeitures are not sufficient, out of additional contributions made by the Company.

 

Section 6.4.  Total and Permanent Disability .  Notwithstanding Section 6.2, if a Participant becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled while employed with the Participating Employers and their Affiliates, then the entire balance of such Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of such Total and Permanent Disability.

 

27



 

ARTICLE 7.  IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

 

Section 7.1.  General Rules .  (a)  General .  The provisions of this Article 7 govern the availability of loans and withdrawals while a Participant is employed by a Participating Employer or any Affiliate.  If a Participant who submits a request for a loan or withdrawal terminates employment prior to the issuance of the loan proceeds or prior to the distribution, the Participant will be deemed to have withdrawn such request.

 

(b)                                  Available Amount .  The amount available to the Participant who makes an in-service withdrawal or loan will be based on his or her available vested Account balances (minus any outstanding loan balance) determined as of the Valuation Date on which the withdrawal or loan is processed.  The Policy Committee may prescribe the order of Accounts (and Investment Funds) from which amounts will be withdrawn or loaned, pursuant to rules uniformly prescribed.

 

(c)                                   Application and Payment .  All requests for withdrawals or applications for loans shall specify the amount to be withdrawn or loaned, and shall be made in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee pursuant to rules uniformly applied in order to be effective.  The amount withdrawn or loaned will be paid to the Participant in a single payment as promptly as practicable after the request is processed and/or approved.

 

Section 7.2.  In-service Withdrawal After Age 59½ .  After a Participant reaches age 59½, he or she may withdraw all or part of his or her available vested Account balances.  The available Account balances are:  (a) his or her Before-Tax Contributions Account:  (b) the vested portion of his or her Matching Contributions Account; and (c) effective January 1, 2013, the vested portion of his or her Pre-2013 Retirement Income Contributions Account.  Any amount withdrawn pursuant to an election hereunder will first be taken from the available Account balances other than the Pre-2013 Retirement Income Contributions Account.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pre-2013 Retirement Income Contributions Account will no longer be an available Account balance after a Participant has made one election hereunder during his or her lifetime.

 

Section 7.3.  In-service Withdrawal After Disability .  At any time after a Participant becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled, he or she may withdraw all or part of his or her vested Account balances. There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Section 7.4.  In-service Withdrawal from Rollover Account .  A Participant may withdraw all or part of his or her Rollover Account at any time.  There is no limit on the number of withdrawals available.

 

Section 7.5.  Required In-service Withdrawal For 5-Percent Owners .  A Participant who is a 5-percent owner of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate must withdraw each year from his or her vested Account balances, beginning with the year in which he or she reaches age 70½, at least the minimum amount required by Code Section 401(a)(9) to be distributed with respect to such year.  If such a Participant does not elect a withdrawal amount, the Plan will automatically distribute such minimum amount to the Participant no later than the last date for which such distribution may be made under Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

28



 

Section 7.6.  Hardship Withdrawals .  The Policy Committee (or its delegate) may approve a hardship withdrawal request made by a Participant if the Participant demonstrates to the Policy Committee that he or she faces an immediate and heavy financial need that cannot be met from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant.

 

(a)                                  Available Amount .  The amount withdrawn may not exceed the amount of any immediate heavy financial need (including actual expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Participant because of his or her hardship), plus (as part of the same withdrawal) the reasonably estimated amount of taxes and penalties he or she must pay on the withdrawal.  In addition, the sum of the Participant’s outstanding loan balance under Section 7.6 (if any), plus the amount of his or her hardship withdrawal, may not exceed his or her total aggregate vested “available account balances” (as defined in subsection (b)) determined as of the hardship withdrawal date.

 

(b)                                  Available Accounts .  The Participant’s “available account balances” are his or her vested Matching Contribution Account and Before-Tax Contribution Account, excluding any earnings credited to his or her Before-Tax Contribution Account after January 1, 1989.  The Participant must first make withdrawals from the vested portion of his or her Matching Contribution Account.  If such amounts are insufficient, then the withdrawal may be taken from the Participant’s Before-Tax Account but only if: (i) the Participant has first withdrawn or borrowed all amounts available to him or her under this or any other plan of a Participating Employer or Affiliate, (ii) the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions are suspended for a period of 6 months following such withdrawal, and (iii) the withdrawal does not exceed the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including taxes due on the withdrawal).   The Retirement Income Contribution Account is not an available account balance for Hardship Withdrawal.

 

(c)                                   Immediate and Heavy Financial Need .  The Participant may make a hardship withdrawal only if he or she incurs a hardship which creates an immediate and heavy financial need which he or she cannot meet without the withdrawal.  A hardship withdrawal must be necessitated by either:

 

(1)                                  Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(d), determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income;

 

(2)                                  Costs directly related to the purchase of the Participant’s principal residence (excluding mortgage payments);

 

(3)                                  Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (within the meaning of Code Section 152 but without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B));

 

(4)                                  Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s principal residence, or foreclosure of the mortgage on that residence;

 

29



 

(5)                                  Payments necessary for burial or funeral expenses of the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, child, or dependent (within the meaning of Code Section 152 but without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B)); or

 

(6)                                  Expenses necessary for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for a casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

(d)                                  Withdrawal Necessary to Meet Need .  In order to demonstrate that the need cannot be met from other resources, the Participant may be required to represent in writing that he or she cannot meet his or her hardship from personal savings and/or the resources listed below that are reasonably available to him or her, or that the effect of drawing upon these resources would be to increase his or her existing hardship or to create an additional hardship:

 

(1)                                  Cessation of Before-Tax Contributions to this Plan and before-tax deposits under any qualified or nonqualified plan maintained by a Participating Employer or its Affiliates;

 

(2)                                  Insurance or other reimbursement for the loss that created the hardship;

 

(3)                                  Sale of assets at fair market value including assets owned by his or her spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to him or her; and/or

 

(4)                                  Withdrawals or nontaxable loans from this or any other plan maintained by the Participating Employer or an Affiliate, or loans from commercial lenders on reasonable terms.

 

(e)                                   Nondiscrimination .  The determination of the existence of the Participant’s immediate and heavy financial need and the necessity of the withdrawal to meet the need will be made by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

(f)                                    Reliance on Participant’s Representations .  The Policy Committee will in good faith rely on the representations made by the Participant in his or her application for the hardship withdrawal and will not be held accountable for any misrepresentation.

 

Section 7.7.  Loans .  Participants may receive loans from the Plan in accordance with rules prescribed by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, which are incorporated by reference herein, subject to the following rules.

 

(a)                                  Application and Eligibility .  The Participant who wishes to make a loan during his or her employment may request the loan, in such form and manner as is specified by the Policy Committee, specifying the amount to be borrowed.  Except as otherwise required under Section 408(b)(1) of ERISA, no Participant may receive a loan after he or she terminates employment, and no beneficiary will be eligible for a loan.

 

30



 

(b)           Available Amount .  The Participant may request a loan from the aggregate of his or her vested loanable Account balances (as defined in subsection (e)).  The total principal amount of the Participant’s outstanding loans may not exceed the lesser of (1) 50 percent of his or her aggregate loanable Account balances as of the date the loan is approved, or (2) $50,000, reduced by an amount equal to his or her highest aggregate outstanding loan balance(s) during the twelve months immediately preceding the date of his or her current loan.  The minimum amount of the loan must be $1,000.00.  Only two loans may be outstanding at any time.

 

(c)           Interest .  The loan will bear interest at a reasonable rate established by the Policy Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner on the basis of rates currently charged by commercial lenders.

 

(d)           Investment of Account Balances .  The Policy Committee will treat each loan as an investment of the Participant’s Account balances and will credit his or her principal and interest payments to the Accounts from which his or her loan proceeds were taken.  Principal and interest payments will be invested according to the Participant’s current election for his or her contributions.

 

(e)           Available Accounts .  Each loan will be made from the Participant’s Accounts as follows:  (1) Before-Tax Contributions Account and (2) the vested balance of his or her Matching Contributions Account (the “loanable account balances”).  No other accounts are available for loans.

 

(f)            Security .  Each loan will be treated as an investment of the Participant’s borrowed Account balances, and must be evidenced by his or her execution of a note in such form and in such manner as is determined by the Policy Committee.  The loan must be secured by the Participant’s pledge of fifty percent (50%) of the balances in his or her Accounts from which his or her loan is made.

 

(g)           Term .  Each loan will be for a term of one, two, three, four or five years as requested by the Participant.  A Participant may prepay his or her loan in full at any time without penalty.

 

(h)           Suspension of Repayments During Military Leave .  Each Participant may elect to suspend his or her loan repayments while he or she is on unpaid military leave.  The five-year maximum repayment period will be extended by the length of the suspension.

 

(i)            Suspension of Repayments During Other Leaves .  In the case of a Participant who is on a leave of absence without pay (or a reduced work schedule such that the Participant earns less, after applicable tax withholding, than the amount necessary to pay a required installment on a loan), the Policy Committee may allow the Participant to suspend payments of the loan for up to one year; provided that such suspension does not operate to extend the maturity date of the loan.  In any case in which repayments have been suspended, upon the Participant’s return to work or the end of the suspension period, as applicable, the Participant’s loan shall be re-amortized over its remaining term unless the Participant elects to make monthly payments at the level in effect prior to the suspension and a “balloon” payment of the remaining loan balance (including accrued interest) at maturity.

 

31



 

(j)            Repayment by Payroll Deductions .  So long as the Participant continues to earn Compensation, he or she must make his or her loan repayments by payroll deductions in equal amounts throughout the term of the loan.

 

(k)           Termination of Employment .  Upon a Participant’s termination of employment, the outstanding loan balance (other than with respect to a Participant who qualifies as a party in interest) shall be accelerated to the date of termination and, unless paid in full as of the date of termination, the provisions of subsection (1) shall apply.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Policy Committee may permit Participants to continue to pay outstanding loans after termination of employment in accordance with such rules and procedures as are prescribed by the Policy Committee on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

 

(l)            Default .  If a Participant fails to pay his or her loan payments when due (including repayment in full upon termination of employment), he or she shall be given a grace period through the end of the calendar quarter after the calendar quarter in which the default arose to bring the loan current.  If the Participant fails to do so, his or her loan shall be considered in default and a deemed distribution for purposes of Code Section 72(p) shall occur as of the end of the grace period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who takes a distribution of the entire vested balance of his or her Account shall have the portion of his or her Account used to secure the loan distributed to him or her in satisfaction of the loan and shall not be provided a grace period to repay such loan.

 

(m)          Fees .  The Trustee may charge loan origination and annual maintenance fees in connection with any loan.  Any such fees shall be deducted directly from the Account of the Participant who incurs such fees.

 

Section 7.8.  Special Vesting Rule .  If a Participant receives an in-service withdrawal under this Article 7 with respect to the Participant’s Matching Contributions Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account at a time when the Participant is partially but not fully vested in such Matching Contribution Account and Retirement Income Contributions Account, separate subaccounts shall be maintained for (i) the portion of the Participant’s account attributable to Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions made prior to the withdrawal, and earnings thereon, and (ii) the portion of the Participant’s account attributable to Matching Contributions and Retirement Income Contributions made after the distribution, and earnings thereon.  The Participant’s vested interest in the portion of the account made prior to the withdrawal shall be determined consistent with Section 1.411(a)-7(d)(5)(B) of the Income Tax Regulations.

 

32



 

ARTICLE 8.  POST-EMPLOYMENT DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 8.1.  Payment Events .  A Participant who terminates employment from the Participating Employers and their Affiliates for any reason, or the beneficiary of a deceased Participant, will be eligible for a distribution of his or her aggregate vested Account balances, subject to the provisions of this Article 8.  Except as provided in Section 8.3(a), the Participant or beneficiary must apply for payment in such form and manner as is prescribed by the Policy Committee, and the lump sum payment will be made as soon as practicable after a proper application for a distribution is received and processed.  If a Participant’s status changes from an Employee to a leased employee (within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)), the Participant shall not be considered to have a severance from employment until the Participant ceases to be a leased employee.

 

Section 8.2.  Amount of Payment .  The Participant or beneficiary will receive the amount of the vested Account balances (minus any outstanding loan balance which is not repaid by the earlier of the end of the grace period or the date of distribution) determined as of the last Valuation Date preceding the payment date.

 

Section 8.3.  Form and Timing of Payment .  Except as provided in subsection (c), the lump sum is the only form of payment available under the Plan.

 

(a)           Balance Not Over $1,000 .  The Policy Committee will direct the Trustee to make payment (not later than the last day of the Plan Year following the year in which the Participant’s termination of employment occurs) of any Participant’s whose aggregate vested Account balance not exceed $1,000 as of the date of distribution, and the Participant may not defer such payment; provided that the Participant may elect a direct rollover of any payment in excess of $200 under Section 8.6.

 

(b)           Balance Over $1,000 .  If the Participant’s aggregate vested Account balances are greater than $1,000 at the time he or she is eligible for a distribution, the Participant may either apply for an immediate lump sum payment or may defer payment of his or her aggregate Account balances until a date no later than the later of (1) the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ or (2) for any Participant other than a 5% owner within the meaning of Code Section 416(i), the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant terminates employment (the “required distribution date”).  No distribution shall be made prior to the required distribution date until a Participant makes application for benefits in such form and manner as prescribed by the Policy Committee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant fails to request a distribution as of the required distribution date, the Policy Committee will cash-out the Participant’s vested Account balance as of such date without Participant consent or application if the Participant can be located, or will forfeit the Account under Section 13.7 if the Participant cannot be located.

 

(c)           Minimum Required Distributions .  A Participant described in subsection (b) who is required to begin receiving distributions from his or her Account pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) for a Plan Year may elect, in lieu of a lump sum distribution, to receive an annual payment equal to at least the minimum amount required to be distributed pursuant to

 

33



 

Code Section 401(a)(9).  Such a Participant may elect, at any time, to receive the remaining vested balance of his or her Account in a lump sum.

 

Section 8.4.  Designation of Beneficiaries; Payment After Death .  (a)  Procedure .  The primary beneficiary of a Participant who is married on the date his or her death shall be the Participant’s surviving spouse, unless the Participant previously designated another beneficiary with the written consent of such spouse; provided that spousal consent will not be required if the Participant provides the Policy Committee with a valid decree of abandonment or legal separation, or with satisfactory evidence that he or she cannot obtain consent because he or she has been unable to locate his or her spouse after reasonable effort.  A married Participant may name one or more contingent beneficiaries to receive any vested Account balances in the event his or her spouse does not survive him or her, and will not need his or her spouse’s consent.

 

The unmarried Participant, and the married Participant who has his or her spouse’s written consent, may name one or more beneficiaries.  If the Participant names multiple beneficiaries, he or she must indicate the percentage payable to each.  Beneficiaries can be individuals, religious organizations, educational organizations, charitable organizations, trusts, or the Participant’s estate.  Subject to the spousal consent requirement, the Participant may change his or her designation at any time, and each change will revoke all his or her prior designations.

 

To be effective, each designation must be made in writing on a form provided by the Policy Committee and must be signed and filed with the Policy Committee before the Participant’s death, and if spousal consent is required, the election (1) must be signed by the Participant’s spouse; (2) the spouse’s consent must acknowledge the effect of the election and that he/she cannot later revoke the waiver; (3) the spouse’s consent must either specifically approve each named beneficiary, or must permit the Participant to name any beneficiary; and (4) the spouse’s consent must be witnessed by a notary public.  If the spouse is incompetent, the spouse’s legal guardian may give consent, even if the guardian is the Participant.

 

If a married Participant designates his or her spouse as a primary or contingent beneficiary and the Participant and his or her spouse subsequently divorce or legally separate, the following rules shall apply:

 

(1)                                  If the Policy Committee receives notice of the Participant’s divorce or legal separation from such spouse prior to April 1, 2010, such designation (to the extent applicable to such spouse) will be automatically null and void as of the date of the receipt of such notice and such spouse’s interest shall be divided among the remaining primary or contingent beneficiaries pro rata according to their respective portions, or shall be payable according to the default rules described below, unless otherwise required by the terms of a qualified domestic relations order or the Participant redesignates his or her former spouse as a beneficiary after the date of divorce or legal separation.

 

(2)                                  Notice to the Policy Committee of the Participant’s divorce or legal separation on or after April 1, 2010 shall not affect the

 

34



 

Participant’s designation of his or her former spouse as a primary or contingent beneficiary unless or until the Participant revokes the designation in accordance with this Section 8.5.

 

If the Participant’s designated beneficiary(ies) fails to survive the Participant, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be the Participant’s spouse, or if none, the Participant’s estate.

 

(b)           Rights of Beneficiary .  Except as provided in subsection (c), upon the Participant’s death, his or her vested Account balances will be paid in a lump sum to his or her beneficiary(ies) as soon as practicable after the Policy Committee receives proof, satisfactory to the Policy Committee, of the Participant’s death and application for a distribution from the beneficiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the remaining balance of a Participant’s vested Accounts to which a beneficiary is entitled shall be distributed to such beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the 5 th  anniversary of the Participant’s death, or if the Beneficiary is the surviving spouse, by the date specified in subsection (c), or if the beneficiary cannot be located, shall be forfeited as provided in Section 12.7.  If the Participant’s surviving spouse or other primary beneficiary dies before the lump sum Account balances are paid to him or her, the balances will be paid in a lump sum to the Participant’s surviving contingent beneficiary(s), if any.  If the contingent beneficiary(ies) dies before the lump sum Account balances are paid to him or her, the vested Account balances will be paid to the Participant’s estate.  No primary beneficiary will have any right to the Participant’s Account balances unless he or she survives the Participant and survives to the payment date, and no contingent beneficiary will have any right unless he or she survives both the Participant and the primary beneficiary(s) and survives to the payment date.  No beneficiary will have any right to designate a beneficiary.

 

(c)           Optional Form for Spouse .  The surviving spouse of a deceased Participant may elect to defer distribution of the Participant’s vested accounts until the later of (i) the December 31 of the year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½ or (ii) the December 31 of the year following the year in which the Participant dies.  If the surviving spouse of a deceased Participant fails to make an affirmative election, he or she shall be deemed to have made an election to defer distributions of the Participant’s vested Accounts until the later of the two dates listed above.  The surviving spouse of a deceased Participant may also elect, in lieu of a lump sum distribution, to receive an annual death benefit payment equal to at least the minimum amount required to be distributed pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9).  Such surviving spouse may elect, at any time, to receive the remaining vested balance of the deceased Participant’s Account in a lump sum.

 

(d)           Payment to Minor or Incompetent Beneficiaries .  In the event the deceased Participant’s beneficiary is a minor, or is legally incompetent, the Policy Committee will make payment to the court-appointed guardian or representative of such beneficiary, or to a trust established for the benefit of such beneficiary, as applicable.

 

(e)           Judicial Determination .  In the event the Policy Committee considers it appropriate for any reason not to direct the payment of a deceased Participant’s Account balances as specified in this Section, the Policy Committee may have a court of applicable

 

35



 

jurisdiction determine to whom payments should be made, in which event all expenses incurred in obtaining the determination may be charged against the payee.

 

Section 8.5.  Compliance with Code Section 401(a)(14) .  Unless the Participant elects to or is deemed to have elected to defer payment to a later date, the payment of benefits under the Plan to a Participant must be made not later than the 60 th  day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

 

(a)           The Participant attains age 65;

 

(b)           The Participant terminates employment with the Participating Employer and its Affiliates; or

 

(c)           The 10 th  anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan occurs.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who fails to affirmatively elect a deferral will be deemed to have elected to defer payment until the earlier of (x) the date as of which the Participant requests a distribution, or (y) the required distribution date under Section 8.3(b).

 

Section 8.6.  Direct Rollover .  (a)  Participant Right to Rollover .  A Participant who receives an eligible rollover distribution may instruct the Trustee to roll over all or part of his or her payment to another qualified retirement plan, individual retirement account or annuity (IRA), Roth IRA as described in Code Section 408A, annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), or eligible government deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan.

 

(b)           Other Permissible Payees .  A surviving spouse or spousal alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order who receives an eligible rollover distribution may instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of the awarded payment to an IRA or to another qualified employer plan as described in subsection (a).  In addition, a non-spousal beneficiary who receives an eligible rollover distribution may instruct the Policy Committee to roll over all or part of the distribution to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

(c)           Election of Rollover .  The payee who directs the rollover must timely provide in writing all information required to effect the rollover as determined by the Policy Committee.  The Committee will provide timely notice of the right to make a direct rollover.

 

(d)           Eligible Rollover Distribution .  An eligible rollover distribution means a distribution other than (a) a form of payment that yields substantially equal periodic payments over a lifetime, life expectancy, or period of at least 10 years, (b) payments of less than $200, (c) payments required under Code Section 401(a)(9), and (d) hardship distributions.  A distribution of after-tax contributions shall be considered an eligible rollover distribution but such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or

 

36



 

403(a), or to an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred.

 

Section 8.7.  Required Minimum Distribution Rules .  (a)  General .  The provisions of this Section take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.  This Section shall not be interpreted to provide any additional options to the recipient with respect to the form or timing of payment beyond the other provisions of the Plan, except as necessary to comply with the minimum requirements.  All Plan distributions will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

(b)           Definitions .

 

(1)                                  Designated Beneficiary .  The designated beneficiary for purposes of this Section is the individual who is the Beneficiary and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

 

(2)                                  Distribution Calendar Year .  A distribution calendar year is a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required.  For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date.  For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under subsection (c).  The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date.  The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

(3)                                  Life Expectancy .  Life expectancy means the value computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

 

(4)                                  Participant’s Account Balance .  The Participant’s account balance is the account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (the “valuation calendar year”) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.  The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or

 

37



 

transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

 

(5)                                  Required Beginning Date .  The April 1 following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70½ or terminates employment, whichever is later; provided that for a Participant who is a 5% owner of the Employer, the required beginning date is the April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, even if still employed.

 

(c)           Time and Manner of Distribution .  The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.  If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

(1)                                  If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (70 ½), if later.

 

(2)                                  If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to each designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died or the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of  the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(3)                                  If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(4)                                  If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, subparagraphs (2) and (3) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

Unless subparagraph (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date.  If subparagraph (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subparagraph (1).  If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving

 

38



 

spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subparagraph (1)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

 

(d)           Forms of Distribution .  Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with the rules regarding required minimum distributions during the Participant’s lifetime and after the Participant’s death, as applicable.  If the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations.

 

(e)           Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime .  During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

(1)                                  the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

 

(2)                                  if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

 

Required minimum distributions will be determined beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death

 

(f)            Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death .  If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(1)                                  The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)                                  If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the

 

39



 

surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year.  For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(3)                                  If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in subparagraph (1).  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.  If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse, this subsection will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(g)                                   2009 Required Minimum Distributions .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant or beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”) will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions.  In addition, notwithstanding Section 8.6, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, the 2009 RMDs will be treated as eligible rollover distributions in 2009.

 

40



 

ARTICLE 9.  AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1.  Amendments and Termination .  (a)  General .  While it is intended that the Plan shall continue in effect indefinitely, the Board or Policy Committee may from time to time modify, alter or amend the Plan or the Trust, and the Board may at any time order the temporary suspension or complete discontinuance of contributions or may terminate the Plan; provided however, that in the event of termination of the Plan or complete discontinuance of contributions hereunder, all rights and interests of affected Participants not theretofore vested shall become vested as of the date of such termination or complete discontinuance.  In addition, upon a partial termination of the Plan pursuant to Code Section 411, the Accounts of Participants affected by the partial termination shall become vested.  With respect to any group of Participants whose participation hereunder is the subject of collective bargaining (if any), any amendment to the collective bargaining agreement covering such Participants shall automatically be considered an amendment hereto on the date set forth in the collective bargaining agreement without necessity of action by the Policy Committee or the Board.

 

(b)                                  Amendment Required or Permitted by Law .  Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent any modification, alteration or amendment of the Plan or of the Trust which is required in order to comply with the provision of any law or regulation relating to the establishment or maintenance of this Plan and Trust, including but not limited to the establishment and maintenance of the Plan or Trust as a qualified employee plan or trust under the Code, or which is permitted by applicable law, even though such modification, alteration, or amendment is made retroactively or adversely affects the rights or interests of a Participant under the Plan.  The power to amend the Plan which is reserved to the Board shall include the right to amend the Plan at any time to provide a life annuity form of distribution.

 

41



 

ARTICLE 10.  PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

Section 10.1.  Employee Benefits Policy Committee .  The Policy Committee shall be the “administrator” of the Plan for all purposes of ERISA and the “named fiduciary” required under ERISA, and to the extent such responsibility is not specifically allocated otherwise hereunder, shall have the exclusive responsibility and discretionary authority for the administration and operation of the Plan and shall have the power to take any action necessary or appropriate to carry out such responsibilities. In addition to the specific duties and authority described herein, the Policy Committee’s discretionary authority shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 

(a)                                  to prescribe and require the use of appropriate forms;

 

(b)                                  to formulate and issue rules and regulations;

 

(c)                                   to prepare and file reports, notices and any other documents relating to the Plan which may be required by law;

 

(d)                                  to interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, by supplying omissions from, correcting deficiencies in, or resolving inconsistencies or ambiguities in, Plan language);

 

(e)                                   to make factual findings with respect to any issue arising under the Plan;

 

(f)                                    to determine the rights and status under the Plan of Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons; and

 

(g)                                   to decide disputes arising under the Plan and to make determinations and findings (including factual findings) with respect to the benefits payable thereunder and the persons entitled thereto as may be required for Plan purposes.

 

In furtherance thereof, but without limiting the foregoing, the Policy Committee is hereby granted the following specific authorities, which it shall discharge in its sole and absolute discretion to (1) resolve all questions (including factual questions) arising under the Plan as to any individual’s entitlement to become a Participant; (2) determine the amount of benefits, if any, payable with respect to any person under the Plan (including, to the extent necessary, making any factual findings with respect thereto); and (3) conduct the claims and review procedures set forth herein.  All determinations or interpretations of the Policy Committee shall be final and binding on all parties unless determined to be arbitrary and capricious by a court of appropriate jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.2.  Employee Benefits Investment Committee .  The duties and authority of the Employee Benefits Investment Committee shall be as follows:

 

42



 

(a)                                  to direct the establishment of Investment Funds and determine the investment characteristics and establish general investment guidelines for such Investment Funds, and to add to or change the number and nature of the Investment Funds from time to time; and

 

(b)                                  to periodically review the performance of the Trustee and each Investment Fund, and report to the Board of Directors of Adient plc with respect to such performance.

 

The Employee Benefits Investment Committee is granted full discretionary authority and control regarding the matters assigned to it.  All determinations or interpretations or other actions of the Employee Benefits Investment Committee with respect to the matters assigned to it shall be final and binding on all parties unless determined to be arbitrary and capricious by a court of appropriate jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.3.  Organization and Procedure .  Each committee shall have a chairman, a secretary, and such other officers as may be deemed appropriate.  Action on any matter shall be taken on the vote of at least a majority of all members of the committee at any meeting or upon unanimous written consent of all members without a meeting.  Minutes of meetings shall be kept and all major actions of the committees shall be recorded in such minutes or other appropriate written form.  The committees may adopt such bylaws, procedures and operating rules as they may deem appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a committee has less than 3 members as a result of the resignation of a member, the committee shall nonetheless be permitted to administer the Plan as provided herein pending appointment of a new member.

 

Section 10.4.  Delegation of Authority and Responsibility .  (a)  Delegation to Member .  Each committee may delegate to any one or more of its members the authority to execute documents on behalf of such committee and to represent such committee in any matters or dealings involving such committee.  Any such delegation of authority shall be set forth in writing.

 

(b)                                  Delegation to Employees .  The committees may delegate certain of their powers to a person employed by Adient plc, the Company, a Participating Employer or Affiliate under such terms and conditions as may be specified by the committee.  Any such delegation of the powers shall be set forth in writing.

 

(c)                                   Reservation of Authority .  Employees who are not members of any committee or persons to whom powers are delegated under (b) above may perform such duties and functions relating to the Plan as a committee shall direct and supervise.  It is expressly provided, however, that the committees shall retain full and exclusive authority and responsibility for and respecting any such activities by other employees, and nothing contained in this Section 10.4 shall be construed to confer upon any such employee any discretionary authority or control respecting the administration or operation of the Plan.

 

43



 

Section 10.5.  Use of Professional Services .  Any committee may obtain the services of such attorneys, actuaries, accountants or other persons they deem appropriate, any of whom may be the same persons who are providing services to Adient plc, the Company, a Participating Employer or Affiliate.  In any case in which a committee utilizes such services, it shall retain exclusive discretionary authority and control respecting the administration and operation of the Plan.

 

Section 10.6.  Fees and Expenses .  Committee members who are employees of Adient plc, the Company, a Participating Employer or Affiliate shall serve without compensation from the Plan but shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in their capacity as committee members.  No employee members of any committee or persons performing services pursuant to Section 10.5 shall receive greater than reasonable compensation for their services and expenses.  All compensation for services and expenses shall be paid from the Trust unless the Participating Employers, in their sole discretion, elect to pay them.

 

Section 10.7.  Claims Procedure .  (a)  Initial Claim .  Any Participant or beneficiary under this Plan who believes he or she is entitled to benefits under the Plan in an amount greater than he or she is receiving may file, or have his or her duly authorized representative file, a claim with the Policy Committee under this Section.  Any such claim shall be filed in writing stating the nature of the claim, and the facts supporting the claim, the amount claimed and the name and address of the claimant.  The Policy Committee shall designate one or more persons (who may or may not be members of the Policy Committee) to consider the claim and answer it in writing stating whether the claim is granted or denied.  A determination of the claim shall be made within 90 days of receipt, provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, an extension of time is needed to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have up to 180 days to consider the claim if the claim reviewer provides written notice of the extension, the reasons therefore and the expected date of determination to the claimant prior to the end of the original 90-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for disability benefit claims, the determination shall be made within 45 days after the Policy Committee’s receipt of the claim; provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, an extension of time is necessary to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have an additional 30 days to consider the claim if the claim reviewer provides written notice of the extension to the claimant before the end of the initial 45-day period; and further provided that if, due to circumstances beyond the control of the claim reviewer, a further extension of time is necessary to consider the claim, the claim reviewer shall have a second 30 day extension if the claim reviewer provides written notice to the claimant before the end of the first 30-day extension.  In the case of any extension outlined in the preceding sentence, the notice of extension shall include (1) an explanation of the circumstances requiring the extension, (2) the date by which the reviewer expects to render a decision, (3) an explanation of the standards upon which the entitlement to benefits is based, (4) the unresolved issues preventing a decision on the claim, and (5) the additional information needed to resolve those issues (the claimant shall be afforded at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information, during which time, the period for making the benefit determination will be tolled.)  If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant shall be furnished with a written notice of such denial containing:  (1) the specific reasons for the denial; (2) specific references to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (3) a description of any additional material or information which it is necessary for the claimant to submit and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (4)

 

44



 

an explanation of the Plan’s appeal procedure, including the claimant’s right to bring a civil suit under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination upon review.

 

(b)                                  Appeals .  If a claimant wishes to appeal the denial of his or her claim, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative shall file a written notice of appeal to the Policy Committee within 60 days (180 days for disability benefit claims) from the date of receipt of notice of the claim denial.  The claimant will have the opportunity, upon request and free of charge, to have reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s appeal.  In order that the Policy Committee may expeditiously decide such appeal, the written notice of appeal should contain (1) a statement of the ground(s) for the appeal, (2) a specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the appeal is based, (3) a statement of the arguments and authority (if any) supporting each ground for appeal, and (4) any other pertinent documents or comments which the appellant desires to submit in support of his or her appeal. The Policy Committee shall decide the claimant’s appeal within 60 days of receipt of the appeal; provided that, if due to circumstances beyond the Policy Committee’s control, an extension of time is necessary in order to review the appeal, the Policy Committee shall have up to 120 days to consider the appeal of the Policy Committee provides written notice of the extension, the reason therefore and the expected date of determination to the claimant prior to end of the original 60-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for disability benefit claims, the appellant’s appeal shall be decided within 45 days of the receipt of the appeal; provided that, if due to circumstances beyond the Policy Committee’s control, an extension of time is necessary in order to review the appeal, the Policy Committee shall have an additional 45 days to consider the appeal if the Policy Committee provides, prior to the termination of the initial 45 days, written notice to the claimant of such extension, the reason therefor, and the expected date of determination.  Furthermore, the Policy Committee shall adhere to the following guidelines when deciding appeals of disability benefit claims: (1) the Policy Committee shall not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination, (2) if the initial adverse benefit determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, the Policy Committee shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment, (3) the Policy Committee shall provide for the identification of the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained in connection with the adverse benefit determination, regardless of whether such advice was relied upon, and (4) any health care professional consulted for the appeal shall not be the same health care professional consulted in the initial determination nor the subordinate of such individual.  If the appeal is denied in whole or in part, the Policy Committee shall provide the claimant with written notice of the denial which shall contain: the reasons for the decision and reference to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based; a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) or proceed to the voluntary final level of appeal described in subsection 10.08(c).  If the claimant fails to receive a written notice before the end of the applicable period, the claim shall be deemed denied upon review.

 

(c)                                   Optional Level of Appeal .  If a claimant’s claim for benefits is denied in whole or part upon appeal under subsection 10.08(b), such claimant, or his duly authorized representative, may request a final review, upon written application to the Policy Committee, of the determination on the first appeal.  After receiving a request for review of a determination on

 

45



 

the first appeal, the Policy Committee shall respond within the same time periods and in a manner that would satisfy the requirements for a first appeal as set forth above.  If the appeal is denied, the Policy Committee shall provide the appellant with written notice of the denial which shall contain:  (1) the reasons for the decision and reference to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based; (2) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; and (3) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a).  If the claimant fails to receive a written notice before the end of the applicable period, the claim shall be deemed denied upon review.

 

(d)                                  Limitation on Actions .  No claimant may commence a legal action or proceeding for benefits until after the claims and appeals procedures of subsection (b) above have been exhausted and in no event after the earlier of (1) 180 days after the claimant receives, or is deemed to receive, notice of a denial of his or her claim upon review under subsection (b), or (2) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations period under applicable law; provided that, the 180-day period shall be tolled during the period the appeal described in subsection (c) above is under review.

 

Section 10.8.  Communications .  All communications shall be addressed to the Policy Committee at the address set forth in the Plan’s summary plan description.

 

Section 10.9.  Rescission of Delegation of Authority .  Adient plc, the owner of a substantial equity interest in the Company, is (or one of its subsidiaries is) the sponsor of the Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.  It is intended that this Plan be administered and its assets invested, to the extent consistent with the terms hereof, in substantially, the same manner as the Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.  Accordingly, the Company has delegated the responsibility and authority to administer the Plan to the committees and personnel which administer the Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may rescind such delegation and appoint one or more committees to administer the Plan, with the authority and responsibility described herein as may be allocated by the by the Board.

 

46



 

ARTICLE 11.  TRUSTEE AND TRUST AGREEMENT

 

Section 11.1.  Appointment and Removal .  (a)  Appointment .  The Company shall enter into a trust agreement or trust agreements with one or more persons or corporations selected by the Board to act as Trustee of the Trust.  The Trustee shall receive all contributions and shall hold, manage, administer and invest the same, reinvest any income, and make distributions in accordance with the provisions of the respective trust agreement.  The trust agreement shall be in such form and contain such provisions as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate to effectuate the purposes of the Plan and to qualify the Plan and Trust under the Code.

 

(b)                                  Removal or Resignation .  The Board may, from time to time, remove the Trustee or any successor Trustee at any time and any such Trustee or any successor Trustee may resign and, the Board shall, upon removal or resignation of a Trustee, appoint a successor Trustee.  In any such case, the Board shall give due consideration to the reports and recommendations of the Employee Benefits Investment Committee.

 

Section 11.2.  Fees and Expenses .  The Trustee’s fee, and other fees and expenses, shall be paid by the Trustee out of the Trust, unless the Company elects to pay them.  Brokerage fees and other direct investment costs, if paid out of the Trust, shall be charged to the fund of the Trust to which such fees and costs are attributable.

 

Section 11.3.  Exclusive Benefit .  All property and funds of the Trust allocable to the Plan, including income from investments and from all other sources, shall be managed solely in the interest of Participants and their beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of:

 

(a)                                  providing benefits to Participants and beneficiaries; and

 

(b)                                  defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

 

47



 

ARTICLE 12.  COMMON STOCK AND THE COMMON STOCK FUND

 

Section 12.1.  Stock Rights, Stock Splits and Stock Dividends .  A Participant shall have no right of request, direction or demand upon the Employee Benefits Investment Committee or the Trustee to exercise rights to purchase shares of Common Stock or other securities of Johnson Controls, Inc., or any successor thereto, and following the Spin Date, of Adient plc (collectively, the “Issuer”).  The Trustee may exercise or sell any rights to purchase shares of Common Stock held by the Trustee under the Trust, and the Accounts of Participants shall be appropriately credited.  Shares of Common Stock received by the Trustee by reason of a stock split or a stock dividend shall be allocated to the appropriate Accounts of the Participants.

 

Section 12.2.  Voting of Common Stock .  (a)  General .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the provisions of this Section shall govern the voting of Common Stock held in the Trust Fund.

 

(b)                                  Notice .  When the Issuer files preliminary proxy solicitation materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Policy Committee shall send a copy of all such materials to the Trustee.  Based on these materials, the Trustee shall prepare a voting instruction form.  At the time of mailing of notice of each annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Issuer, the Policy Committee shall cause a copy of the notice and all proxy solicitation materials to be sent to each Participant with an interest in the Common Stock held in the Trust, together with the foregoing voting instruction form to be returned to the Trustee or its designee.  The form shall show the proportional interest, in the number of full and fractional shares, of Common Stock credited to the Participant’s Accounts invested in the Common Stock Fund.  The Policy Committee shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any materials provided to the Participants and shall certify to the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.

 

(c)                                   Participant Direction .  Each Participant with an interest in the Common Stock Fund shall have the right, acting in the capacity of a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA Section 402, to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee is to vote (including, to not vote) that number of shares of Common Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund (both vested and unvested), plus such Participant’s proportional interest in the shares of Common Stock held in the Common Stock Fund but as to which the Trustee has not received timely voting directions.  Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the voting of Common Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by mailgram or similar means.  Except as otherwise required by applicable law, those directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to any Participating Employer, any officer or employee thereof, or any other person.  Upon its receipt of the directions of a Participant, the Trustee shall vote the shares of Common Stock which are subject to such directions in the manner directed by such Participant.

 

Section 12.3.  Tender Offers for Common Stock .  (a)  General .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the provisions of this Section shall govern the tender of Common Stock in response to a tender offer for any shares of Common Stock held in the Trust.

 

48



 

(b)                                  Notice .  Upon commencement of a tender offer for any Common Stock held in the Trust, the Policy Committee shall notify each Participant with an interest in the Common Stock Fund of the tender offer and shall utilize its best efforts to timely distribute or cause to be distributed to such Participant the same information as is distributed to shareholders of the Company in connection with the tender offer, and, after consulting with the Trustee, shall provide (and the Company shall pay) for a means by which each such Participant may direct the Trustee whether or not to tender the Common Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund (both vested and unvested).  The Policy Committee shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any material provided to the Participants and shall certify to the Trustee that the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to Participants.

 

(c)                                   Participant Direction .  Each Participant shall have the right, acting as a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA Section 402, to direct the Trustee to tender or not to tender the shares of Common Stock reflecting such Participant’s proportional interest in the Common Stock Fund.  Directions from a Participant to the Trustee concerning the tender of Common Stock shall be communicated in writing, or by mailgram or such similar means as is agreed upon by the Trustee and the Policy Committee under the preceding paragraph.  Subject to the requirements of applicable law, these directions shall be held in confidence by the Trustee and shall not be divulged to the Policy Committee, the Company, any Participating Employer or Affiliate, or any officer or employee thereof, or any other person except to the extent that the consequences of such directions are reflected in reports regularly communicated to any such persons in the ordinary course of the performance of the Trustee’s services.  Upon its receipt of the directions of a Participant, the Trustee shall tender or not tender the shares of Common Stock which are subject to such directions in the manner directed by such Participant.  The Trustee shall not tender any shares of Common Stock with respect to which it has received no directions from the Participant.

 

(d)                                  Withdrawal of Shares .  A Participant who has directed the Trustee to tender some or all of the shares of Common Stock as to which he or she is a named fiduciary may, at any time prior to the tender offer withdrawal date, direct the Trustee to withdraw some or all of the tendered shares, and the Trustee shall withdraw the directed number of shares from the tender offer prior to the tender offer withdrawal deadline.  A Participant shall not be limited as to the number of directions to tender or withdraw that the Participant may give to the Trustee.

 

(e)                                   Investment of Proceeds .  A direction by a Participant to the Trustee to tender shares of Common Stock shall not be considered a written election under the Plan by the Participant to withdraw, or have distributed, any or all of his or her interest in the Common Stock Fund.  The Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Account from which the tendered shares were taken the proceeds received by the Trustee in exchange for the shares of Common Stock tendered from that interest.  Pending receipt of directions (through the Company) from the Participant or the Employee Benefits Investment Committee as to which of the remaining investment options the proceeds should be invested in, the Trustee shall invest the proceeds in accordance with applicable provisions of the Trust.

 

Section 12.4.  Common Stock Fund Accounting as of the Spin Date .  On and after the Spin Date, the Common Stock Fund shall consist of two components, which will be

 

49



 

separately accounted for with respect to each Participant whose Account is invested in the Common Stock Fund immediately prior to the Spin Date:

 

(a)                                  the portion consisting of Johnson Controls International plc ordinary shares (as adjusted thereafter for dividend reinvestments).  This portion shall be a “sell-only” fund from and after the Spin Date, meaning that Participants can elect to re-allocate their balance in this component to other available Funds, but Participants may not elect that new contributions be invested in this component or that accounts invested in other Funds be reallocated to this Fund; and

 

(b)                                  the portion consisting of Adient plc ordinary shares (as adjusted for dividend reinvestments).

 

50



 

ARTICLE 13.  MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1.  Non-Guarantee of Employment .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between a Participating Employer or an Affiliate and a Participant, or as a right of any Participant to be continued in the employment of his or her employer, or as a limitation of the right of an employer to discharge any Participant with or without cause.

 

Section 13.2.  Rights to Trust Assets .  (a)  General .  No Participant or any other person shall have any right to, or interest in, any part of the Trust assets upon termination of his or her employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the amounts due and payable to such person out of the assets of the Trust.  All payments as provided for in this Plan shall be made solely out of the assets of the Trust and neither the Participating Employers, their Affiliates, the Trustee, nor any member of a committee shall be liable therefor in any manner.

 

(b)                                  Return of Contributions .  The Participating Employers shall have no beneficial interests of any nature whatsoever in any contributions after the same have been received by the Trustee, or in the assets, income or profits of the Trust or any part thereof.  However, (1) to the extent a tax deduction for any contribution is disallowed, such contribution shall be returned to the Participating Employer within 1 year after such disallowance, or (2) if a contribution is made by a mistake of fact, such contribution shall be returned to the Participating Employer within one year of the date of contribution.

 

Section 13.3.  Non-Recommendation of Investment .  The availability of any security hereunder shall not be construed as a recommendation to invest in such security.  The decision as to the choice of investment of a Participant’s Account must be made solely by each Participant, and no officer or employee of any Participating Employer or the Trustee is authorized to make any recommendation to any Participant concerning the allocation of his or her Accounts hereunder.

 

Section 13.4.  Indemnification of Committees .  Each Participating Employer shall indemnify each member of the Policy Committee, the Investment Committee, the Chief Executive Officer of Adient plc (who appoints the members of the Policy Committee), the Board of Directors of Adient plc (who appoints the members of the Employee Benefits Investment Committee), and the Board, and hold each of them harmless from the consequences of his or her acts or conduct in his or her official capacity, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be solely in the best interests of the Participants and their beneficiaries, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  To the extent and for so long as the Plan utilizes the Adient US LLC Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust and/or the Company delegates any responsibility or authority pursuant to Section 10.9, such indemnification shall extend to the officers, directors and employees of Adient plc, Adient US LLC and to the members of the committees which have and exercise such responsibility and authority.  Such indemnification shall cover any and all attorneys’ fees and expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, but only to the extent that such amounts are not paid to such person(s) under the

 

51



 

Participating Employer’s fiduciary insurance policy and to the extent that such amounts are actually and reasonably incurred by such person(s).

 

Section 13.5.  Selection of Investments .  Except to the extent it may be subject to the instruction of Participants, the Trustee shall have the sole discretion to select investments for the various funds provided for herein.

 

Section 13.6.  Non-Alienation .  (a)  General .  Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) or permitted under Code Section 401(a)(13), no right or interest of any Participant or beneficiary in the Plan and the Trust shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, attachment, garnishment, execution, levy, bankruptcy, or any other disposition of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, prior to actual receipt of payment by the person entitled to such right or interest under the provisions hereof, and any such disposition or attempted disposition shall be void.

 

(b)                                  Permitted Assignment .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall recognize and give effect to a qualified domestic relations order with respect to child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights if it determines that such order meets the applicable requirements of Code Section 414(p).  If a qualified domestic relations order directs or allows, distribution may be made to an alternate payee designated in such order at a time not permitted for distribution to the Participant himself or herself.  The Policy Committee shall establish procedures concerning the notification of interested parties, the determination of the validity of such orders, the determination of the source of funds to be used to provide for distribution pursuant to such orders, and such other issues as may be necessary or appropriate to deal with such orders in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, which procedures are incorporated by reference herein.

 

Section 13.7.  Facilitation of Payment .  In the event that any person who is entitled to benefits hereunder cannot be located despite reasonable and diligent efforts to do so, then such person’s benefits shall be automatically forfeited as of the last day of the Plan Year next following the year in which such benefits became payable; provided, however, in the event that such person subsequently makes a claim for such forfeited benefits prior to the termination of the Plan, such benefits shall be reinstated (without adjustment for gain or losses since the date of forfeiture) from current year forfeitures or pursuant to a special contribution from the Participating Employer.

 

Section 13.8.  Board Action .  Any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Board under the Plan may be taken by the Executive Committee of the Board or any other authorized committee of the Board.

 

Section 13.9.  Transfers from Other Qualified Plans .  There may be transferred to and deposited with the Trustee to be held, invested and distributed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and as an integral part of the assets held by the Trustee thereunder, assets subject to any other defined contribution plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) which is maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliate and is merged into the Plan.  Such transfer and merger shall be affected on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Policy Committee.

 

52



 

Section 13.10.  Mergers, Consolidations and Transfers of Plan Assets .  (a)  Plan Mergers and Transfers .  In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to or from any other plan, each Participant in the Plan must be entitled (if the Plan then terminated) to receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

 

(b)                                  Transfers Incident to Employment Changes .  If a Participant in this Plan transfers to employment with a Participating Employer or an Affiliate in a capacity in which he or she is eligible to participate in another plan which utilizes the Savings Trust, then his or her interests in his or her Accounts under this Plan may be transferred to such other plan at the direction of the Policy Committee, provided that such transfer does not result in a reduction of his or her accrued benefits or vesting rights, the elimination of any optional form of benefits or the reduction or elimination of an early retirement benefit or retirement-type subsidy, except as permitted by the Code.  Similarly, if a participant in another plan maintained by a Participating Employer or an Affiliate which utilizes the Savings Trust becomes eligible to participate in this Plan, then his or her interests in such other plan may be transferred to this Plan.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, in the event of such a transfer to this Plan, the vested interest in the portion of any Participant’s Accounts derived from benefits accrued under such other plan shall not at any time be less than it would have been under the terms of such plan as in effect immediately prior to such transfer.

 

(c)                                   No Reduction in Benefits .  No provision of the Plan shall be construed or applied so as to result in a decrease of the accrued benefit (within the meaning of Code Section 411(d)(6)) which any Participant had under any other plan merged, in whole or in part, with the Plan, except as permitted by Treasury regulations.

 

Section 13.11.  Fiduciaries .  Any person may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.  Any fiduciary hereunder, as an individual, may employ such legal, actuarial, accounting or other assistant as he or she may deem necessary to fulfill his or her obligations hereunder, which assistants may be those consulted by any Participating Employer, Affiliate, the Trustee, the Plan or other fiduciaries.

 

Section 13.12.  Top-Heavy Restrictions .  (a)  The Plan shall be a “Top-Heavy Plan” for any Plan Year if either of the following conditions applies:

 

(1)                                  The Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan exceeds 60% and the Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group having a Top-Heavy Ratio of 60% or less.

 

(2)                                  The Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group having a Top-Heavy Ratio which exceeds 60% and is not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group having a Top-Heavy Ratio of 60% or less.

 

If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year the provisions of this Section 13.12 shall supersede any conflicting provisions of the Plan.  The provisions of this Section 13.12 are intended to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  If there

 

53



 

is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Section 13.12 and the provisions of Code Section 416 or the Income Tax Regulations thereunder, such discrepancy shall be resolved by the Policy Committee so as to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations.

 

(b)                                  Solely for purposes of this Section, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(1)                                  “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (and the beneficiary of such employee) whose status as an officer or owner of the Employer makes him or her a “key employee” as determined in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder.

 

(2)                                  “Determination Date” means the last day of the preceding Plan Year.

 

(3)                                  “Top-Heavy Ratio” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under any defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer for all Key Employees and the present value of accrued benefits under any defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer for all Key Employees and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under such defined contribution plans for all Participants and the present value of accrued benefits under such defined benefit plans for all Participants.  Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio shall be adjusted for any distribution of an account balance or an accrued benefit made in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date and any contribution due but unpaid as of the Determination Date; provided that, the phrase “1-year period” shall be substituted for “5-year period” with respect to distributions made on account of death, disability or separation from service.  For purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio, (A) the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits shall be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date and (B) the account balances and present values of accrued benefits of a Participant who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year shall be disregarded.  Further, the accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.  The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers and transfers are taken into account, will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.  When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

 

54



 

The present value of accrued benefits shall be determined pursuant to Code Section 416(g) using a 5% interest assumption and the UP-1984 Mortality Table.

 

(4)                                  “Permissive Aggregation Group” means the Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

 

(5)                                  “Required Aggregation Group” means (A) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates and (B) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (i) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

 

(6)                                  “Valuation Date” means (A) in the case of a defined contribution plan, the Determination Date and (B) in the case of a defined benefit plan, the date as of which funding calculations are generally made within the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date.

 

(7)                                  “Employer” means the employer or employers whose employees are covered by this Plan and any other employer which must be aggregated with any such employer under Code Section 414(b), (c) and (m).

 

(c)                                   Minimum Contribution .  If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee and who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year will receive an allocation of Participating Employer contributions equal to the lesser of three percent (3%) of Test Compensation or the highest percentage of Test Compensation allocated to a Key Employee for the Plan Year.  In determining such minimum contribution, Before-Tax Contributions made on behalf of a Non-Key Employee shall not be considered, but Before-Tax Contributions made on behalf of a Key Employee shall be counted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer also maintains a defined benefit plan which covers the same Non-Key Employee, such Non-Key Employee will be entitled to the defined benefit plan minimum and not the defined contribution plan minimum.  If the Employer maintains more than one defined contribution plan that covers the same Non-Key Employee, such Non-Key Employee will be entitled to the minimum contribution under this plan, unless the other plan provides otherwise.

 

Matching Contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan.  The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan or, if the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan.  Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the ACP test and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

 

55



 

(d)                                  Incorporation by Reference .  The provisions of this Section 13.12 are intended to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  If there is any discrepancy between the provisions of this Section 13.12 and the provisions of Code Section 416 or the Income Tax Regulations thereunder, such discrepancy shall be resolved by the Policy Committee so as to comply with Code Section 416 and the regulations.

 

Section 13.13.  USERRA and The HEART ACT .  (a)  USERRA .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

 

(b)                                  Death Benefits .  If a Participant dies while performing qualified military service, the beneficiaries of such Participant shall be entitled to the additional death benefits, if any (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) that would have been available had the Participant resumed employment with the Company immediately prior to the date of his or her death and thereafter terminated employment as a result of death.  For purposes of this section, “qualified military service” is defined as service in the uniformed services of the United States for which an individual has reemployment rights under chapter 43 of title 38 of the United States Code.

 

(c)                                   Differential Pay.   In accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(u), during the period a Participant on military leave is receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2)), such Participant shall be treated as remaining in the employment of the Company and such differential wage payments shall be considered Compensation for purposes of determining benefits under the Plan, if applicable.

 

(d)                                  Distribution.   Notwithstanding subsection (c), a Participant performing qualified military service that exceeds thirty (30) days shall be treated as having been severed from service for purposes of receiving a distribution of his or her Before-Tax Deferrals Account from the Plan.  A Participant who takes such a distribution while performing qualified military service that exceeds thirty (30) days may not make Before-Tax Deferrals or, if applicable, any type of Employee Contribution during the 6-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

56



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, on behalf of the Company, have approved the amendment and restatement of this Plan effective this day of January 1, 2014.

 

 

AVANZAR INTERIOR TECHNOLOGIES, LTD.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R. Bruce McDonald

 

Name:

R. Bruce McDonald

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jerome D. Okarma

 

Name:

Jerome D. Okarma

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan F. Davis

 

Name:

Susan F. Davis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The foregoing persons are all members of the Johnson Controls Employee Benefits Policy Committee, which is the administrator of the Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd. LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 



 

APPENDIX A
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

 

AVANZAR INTERIOR TECHNOLOGIES, LTD.

 


Exhibit 5.1

 

A&L Goodbody Solicitors International Financial Services Centre North Wall Quay Dublin 1

 

GRAPHIC

Tel: + 353 1 649 2000 Fax: +353 1 649 2649 email: info@algoodbody.com website: www.algoodbody.com dx: 29 Dublin

 

GRAPHIC

 

Our ref   |

 

KVR 01418735

 

Your ref   |

 

Date   |

28 October 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adient plc

25-28 North Wall Quay

IFSC

Dublin 1

 

Adient plc (the Company)

 

Dear Sirs

 

We act as Irish Counsel for the Company, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, in connection with the proposed registration by the Company of up to 8,900,000 ordinary shares of the Company, nominal value $0.001 per share (the Ordinary Shares ), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (the Registration Statement ) to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

The plans and awards under which the Ordinary Shares may be issued, offered or sold (as applicable) are as follows:

 

·        The Adient plc 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

·       The Adient plc 2016 Director Share Plan

·       The Adient US LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

·       The Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

·       The Bridgewater Interiors LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

·       The Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd Savings and Investment (401k) Plan

 

(hereinafter together referred to as the Plans , including any amendments, restatements or sub-plans thereof).

 

In connection with this Opinion, we have reviewed copies of such corporate records of the Company as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed. In rendering this opinion, we have examined and have assumed the truth and accuracy of the contents of such documents and certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials as to factual matters and have conducted such searches in public registries in Ireland as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion but have made no independent investigation regarding such factual matters. In our examination we have assumed the truth and accuracy of the information contained in such documents, the genuineness of all the signatures, authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such documents.

 

We have further assumed:

 

1.

 

that as of today’s date and at each time Ordinary Shares are issued, none of the resolutions and authorities of the shareholders or directors of the Company upon which we have relied have been varied, amended or revoked in any respect or have expired and that the Ordinary Shares will be issued in accordance with such resolutions and authorities and the terms of the Plans;

 

GRAPHIC

 



 

2.

that at each time Ordinary Shares will be issued, the Company will then have sufficient authorised but unissued share capital to allow for the issue of such Ordinary Shares;

GRAPHIC

 

 

3.

that any issue of Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Plans will be paid up in consideration of the receipt by the Company prior to, or simultaneously with, the issue of the Ordinary Shares of cash at least equal to the nominal value of such Ordinary Shares and that where Ordinary Shares are issued under a Plan without the requirement for the payment of cash consideration by or on behalf of the relevant beneficiary, then such shares shall either be fully paid up by the Company or one of its subsidiaries within the time permitted by Section 1027 of the Companies Act 2014 of Ireland (the Act ) (and, in the case of the Company or a subsidiary incorporated in Ireland, in a manner permitted by Section 82(6) and 1043 of the Act) or issued for consideration as set out in Section 1028(2) of the Act;

 

 

4.

that the filing of the Registration Statement with the SEC has been authorised by all necessary actions under all applicable laws other than Irish law;

 

 

5.

that at the time of the grant by any committee of the board of directors of the Company of an award or other allotment and issue of an Ordinary Share under the Plans, such committee has been duly constituted and remains a duly constituted committee of the board of directors of the Company having the necessary powers and authorities to grant awards and issue the Ordinary Shares;

 

 

6.

that the articles of association of the Company intended to be adopted by the Company with effect from 31 October 2016, a copy of which has been provided to us, will be so adopted in the form provided to us; and

 

 

7.

the absence of fraud on the part of the Company and its respective officers, employees, agents and advisors.

 

 

Having made such further investigation and reviewed such other documents as we have considered requisite or desirable, subject to the foregoing and to the within qualifications and assumptions, and provided that the Registration Statement, as finally amended, has become effective, we are of the opinion that the Ordinary Shares have been duly authorised and when issued (and, if required, paid for in either cash or services) in accordance with the Registration Statement, the Plans and the options or other equity awards granted or to be granted thereunder will, be validly issued, fully paid and not subject to calls for any additional payments (“non-assessable”) (except for Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to deferred payment arrangements, which shall be fully paid upon the satisfaction of such payment obligations);

 

 

 

In rendering this opinion we have confined ourselves to matters of Irish law. We express no opinion on any laws other than the laws of Ireland (and the interpretation thereof) in force as at the date hereof.

 

 

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this Opinion with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

 

 

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

/s/ A&L Goodbody

 

 

 

A&L Goodbody

 

 

2


Exhibit 5.2

 

INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
P. O. BOX 2508
CINCINNATI, OH  45201

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

 

 

Date:   FEB 09 2012

 

HOOVER UNIVERSAL, INC.
C/O LEIGH C. RILEY
FOLEY & LARDNER
777 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE
MILWAUKEE, WI  53202-5306

Employer Identification Number:
     39-1510404
DLN:
     301091002
Person to Contact:
     CASSANDRA N ROBERTS       ID# 31367
Contact Telephone Number:
     (513) 263-4631
Plan Name:
     JOHNSON CONTROLS AUTO. EXP. PROD.

EES. SAV. & INVEST. 401(K) PLAN

Plan Number:  123

 

Dear Applicant:

 

We have made a favorable determination on the plan identified above based on the information you have supplied.  Please keep this letter, the application forms submitted to request this letter and all correspondence with the Internal Revenue Service regarding your application for a determination letter in your permanent records.  You must retain this information to preserve your reliance on this letter.

 

Continued qualification of the plan under its present form will depend on its effect in operation.  See section 1.401-1(b)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations.  We will review the status of the plan in operation periodically.

 

The enclosed Publication 794 explains the significance and the scope of this favorable determination letter based on the determination requests selected on your application forms.  Publication 794 describes the information that must be retained to have reliance on this favorable determination letter.  The publication also provides examples of the effect of a plan’s operation on its qualified status and discusses the reporting requirements for qualified plans.  Please read Publication 794.

 

This letter relates only to the status of your plan under the Internal Revenue Code.  It is not a determination regarding the effect of other federal or local statutes.

 

This determination letter gives no reliance for any qualification change that becomes effective, any guidance published, or any statutes enacted, after the issuance of the Cumulative List (unless the item has been identified in the Cumulative List) for the cycle under which this application was submitted.

 

This letter may not be relied on after the end of the plan’s first five-year remedial amendment cycle that ends more than 12 months after the application was received.  This letter expires on January 31, 2016.  This letter considered the 2009 Cumulative List of Changes in Plan Qualification Requirements.

 

Letter 2002 (DO/CG)

 



 

This determination letter is applicable for the amendment(s) executed on 1/15/11 & 12/17/10.

 

The information on the enclosed addendum is an integral part of this determination.  Please be sure to read and keep it with this letter.

 

We have sent a copy of this letter to your representative as indicated in the Form 2848 Power of Attorney or appointee as indicated by the Form 8821 Tax Information Authorization.

 

If you have questions concerning this matter, please contact the person whose name and telephone number are shown above.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew E. Zuckerman

 

Andrew E. Zuckerman

 

Director, EP Rulings & Agreements

 

 

Enclosures:
Publication 794
Addendum

 

2



 

This determination letter is also applicable for the amendments dated 9/2/10, 5/15/09, 12/19/08, 12/19/07, 6/7/07, 12/21/06, 12/21/05, 12/10/04, 12/04/04, and 7/07/03.

 

3


Exhibit 5.3

 

INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
P. O. BOX 2508
CINCINNATI, OH  45201

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

 

 

Date:   FEB 22 2012

 

BRIDGEWATER LLC
C/O LEIGH C RILEY
FOLEY LARDNER LLP
777 E WISCONSIN AVE
MILWAUKEE, WI  53202-5306

Employer Identification Number:
     38-3406010
DLN:
     301127009
Person to Contact:
     CASSANDRA N ROBERTS       ID# 31367
Contact Telephone Number:
     (513) 263-4631
Plan Name:
     BRIDGEWATER LLC SAVINGS AND
     INVESTMENT 401(K) PLAN
Plan Number: 002

 

Dear Applicant:

 

We have made a favorable determination on the plan identified above based on the information you have supplied.  Please keep this letter, the application forms submitted to request this letter and all correspondence with the Internal Revenue Service regarding your application for a determination letter in your permanent records.  You must retain this information to preserve your reliance on this letter.

 

Continued qualification of the plan under its present form will depend on its effect in operation.  See section 1.401-1(b)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations.  We will review the status of the plan in operation periodically.

 

The enclosed Publication 794 explains the significance and the scope of this favorable determination letter based on the determination requests selected on your application forms.  Publication 794 describes the information that must be retained to have reliance on this favorable determination letter.  The publication also provides examples of the effect of a plan’s operation on its qualified status and discusses the reporting requirements for qualified plans.  Please read Publication 794.

 

This letter relates only to the status of your plan under the Internal Revenue Code.  It is not a determination regarding the effect of other federal or local statutes.

 

This determination letter gives no reliance for any qualification change that becomes effective, any guidance published, or any statutes enacted, after the issuance of the Cumulative List (unless the item has been identified in the Cumulative List) for the cycle under which this application was submitted.

 

This letter may not be relied on after the end of the plan’s first five-year remedial amendment cycle that ends more than 12 months after the application was received.  This letter expires on January 31, 2016.  This letter considered the 2009 Cumulative List of Changes in Plan Qualification Requirements.

 

Letter 2002 (DO/CG)

 



 

This determination letter is applicable for the amendment(s) executed on 1/15/11 & 12/17/10.

 

The information on the enclosed addendum is an integral part of this determination.  Please be sure to read and keep it with this letter.

 

We have sent a copy of this letter to your representative as indicated in the Form 2848 Power of Attorney or appointee as indicated by the Form 8821 Tax Information Authorization.

 

If you have questions concerning this matter, please contact the person whose name and telephone number are shown above.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew E. Zuckerman

 

Andrew E. Zuckerman

 

Director, EP Rulings & Agreements

 

 

Enclosures:
Publication 794
Addendum

 

2



 

This determination is also applicable for the amendments adopted on 9/2/10, 5/15/09, 12/19/08, 12/19/07, 6/7/07, 12/21/06, 12/21/05, 12/4/04, and 12/18/02.

 

3


Exhibit 5.4

 

INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
P. O. BOX 2508
CINCINNATI, OH  45201

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

 

 

Date:   AUG 07 2014

 

AVANZAR INTERIOR TECHNOLOGIES LTD
C/O FOLEY & LARDNER LLP
CASEY K FLEMING
777 E WISCONSIN AVE
MILWAUKEE, WI  53202-5306

Employer Identification Number:
     20-1818668
DLN:
     17007042093014
Person to Contact:
     JOHELLEN BAUGH       ID# 31061
Contact Telephone Number:
     (513) 263-3581
Plan Name:

     AVANZAR INTERIOR TECHNOLOGIES LTD
     SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT 401K PLAN
Plan Number:  001

 

Dear Applicant:

 

We have made a favorable determination on the plan identified above based on the information you have supplied.  Please keep this letter, the application forms submitted to request this letter and all correspondence with the Internal Revenue Service regarding your application for a determination letter in your permanent records.  You must retain this information to preserve your reliance on this letter.

 

Continued qualification of the plan under its present form will depend on its effect in operation.  See section 1.401-1(b)(3) of the Income Tax Regulations.  We will review the status of the plan in operation periodically.

 

The enclosed Publication 794 explains the significance and the scope of this favorable determination letter based on the determination requests selected on your application forms.  Publication 794 describes the information that must be retained to have reliance on this favorable determination letter.  The publication also provides examples of the effect of a plan’s operation on its qualified status and discusses the reporting requirements for qualified plans.  Please read Publication 794.

 

This letter relates only to the status of your plan under the Internal Revenue Code.  It is not a determination regarding the effect of other federal or local statutes.

 

This determination letter gives no reliance for any qualification change that becomes effective, any guidance published, or any statutes enacted, after the issuance of the Cumulative List (unless the item has been identified in the Cumulative List) for the cycle under which this application was submitted,

 

This determination letter is applicable for the amendment(s) executed on 12-20-13 & 12-20-11.

 

Letter 2002

 



 

This determination letter is also applicable for the amendment(s) dated on 11-11-11 & 12-17-10.

 

This determination is subject to your adoption of the proposed amendments submitted in your letter dated 6-13-14.  The proposed amendments should be adopted on or before the date prescribed by the regulations under Code section 401(b).

 

This determination is conditioned upon your adoption of the proposed restated plan as submitted with your or your representative’s letter dated 1-31-14.  The proposed plan should be adopted on or before the date prescribed by the regulations under Code section 401(b).

 

This letter may not be relied on after the end of the plan’s first five-year remedial amendment cycle that ends more than 12 months after the application was received.  This letter expires on January 31, 2019.  This letter considered the 2012 Cumulative List of Changes in Plan Qualification Requirements.

 

This is not a determination with respect to any language in the plan or any amendment to the plan that reflects Section 3 of the Defense of Marriage Act, Pub.  L.  104, 110 stat.  2419 (DOMA) or U.S.  v.  Windsor, 570 U.S.  12 (2013), which invalidated that section.

 

We have sent a copy of this letter to your representative as indicated in the Form 2848 Power of Attorney or appointee as indicated by the Form 8821 Tax Information Authorization.

 

If you have questions concerning this matter, please contact the person whose name and telephone number are shown above.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew E. Zuckerman

 

Andrew E. Zuckerman

 

Director, EP Rulings & Agreements

 

 

Enclosures:
Publication 794

 

2



 

This determination letter is also applicable for the amendments dated on 11-15-10, 9-2-10 and 5-15-09.

 

3


Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-8 of our report dated April 25, 2016, relating to the combined financial statements of the automotive seating and interiors business of Johnson Controls, Inc., which appears in Adient plc’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (No. 001-37757) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2016, as amended.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Detroit, Michigan
October 28, 2016

 


 

Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We have issued our reports dated June 21, 2016 with respect to the financial statements and supplemental schedules of the Adient Production Employees Savings and Investment (401k) Plan (formerly known as the Johnson Controls Automotive Experience Production Employees Savings and Investment Plan), the Avanzar Interior Technologies, Ltd. Savings and Investment (401k) Plan and the Bridgewater, LLC Savings and Investment (401k) Plan.

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in this Registration Statement of Adient plc on Form S-8.

 

/s/Coleman & Williams, Ltd

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
October 28, 2016